UC-NRLF

=3Tl5i»^'tyt*:

BY

S

r\ r f
J.J iy

iV

:[AN

&

WINGRA Vh

^^^^^Smm^^M

^

■■ A GLOSSARY

OF ANATOMICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL,
AND BIOLOGICAL TERMS.

BY
THE LATE

THOMAS (DUNMAN.

Sometime Lecturer on Physiology at the Birkbeck Institution., and Physical
Science Lecturer at the Working Men^s College.

EDITED, AND SUPPLEMENTED IVITH AN APPENDIX,

BY

^ H. WYATT WINGRAVE, M.R.C.S. Eng., L.S.A.,

Lecturer on Physiology at the School of Anatomy and PhyHology
{^Cook^s), Brunswick Square,

^,,|GRIFFITH FARRAN OKEDEN & WELSH;

'" * NEWBERY HOUSE,

LONDON AND SYDNEY.

NOTE TO SECOND EDITION.

^

A FURTHER issue of this work being necessary, I have endea-
voured to adapt it to the present requirements of Students of
Physiology and Anatomy, without interfering with its general
idea or arrangement. (See appendix, page 163.)

Physiology and ^forphology being relatively less represented
in the original work, I have added more terms under those
headings, feeling that they required more attention than
Anatpinical, which mostly explain themselves.

By such^ treatment I trust that its usefulness may not be
lessened.

V. H. WYATT WINGRAVE.

PREFACE.

Experience both as a student and as a teacher having con-
vinced me of the want of a Glossary of the numerous technical
terms employed in the sciences of Anatomy, Physiology, and
General Biology, I have been induced to prepare the present
volume.

In it is attempted to place before the student the pronuncia-
tion, derivation, and definition of all those terms which are
usually employed in that department of Biological science
which treats of animal life, as set forth in such standard text-
books as those of Huxley, Carpenter, Foster, Flower, and
others. With the Botanical side of Biology but little has been
attempted, only such terms having been included as are
employed in Elementary General Biology as treated in the
introductory text-book of Huxley and Martin, the object
being rather to supply a want than to supplement existing
works. Of Pathological terms only such have been included
as are usually employed in the illustration of Physiological
facts.

In order to conduce to correct pronunciation, the accented
syllable in each word is marked, and where necessary the

VI PREFACE.

usual vowel signs have been employed ; the mark " over a
vowel signifying that it is to be pronounced short, and the
mark" signifying that the vowel over which it is placed is long.
Where a letter is silent in pronunciation, it is printed in itaHcs.

I have ventured to print the Greek roots in English cha-
racters, choosing rather to run the risk of offending the sus-
ceptibilities of the classical scholar, than to endanger the
perfect clearness of the wo.rk to those to whom the Greek
characters are not familiar.

The definitions, while concise, will, it is hoped, be found
sufficiently full, and are in all cases given in their most modern
acceptance.

Compiled at the request, and, primarily, for the benefit of
my own students, this Glossary will, I hope, be found useful to
all those who are preparing for the examinations of the Science
and Art Department and other examining bodies, and especially
to thjit large and deserving band of self-taught students to
whom I shall be pleased to learn that it has been of service.

THOMAS DUNMAN.

London, August^ 1878.

A GLOSSARY

OF

BIOLOGICAL, ANATOMICAL, AND PHYSIOLOGICAL
TERMS.

A.

Abdo'men (L. abdere, to conceal). — In the Vertebrata, the
posterior part of the cavity of the trunk, which contains
the principal viscera; in some of the Invertebrata, the
hinder part of the body.

Abdominalia. — A subdivision of the Crustacea, the members
of which have appendages on the abdomen, but none on
the thorax.

Abducen'tes (L. ah, away from ; ducens, leading). — The name
given to the sixth pair of nerves which supplies the ex-
ternal rectus muscle of each eye, by which muscle the
eyeball is rotated outwards, or away from the middle line.

Abduc'tion (L. abduco, I draw away). — The drawing away of a
limb from the middle line.

Abductor ter'tii interno'dii secuii'di di'giti (L. abductor of the
third internode of the second digit). — A muscle found in
both manus and pes in Hylobates (one of the Anthropo-
morpha), which is not at present known in any other
mammal.

Abioge'nesis (Gr. a, not ; bios, life ; gennesis, birth). — The pro-
duction of living from not-Hving matter. Spontaneous
generation.

Abo'masum (L. ab, away from, and omasum). — The fourth
stomach of a ruminant, which leads from the third stomach
or omasu77i.

Abo'ral (L. ab, away from; os, oris, the mouth). — The opposite
face in a star-fish to that which contains the mouth.

Acale'phae (Gr. akalephe, a nettle). — The jelly-fishes or sea
nettles.

2 GLOSSARY.

Acanthoce'phala (Gr. akantha, a thorn ; kephale, the head). —

A group of parasitic Invertebrata having a number of

recurved hooks on the proboscis.
Acantho'didse (Gr. akanthddes, thorny). — A sub-order of Ganoid

fishes.
Acantho'pteri (Gr. akaiitha^ a thorn; pteron, a wing or fin). —

A group of Teleostean fishes having spiny fins.
Acari'na (Gr. akdri, a mite). — A group of Arthropods which

includes the mites and ticks.
Accesso'rius ad ilio-costalem (L. accessory to the ilio-costalis).

— One of the dorsal muscles of the trunk.
Acci'pitres (L. accipiter, a hawk). — In the old classification of

birds, the order which included the birds of prey.
Ace'phalous (Gr. a, without; kephale, the head). — Without a

distinct head.
Acer'vulus cer'ebri (L. acervulus, a little heap ; cerebrum^ the

brain). — A mass of gritty matter contained in the pineal

gland.
Aceta'bulum (L. a vessel for holding vinegar). — The cavity in

the innominate bone into which the femur articulates. Also

applied to the suckers with which the cephalic processes of

some Cephalopoda are provided.
Ache'tidse (Gr. achetes, a grasshopper). — The crickets.
Achla'mydate (Gr. a^ not ; chlaniys, chlamydos, a cloak, mantle).

— A. term applied to those Branchiogasteropods which

are destitute of a mantle.
Aci'culuin (L. diminutive of dcus, a needle). — A sharp pointed

process carried by the parapodiaof the poly chaete Annelida.
Acine'tae (Gr. akinetos, immoveable). — A group of the Infusoria,

the members of which in the adult stage 2fre non-locomo-
tive.
Acine'tiform. — A term applied to the embryo Infusorians, which

resemble the Acinetce.
A'cini (L. acinus, a grape). — The small granulations composing

the substance of some glands.
Acotyle'doiious (Gr. a, not ; kotyledon, a cup-shaped hollow). —

Applied to cryptogamic plants whose spores have no

cotyledons or seed-leaves.
Acri'didae (Gr. akris, akridos, a grasshopper) . — The grasshopper

tribe of insects.
A'crodont (Gr. akron, the summit ; odous, odontos, a tooth). —

Having the teeth attached by their bases to the summit

of the parapet of the jaw, as in some of the Lacertilia.

GLOSSARY. 3

A'crogen (Gr. akroji, the summit ; gennao, I produce). — A
plant, the growth of which takes place at its summit.

Acro'mion (Gr. akro?i, the summit ; omos, a shoulder). — The
process of the scapula which forms the summit of the
shoulder.

Actinozo'a (Gr. aktis, a ray ; zoon, an animal). — A division of
the Ccelenterata.

Adambula'cral oss'icles (L. ad, to ; ambtildcrum, a walk shaded
with trees ; ossicle, a little bone). — In the star-fishes, the
small ossicles against which the ambulacral ossicles abut,
and which lie at the sides of the groove which the ambula-
cral ossicles bound superiorly.

Addac'tion (L. ad, to ; duco, I lead). — The bringing of a limb
to the middle line ; the reverse process to abduction.

Adduc'tor. — A muscle, the contraction of which brings a limb
to another or towards the middle hne. In the Lamelli-
branchiata, the muscles which close the valves of the shell
are termed adducto?'s,

A'denoid (Gr. adm, a gland; eidos, form). — Glandular;
applied to a special variety of connective tissue found in
glands.

A'dipose (L. ddeps, fat). — Fatty.

Ad'nate (L. ad, to ; natus, born). — A term applied to the
stipules of plants which adhere to the petiole.

Adre'nal (L. ad, to ; renes, the kidneys). — A name given to two
glandular bodies connected with the kidneys.

Adventi'tia capilla'ris (L. adventkius, foreign, strange; cdpilhis,
a hair). — A continuous covering which some capillaries
possess, and which is derived from the surrounding con-
nective tissue.

-Slsthe sodic (Gr. aisthesis, sense, perception). — Conveying
sensory impulses ; sensitive.

-ffitio'logy (Gr. aitiologia, the giving an account). — The branch
of Biology which treats of the origin and development of
organic beings.

Aetomor'phae (Gr. aetos, an eagle ; 7norphe, form). — The birds of

prey.
Afferent (L. ad, to ; fero, I carry). — Carrying to, as an afferent

nerve which conveys impulses to a nerve centre.
Aga'mic (Gr. a, not ; gamos, marriage). — Applied to ova which

germinate without being impregnated.
Agfamoge'nesis (Gr. a, not ; gamos, marriage ;
beginning) . — Non-sexual reproduction.

B 2

4 GLOSSARY.

Aglos'sa (Gr. a, not ; glossa, a tongue). — A group of the Ani-
phibia in which a tongue is not developed.

Aglyphodo'ntia (Gr. «, not ; glupho, I carve ; odous, ddo?itos, a
tooth). — A division of the Ophidia which have none of the
maxillary teeth grooved.

Ag'minated (L. agjnen, a troup). — Grouped together; as the
agminated glands of Peyer in the small intestine.

Ailuroi'dea (Gr. ailouros^ a cat). — A group of the Carnivora
which includes the cats, civets, and hyaenas.

Ala vespertilio'nis (L. the wing of the bat). — The name applied
to that part of the womb between the Fallopian tube
and the ovary, fromits resemblance.

A'lae (L. ala, a wing). — The lateral petals of such a flower as
that of the pea or bean. Also applied to winglike pro-
cesses of bone or muscle, as the alse of the diaphragm and
of the sphenoid bone.

Alary (L. dla^ a wing). — Applied to certain muscles attached in
pairs to the walls of the pericardial chamber inserted into
the hypodermis in some Insecta.

Albu'men (L. albus^ white). — A proteid animal substance of
which the white of an egg may be taken as an example.
Vegetable albumen is a similar substance found in many
seeds between the embryo and the integuments.

Albur'num. — The young wood of an exogenous stem.

Alectromor'phse (Gr. alector, a cock ; morphe, form). — The
fowls.

Al'gae (L. alg07', coldness, or alHgo, to entangle). — The sea-
weeds and similar plants.

Alimen'tary canal (L. alif?ienfum, nourishment). — The di-
gestive cavity from the mouth to the anus.

Alimenta'tion (L. alimentimt, nourishment). — The taking of
nourishment into the system.

Alinasal pro'cess (L. dla, awing; ndsus, the nose). — A pro-
cess surrounding each nasal aperture in the chondro-
cranium of the frog.

Alisphe'noid (L. dla, a wing; os sphenoides, the sphenoid bone).
— A bone of the skull which is represented in human
anatomy by the great wing of the sphenoid bone.

AUan'to^s (Gr. alias ^ a sausage). — An outgrowth from the hinder
part of the embryonic alimentary canal in mammals, birds,
and reptiles, which performs the part of a respiratory
organ during part of foetal life.

Alligatoridae. — The alligator group of reptiles.

GLOSSARY. 5

Alve'olus (L. alveolus^ a little hollow). — A small depression;
the socket of a tooth. Also the name given to each of the
five pieces of which the oral skeleton is composed in the
Echinidea. The ultimate saccules of a racemose gland.

Ambula'cra (L. a7nbulda'uin, a garden walk). — The spaces in
the tests of sea-urchins and star-fishes, containing the
apertures through which the " tube feet " are protruded.

Ambula'cral. — Relating to the ambulacra^ as the ambulacral
vessels.

Ambula'cral ossicles (L. ambulacrum^ a garden walk ; ossiculum^
a Tittle bone). — In the star-fishes, the ossicles which bound
the sides and roof of the ambulacral grooves.

Am'bulatory (L. ambuldre, to walk). — Applied to the appen-
dages of Crustacea which are used in walking.

Ameta'bola (Gr. a, not ; metabole, change). — The insects which
do not undergo metamorphosis.

Amiadae. — A sub-order of Ganoid fishes.

Arn'monite (so called from their resembling the horns on the sta-
tues of Jupiter- Ammon). — A group of extinct Cephalopods.

Am'nion (Gr. amnos, a lamb). — One of the appendages of the
foetus in mammals and birds.

Amoe'ba (Gr. ajiieibo, I change). — A genus of the Rhizopoda,
the members of which constantly change their shape.

Amoe'boid (Gr. ameibo, I change). — Like an amoeba.

Amphiarthro'sis (Gr. amphi^ both; art /iron, an articulation). —
An articulation of bones partaking of the character both
of a diarthrosis or moveable jomt, and a synarthrosis or
immoveable joint.

Amphibia (Gr. amphi, both; bios, life). — A division of the
Vertebrata adapted for breathing in water when young,
and in air when mature.

AmpMcoe'lus (Gr. amphi, both; koilos, hollow). — Applied to
vertebrae which are concave at both ends.

Amphidiarthro'sis (Gr. afnphi, both; diarthrosis, an articulation).
— A term applied to such an articulation as that of the
lower jaw with the temporal bone, because it partakes of
the nature of a hinge-joint, and, at the same time, admits
of a movement from side to side.

Amphidis'cus (Gr. amphi, both ; diskos, a disc or quoit). — A
siliceous body resembling two cogged wheels connected
by an axle, found in some sponges.

Amphimor'phaB (Gr. amphi, both ; fnojphe, form). — A group of
birds which comprises the flamingoes.

O GLOSSARY.

Amphiox'us (Gr. amphi, both ; oxus^ sharp, pointed). — The
lowest vertebrate animal. Its body is pointed at both
ends.

AmpM'poda (Gr. ainphi, hoth. ; pous^ podos, a foot). — A divi-
sion of the Crustacea.

Aniphirhi'iia (Gr. amphi, both ; rhis, rhinos, the nose). —
Applied by Haeckel to the Elasmobranch fishes, because
the nasal sac is double,

Amphisbss'noida (Gr. amphis, both ways ; baino, I walk). — A
group of the Lacertilia.

Ampulla (L. ampullor, I swell out). — The dilated extremities
of the semicircular canals of the ear.

Amygdalae (Gr. amugdale, an almond). — Two rounded lobes
in the cerebellum.

Amyla'ceoiis (Gr. amylon^ starch).— Starch-like. Of or belong-
ing to starch.

Am'yloid (Gr. amylon, starch ; eidos, form). — Of the chemical
nature of starch.

Amyloly'tic (Gr. amy Ion, starch ; luo, I loose). — Having the
power of converting starch into dextrin and grape-sugar.

Anacan'thini (Gr. anaka/Uhos, without thorns). — A group of
Teleostean fishes.

Anse'mia (Gr. an, not; atina, blood). — A pathological term
signifying a deficiency of blood ; the condition of the
body after a great loss of blood.

Anaesthe'sia (Gr. anaisthetos, senseless). — Loss of sensation.

Anapo'physis {(^x.ana, upon; apophuo, I grow). — The lower of
two accessory processes which sometimes appear on the
neural arches of the lumbar vertebrae.

Anap'tychi (Gr. anaptyche, unfolding). — Heart-shaped plates of
shelly substance found in some Goniatites and Ammo-
nites.

Anarthro'poda (Gr. a, not; arthros, a ]omX', pons, podos, a
foot). — A division of the Annulosa, the members of which
are destitute of jointed limbs.

Anas'tomose (Gr. ana, through ; stoma, a mouth). — To open
into each other (as do veins and arteries), so as to form a
network.

Analomy (Gr. ana, up ; temno, I cut). — The science which treats
of the structure of organisms as determined by their dis-
section.

Anchylo'sis (Gr. ankule, a thong or clasp). — The union of two
or more separate bones so as to form only one bone.

GLOSSARY. 7

Anco'neus (Gr. ankdn, the elbow). — A name given to muscles

placed mainly below the elbow and fore-arm.
An'drophore (Gr. ajier, andros, a man ; phoreo, I bear) . — The

branches of the gonoblastidium of some Siphonophora

which bear the male gonophores.
An'eurism (Gr. a?teuruno, I enlarge). — A tumour filled with

blood arising from the rupture, wounding, or dilatation of

ah artery.
Anfractuo'sities (L. anfractus, a winding). — The furrows or

sulci which divide the convolutions of the brain.
Angeio'logy (Gr. af2geio7i, a vessel; logos, discourse).— The

department of Anatomy which comprises a description

of the blood-vessels and absorbents.
An'gular (L. ajtgtdus, a corner). — A bone of the mandible in

some Vertebrata.
Ang'ulo-sple'nial (L. angulus, a corner; splemu7n, a splint). —

One of the bones of the mandible in some vertebrate skulls.
An'kylose (see Anchylose).
Anne'lida {l^.afi?mlus, a ring). — A division of the Anarthropoda

which embraces the earth-worm, leech, &c.
Annula'ris (L. annulus, a ring). — The fourth digit of the manus,

which in man is the "ring-finger."
Annuloi'da (L. anmdus, a ring). — A division of the Invertebrata,

formerly including the Echinodermata and the Scolecida,

but now used by Huxley for a series which embraces the

Annelida and Trichoscolices.
Anniilo'sa (L. annuhis, a ring). — A division of the Invertebrata

which includes the Arthropoda and Anarthropoda.
An'milus (L. a ring). — Applied to a thin ring of chitine which

encircles the mantle of the Tetrabranchiata, and into which

the shell muscles are inserted. Also to the cellular ring

which lines the sporangium of a fern.
An'nulus ova lis (L. oval ring). — The border which bounds the

fossa ovalis of the septum between the auricles of the

heart.
Anodon'ta (Gr. a7i, not ; odous, odontos, a tooth). — The fresh-

w^ater mussels, which are bivalve molluscs, having valves

which are destitute of teeth.
Anomu'ra (Gr. anomos, irregular; oiira, a tail). — A tribe of

Decapod Crustacea, of which the hermit crab is a type.
Anoplothe'ridee (Gr. anoplos, unarmed ; ther, a beast). — A

family of extinct mammals belonging to the eocene and

miocene epochs.

8 GLOSSARY.

Anor'thoscope (Gr. anoj-tho, I set straight again ; skopeo, I be-
hold).— An instrument so constructed, that distorted

images drawn on cards for the purpose, on being placed

in it, and whirled rapidly round, are seen restored to their

just proportions.
Antambula'cral face (Gr. anti, opposite). — In the star-fish, that

face on which there are no ambulacra.
Ante-bra'chium (L ante, before; brachium, the arm from the

elbow to the wrist). — The fore-arm.
Antefur'ca (L. a?tte, before; furca, a fork). — The anterior

forked projections from the sternal wall in each somite of

a cockroach.
Anten'na (L. the yard-arm of a ship). — A jointed appendage of

the head in Insecta, Crustacea, and Myriapoda.
Anten'nule (L. dim. o{ antenna). — The shorter pair of antennae

in the Crustacea.
Ante'rior (L. ante^ before). — In Comparative Anatomy, towards

the head. In Human Anatomy often employed in the

sense of ventral.
An'ther {Qx. anthos^ a flower).— In plants, the sac of the stamen

which contains the pollen.
Antheri'dium (Gr. anthos^ a flower; eidos, form). — The repro-
ductive organs of ferns and other cryptogamic plants

which contain the male reproductive elements.
Anthe'rozoids (Gr. anthos, a flower ; zoon, an animal). — The

vibratile filaments in cryptogamic plants which are the

homologues of the spermatozoa of animals.
Anthro'pidse (Gr. anthropos, a man). — The genus man.
An'thropomor'pha (Gr. a?ithfvpos, a man ; 7?iorphe, form). — The

man-like apes.
Antihelix (Gr. a?iti, opposite). — The curved ridge of the

external ear within the helix.
Aiititra'gus (Gr. antt, opposite). — A small elevation of the

external ear opposite the tragus.
Antitroehan'ter (Gr. antt, opposite). — The articular surface on

the ilium of birds on which the great trochanter of the

femur plays.
Antrum pylo ri (L. cave of the pylorus). — A depression near

the pyloric end of the human stomach.
Auu'ra (Gr. a, not ; oura, a tail). — A group of the Amphibia,

comprising the frogs and toads, the members of which are

destitute of tails.
A'nus (L. a vent). — The external opening of the large intestine.

GLOSSARY. . 9

Aor'ta (perhaps from Gr. aeiro, I take up, suspend, or carry).—
The rxiain artery wliich springs from and suspends the
heart.

Apha'sia (Gr. a, not; phasis, speech). — Loss of the mental
faculty of speech as distinguished from paralysis of the
organs concerned in speech.

Apnoe'a (Gr. ^, not ; pneo, I breathe). — A condition in which,
owing to an abnormally large supply of oxygen to the
blood, the respiratory movements are temporarily sus-
pended. Sometimes used pathologically as the exact
opposite of this, viz, as almost synonymous with asphyxia.

Apo'da (Gr. ^, not ; pous^ podos, a foot). — A group of the
Cirripedia, the sole representative of which has neither
thoracic nor abdominal limbs.

A'podemes (Gr. apodemeo^ to go away, travel). — Processes which
in the tenth, eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth somites of
the cephalothorax of the crayfish, project inwards and
unite with one another in the thorax.

Apolar (Gr. ^, not ; polos ^ a pole). — A term applied to those
nerve corpuscles which have no radiating processes.

Aponeuro'sis (Gr. apo, from ; neuron, a sinew). — White fibrous
tissue spread out in a sheet, which envelopes and binds
down the muscles of different regions.

Apo'physis (Gr. apophuo^ I grow from). — A process or pro-
tuberance of bone.

Appen'dices epiploi'cae (L. appendix, an appendage ; Gr.
epiploo7i, the omentum). — Projections from the serous coat
of the large intestine containing fat.

Appendi'cular (L. appendix, an appendage). — Applied to that
part of the skeleton (the limbs) which is attached to the
axial skeleton.

Appen'dix vermifor'inis (L. worm-like appendage). — A narrow
tapering process of the caecum.

Appen'dix vesi'cae (L. appendage of the bladder). — An ab-
normal protrusion of a part of the mucous coat of the
bladder through the muscular coat.

Aproc'ta (Gr. a, not; proktos, the anus or seat). — A group of
the Turbellaria in which there is no anal aperture.

Apte'ria (Gr. a, not ; pteron, a feather). — The spaces between
the contour feathers in a bird.

Aptery'gidae (Gr. a, not; pteivn, a wing). — A subdivision of the
Ratitas in birds, -which comprises the extinct wingless
bird of New Zealand.

lO . GLOSSARY.

Ap'tychi (Gr. apto^ I fasten). — Plates of shelly substance found
sometimes in the terminal chamber of Ammonite shells.

Aquseduc'tus cochleae (L. aqueduct of the cochlea). — A small
canal leading from the cochlea of the human ear to the
jugular fossa of the petrous bone.

Aquseduc'tus Fallo'pii (L. aqueduct of Fallopius). — The canal
in the temporal bone which transmits the facial nerve.

Aquseduc'tus Syl'vii (L. aqueduct of Sylvius). — A narrow-
canal connecting the third ventricle of the brain with its
fourth ventricle, so named from its discoverer.

Aquseduc'tus vesti'buli (L. aqueduct of the vestibule). — A
small canal leading from the vestibule of the human ear
to the posterior surface of the petrous bone.

Aqueous (L. aqua,, water). — Watery. Applied to the humour
filling the anterior chamber of the eye.

AquiTerous canals (L. aqua, water; few, I carry). — Water-
bearing. Small canals which in some molluscs traverse
the substance of the foot and open externally.

Arach'nida (Gr. arachne, a spider). — A division of the Ar-
thropoda which includes the spiders, scorpions, and
mites.

Arachni'dial mammil'laB (Gr. arachne, a spider ; L. viamilla, a
little teat). — The teat-like terminations of the ducts of the
glands which secrete the web in the spiders.

Arachni'dial papillse (Gr. arachne, a spider; L. papilla, a
nipple). — The terminations of the arachnidial mammillae.

Arachni'dium (Gr. arachne, a spider). — The glandular organ in
which the web of spiders is secreted.

Arach'noid (Gr. arachie, a spider's web). — The serous sac which
forms the middle of the three enveloping membranes of
the brain and spinal cord.

Aranei'na (L. ardnea, a spider). — The spiders.

Ar'bor vi'tae (L. tree of life). — The name appHed to the tree-
like disposition of the grey and white nerve tissues in the
cerebellum, as seen in a vertical section.

Archaeoptery'gidae (Gr. archaios, ancient; pteryx, a wing). — A
class of extinct Oolitic birds, of which at present only one
representative (Archseopteryx) is known.

Arcliaeosto'matous (Gr. archaios, ancient, primitive; stoma,
stomatos, the mouth, entrance). — A term applied to a
gastrula when the blastopore does not entirely close up,
but remains as the aperture by which the endoderm of the
organism communicates with the exterior.

GLOSSARY. II

Archego'nmm (Gr, archos, chief; gime, a female). — The organ
which contains the female reproductive elements in
cryptogams.

Archen'tron (Gr, archos^ chief; enteron^ the intestine). — The pri-
mitive alimentary sac in the embryo of some of the
Invertebrata.

Archiblas'tula (Gr. archos, chief; blastema, to germinate). — A
term applied by Haeckel to the vesicular morula formed by
the process of yelk division in the ovum of the Physemaria.

Arctis'ca. — A group of the Arachnida.

Arctoi'dea (Gr. arktos, a bear). — A group of the Carnivora
which includes the bears, weasles, &c.

Arctopithe'cini (Gr. arktos, a bear; pitheks, an ape). — The mar-
mosets, small thickly-furred quadrupedal apes.

Area germina'tiva (L. germinal area). — The area of the ovum
in which the embryo appears.

Area opa'ca (L. opaqiie area). — The marginal opaque ring
which surrounds the pellucid area of the ovum, and from
which the foetal appendages are developed.

Area pellu'cida (L. pellucid or clear area). — The central por-
tion of the germinal area from which alone the embryo is
developed.

Area vasculo'sa (L. vascular area). — The area of the blasto-
derm in which the foetal blood-vessels are developed.

Are'olar (L. areola, a little space).— Applied to a form of
connective tissue which exhibits small spaces between its
fibrous felt-work.

Arreno'tokous (Gr. arre7i, arrenos, a male; tokos, a bringing
forth). — A term applied to those small females amongst
insects which lay eggs, from which only male offspring are
developed.

Ar'tery (Gr. aer, air ; tereo, I keep ; or it has been suggested
probably Gr. arteria from arter, that by which anything is
suspended). — A vessel which conveys blood from the
heart, and the largest of which (the aorta) helps to suspend
the heart. Arteries were thought by the ancients to
contain air.

Arthro'dia (Gr. art/iron, a joint). — A joint with nearly flat sur-
faces, as in the articulations of the carpus, tarsus, and
vertebrae, admitting motion on all sides.

Arthrogas'tra (Gr. arthron, a joint ; gaster, the stomach). — The
scorpions and pseudo-scorpions, a division of the Arach-
nida.

1 2 GT.OSSARY.

Arthro'logy (Gr. arthron, a joint ; logos, a discourse). — The

branch of Anatomy which treats of the joints.
Arthro'poda (Gr. arthron, a joint; pons, podos, a foot). — A

division of the Invertebrata which comprises all those
animals which have jointed appendages.
Arthrozo'ic (Gr. arthro?i, a joint; zoon, an animal), — A series

of the Invertebrata which embraces the Arthropoda,

NematoscoUces, and Chsetognatha.
Articula're (L. relating to a joint). — A bone of the lower jaw,

which, in most of the Vertebrata but mammals, results

from one of the ossifications of Meckel's cartilage.
Artlcula'ta (L. artkulus, a joint). — A group of Brachiopods in

which the two valves of the shell are united by a hinge.
Arti'culi (L. joints). — The joints of the cirri of the Crinoidea.
Artiodac'tyla (Gr. arttos, even; daktulos, a finger or toe). — A

group of the Ungulata, the members of which have an

even number of digits.
Aryepiglot'tic ligaments. — Folds of mucous membrane extend-
ing from the arytenoid cartilages to the epiglottis.
Aryte'noid (Gr. arytaina, a pitcher or ladle ; eidos, shape). —

The name of the two pyramidal cartilages of the larynx

which are situated on the posterior border of the cricoid

cartilage.
Arytenoi'deus. — The muscle which passes from one arytenoid

cartilage to the other.
Aseala'bota (Gr. askalabos, a newt) . — A group of the Lacertilia.
As'ci (Gr. askos, a leathern bottle). — The name given to the

sporangia of fungi, in which spores are produced by

division of the protoplasm.
"Ascidia'rium (Gr. askos, a bag or leathern bottle ; eidos, form). —

The structure which is formed by the ascidiozooids in the

development of an Ascidian.
Ascidioi'da (Gr. askos, a bag ; eidos, form). — A group of Mol-

lusca, so called because they resemble in shape a two-
necked bottle.
Asci'tes (Gr. askos, a bottle). — Dropsy of the abdomen ; so

called from the bottle-like appearance to which it gives rise.
Ascolies (Gr. askdn, a skin). — A family of the Calcispongce.
As'cospores (Gr. askos, a leathern bottle ; spora, a seed). — Spores

produced by division of protoplasmic masses, as in Tonila,

Mucor, &c.
Asex'ual. — Not sexual ; applied to modes of reproduction in

which sex takes no share, as gemmation, fission, &c.

GLOSSARY. 13

Asphyxia (Gr. a, not; sphuxis, the pulse). — The state pro-
duced by deprivation of air or deficiency of oxygen in the

air breathed.
Assi'milate (L. ad, to ; similis, like). — To convert food into

nutriment ; to make like.
Asteri'dea (Gr. aster, a star). — A group of the Echmodermata

which comprises the star-fishes.
Asteris'cus (Gr. asteriskos, a little star). — The posterior and

smaller otolith in the ear of Teleostean fishes.
Astigmatism (Gr. a, not ; stigma, a mark) . — A term for dimness

of vision supposed to arise from malformation of the

crystalline lens.
Astra'galus (Gr. astragalos, a die shaped like the ankle-bone).

— One of the bones of the tarsus, which in man forms the

ankle-bone.
Atlas (Gr. the name of the god who was supposed to hold up the

earth). — The first cervical vertebra which supports the skull
A'toU (L. attollo, I raise up). — A coral island consisting of a

ring of coral having a lagoon in the centre.
A'trial canals (L. atriuDi, a hall). — A pair of canals in the

Tunicata, which open near the rectum.
Atri'cha (Gr. a, not ; thrix, trichos, the hair). — A subdivision of

the Ne77iatorhymcha which have no cilia.
A'trium (L, the open court of a Roman house). — The auricular

portion of the heart. Also the cloaca of the Ascidioida.
A'trophy (Gr. a, not; trepho, 1 nourish). — The wasting away of

tissue for want of nourishment.
Attollens (L. attollo, to raise up). — Raising up; elevating;

applied to certain muscles which lift the parts to which

they are attached.
At'trahens (L. attrdho, to draw up). — Drawing up. Applied to

certain muscles which act in this way.
Au'ricle (L. auricula, the outer ear). — The external ear. The

receiving chambers of the heart are named auricles, because

of the fancied resemblance of the auricular appendages to

little ears.
Auri'culae (L. dim. of auris, the ear). — Perforated processes

which arch over the ambulacra in the Echinidea.
Auri'culo-orbicula'ris. — A round muscle attached to the pinna

of the ear in some Vertebrates.
Auto'phagi (Gr. autos, self; phage, I eat). — A term appHed to

birds which are able to run about and obtain their own

food as soon as hatched.

14 GLOSSARY.

A'ves (L. birds).— One of the divisions of the Vertebrata.

Avicula'rium (L. aviaila, a little bird). — An appendage of the
Polyzoa which somewhat resembles a bird's head.

Ax'ial. — A term applied to that part of the skeleton which
forms the main axis of the body.

Axilla (L. the arm-pit). — The angle made by the leaf of a
plant with the stem. Used also in human anatomy in its
literal signification, to denote the angle between the arm
and the trunk.

Ax'is (L. a pivot). — The second cervical vertebra, which sup-
plies the pivot on which the head turns. Also applied to
the central portion of the body round which the other
parts are arranged.

A'zygos u'vulae (Gr a, not ; zugos, a yoke). — A muscle of the
uvula. The term azygos is used as an adjective, to denote
a muscle, vein, or other part of the body which is without
a fellow.

B.

Bacil'lary (L. bacillum, a little staff).— Applied to the layer of
the retina which contains the rods and cones.

Bacillus (l^. bacilium, a little staff). — A variety of Bacterium.

Bacte'rium (Gr. bakterion, a staff). — The rod-like jointed filament
which is found in putrefying organic infusions.

Baguette (Fr. baguette, a small stick, a ramrod). — The term
applied to the curved rods contained in the capsules into
which the nucleolus of some Infusoria divides during con-
jugation.

Balsenoi'dea (L. balcEita, a whale). — A division of the Cetacea,
comprising the right whale and the fin-fishes.

Balanldse (Gr. balajws, an acorn). — The sessile Cirripedia.

Baleen (Fr. baleine, whalebone). — The whalebone plates which
in the Balsenoidea take the place of teeth.

Barb (L. bai-ba, a beard). — The term applied to the lateral
processes of the rachis of the contour feathers of a bird.

Bar'bule (L. dim. of barba, a beard). — Pointed processes of
the barbs of the contour feathers of a bird.

Basalia (Gr. basis ^ a pedestal). — The basal cartilages of the fins
of the Elasmobrjiichii.

Basic'erit3 (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; keraia, a horn). — The second
joint of the antennas of Crustaceans.

GLOSSARY. 15

Basihy'al (L. basis, the base ; hyot'des, hyoid bone). — An ossi-
fication of each corner of the hyoidean arch occurring in
some fishes ; represented in Human Anatomy by the body
of the hyoid bone.

Basioccip'ital (L. basis, a pedestal, base ; occiput, the back of
the head). — A bone of the skull which in Human Anatomy
is represented by the basilar process of the occipital bone.

Basiophthal'mite (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; ophthalmos, the eye). —
The proximal joint of the eye-stalks in the Crustacea.

Basi'podite (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; pons, podos, a foot). — That
joint of the limb of an arthropod animal which is arti-
culated to the body.

Basi/ter'ygoid (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; pterygion, a little wing). —
One of the bones of the vertebrate skull ; represented in
Human Anatomy by the pterygoid plates.

Basi-sphe'noid (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; sphen, a wedge) . — One
of the bones of the vertebrate skull ; represented in Human
Anatomy by the posterior part of the body of the sphenoid
bone.

Basi-tem'poral (Gr. basis, a pedestal ; L. tempora, the temples).
— One of the bones of the vertebrate skull.

Ba'sis cra'nii. — The base or floor of the skull.

Bast or Bass. — The innermost layer of the bark of an exogenous
tree.

Batra'chia (Gr. batrachos,2iirog). — A division of the Amphibia,
sometimes termed Anura, which includes the frogs.

Be'lenmites (Gr. belenmos, a dart). — An extinct group of Cepha-
lopoda, the fossil remains of which were formerly termed
thunderbolts.

Belodon'tidae (Gr. belos, an arrow ; odous, odontos, a tooth). — A
group of the Crocodilia, now extinct.

Bi'ceps bra chii (L. biceps, having two heads ; brachium, the fore-
arm).— The double-headed muscle which flexes the fore-arm.

Bi'ceps fe'moris (L. biceps, having two heads ; femur, the thigh).
— One of the muscles of the thigh.

Bicus'pid (L. bis, twice; cuspis, a pointed extremity). — Having
two points, as the bicuspid teeth. Applied also to the
valve between the left auricle and ventricle.

Bi'furcate (L. bis, twic^ ; furca, a fork). — To divide into two
branches, so as to give rise to a kind of fork.

BilS,'teral symmetry (L. bis, in two ways ; Idtera, sides ; Gr.
syjmnetria, proportion). — The similarity of parts on the
right and left sides of a body.

1 6 GLOSSARY.

Bile (L. bilis). — The alkaline secretion of the liver.
Biliful'vin (bile ; /2//z'z/j-, dark or reddish yellow).— A yellow

colouring matter of the bile.
Biliru'bin (bile; rubor, redness). — A red colouring matter

of the bile.
Biliver'din (Fr. bile, the bile; vert, green). — A green colouring

matter found in bile.
Biology (Gr. bios, life ; logos, a discourse). — The science which

treats of the nature and properties of all living, as distinct

from not living, matter.
Bipolar (L. bis, twice; polus, a pole). — Having two poles;

applied to those ganglionic nerve corpuscles which have

two radiating processes.
Bisex'ual (L. bis, in two ways ; sextis, sex). — Not having the

sexes united in the same individual.
Bi'valve (L. bis, twice; valvcB, folding doors). — Having a shell

with two valves.
Bi'vium (L. a. place with two roads). — The two posterior

ambulacra of the Echinidea.
Blastema (Gr. blastema, a bud, shoot). — The indifferent tissue

of the embryo.
Blas'tide (Gr. blastos, a germ). — A small, clear space in the

segments of the ovum, which is the precursor of the

nucleus.
Blas'tocoele (Gr. blastos, a germ ; koilos, hollow). — The central

cleavage cavity of the morula produced by the segmenta-
tion of the holoblastic ovum.
Blas'toderm (Gr. blastos, a germ; derma, skin). — The germinal

membrane from which the embryo is developed.
Blastoi'dea (Gr. blastos, a bud; eidos, form). — A group of

extinct Crinoidea.
Blas'tomere (Gr. blastos, a germ; meros, a part, portion).

— The segments produced by the division of the

ovum.
Blas'tosphere (Gr. blastos, a germ ; sphaira, a ball, sphere). —

The hollow sphere formed by the arrangement of the

blastomeres on the periphery of the ovum.
Blas'tostyle (Gr. blastos, a bud ; stylos, a style, pen). — The

special stalk upon which the gonophores in the Hydro-

phora are frequently developed.
Bo'tany (Gr. botane, an herb). — The branch of Biology which

treats of vegetable life.
Bra'chial (L. brachium, the fore-arm). — Relating to the arm.

GLOSSARY. T 7

BracMalis anti'cus (L. brachialis, relating to the arm ; anticus,

forward, in front). — -A muscle arising from the humerus

and inserted in the ulna.
Brachi'ferous disk (L. brachium, the arm ; fero, I bear, carry).

— The floor of the sub-umbrellar cavity in the Rhizosto-

midas, from which the " arms " are given off.
Brachiopoda (Gr. brachion, an arm ; pous^ a foot). — A division

of the Mollusca having long ciliated arms and bivalve shells.
Bra'chium (L. the fore-arm). — The division of the anterior

extremity which lies between the shoulder and the

elbow.
Bra'chyceph'ali (Gr. brachus^ short ; kephale, the head). — Those

members of the human race which have short skulls, that

is, with a cephalic index of 80 or above.
Brachyu'ra (Gr. brachus, short ; ou?'a, the tail). — A subdivision

of the Crustacea in which the abdomen is comparatively

small.
Bract (L. bractea, a thin plate). — The modified leaf commonly

found at the base of a flower-stalk in plants.
Bran'chiae (Gr. gills). — The respiratory organs of fishes and some

amphibians, adapted for breathing the air dissolved in

water.
Bran'cMal (Gr. branchia, a gill). — Relating to the gills. Applied

to the heart of an invertebrate animal, it signifies a heart

which receives its blood from the vessels of the gills, and

not from the systemic vessels.
Bran'chio-car'diac canals (Gr. branchia, a gill; kardia, the

heart). — In the Crustacea, canals which bring the blood

from the gills to the heart.
Branchiogastero'poda (Gr. branchia^ a gill ; gaster, the stomach ;

pons, pbdos, a foot). — The Gasteropoda which breathe by

gills.
Branchio'poda (Gr. h-anchia, a gill ; pozis, podos, a foot). — A

group of Crustaceans having gills supported by the feet.
Branchios'te^al membrane (Gr. branchia^ a gill ; stego, I cover).

— A membrane which forms an inner covering to the gills

in Teleostean fishes.
Branchios'tegite (Gr. branchia, a gill ; stego^ I cover). — A cover-
ing, or protection for the gills.
Bronchial (Gr. bronchos^ the wind-pipe). — Relating to the air-
passages and lungs.
Bronchus (Gr. bronchos^ the wind-pipe). — The name given to

each of the two primary branches of the trachea.

c

1 8 GLOSSARY.

Bry'ozoa (Gr. hruon, ino?,^ ; zoon, an animal). — Another name
for the Polyzoa, which group of Invertebrata includes the
sea-mats, &c.

Buc'cal (L. bucca, the mouth). — Relating to the mouth, as the
buccal glands.

Buc'cinator (L. bucca^ the mouth, or buccino, to sound a trum-
pet).— A muscle which forms a large part of the wall of
the mouth, and is chiefly employed in blowing.

Bulb (L. bulbils, an onion). — An underground bud covered
with scales.

Bul'bi vestibuli(L. vestibularbulbs). — Two leech-shaped masses
containing veins, situate in the vestibule of the human
female reproductive organs.

Bul'bus arterid'sus (L. arterial bulb). — The portion of the
heart which in some animals, and in all vertebrate em-
bryos, intervenes between the ventricle and the arteries,
and which is usually rhythmically contractile.

Bul'la (L. /^z///^, a bubble). — The convex osseous wall which
bounds the tympanum in some Vertebrata.

Burr. — A circular ridge which appears on the horn of deer, &c.

Bur'sa (Gr. a leather bottle). — A pouch ; a membranous sac
containing fluid, interposed between parts which are sub-
ject to movement on one another to reduce friction.

Bur'sa Entia'na. — The duodenal segment of the intestine in
Elasmobranch fishes.

Bursalis (L. bursa, a pouch). — A muscle, which in lizards is
attached to the inner posterior wall of the orbit, and in
birds to the sclerotic coat of the eye.

Bys'sus (Gr. bussos, flax). — A cluster of silky threads by which
the sea-muscle and other Lamelhbranchiata attach them-
selves to rocks.

C.

Cadaveric (L. cadaver, a corpse). — Corpse-like. Cadaveric

rigidity is the stiffening of the muscles, or rigor mortis

which takes place after death.
Cse'cum (L. ccecus, blind). — The blind intestine, a diverticulum

from the intestine proper in the Vertebrata.
Calamus (Gr. kalamos, a reed). — The quill of a bird's feather.
Calamus scripto'rius (L. a writing-pen). — The angle formed

by the divergence of the posterior pyramids of the medulla

oblongata.

GLOSSARY. 19

Calca'netun (L. calx, the heel). — The bone of the tarsus, which

in man forms the heel.
Cal'car (L. a spur). — The prominence on the anterior edge of

the pes of a frog. The " spur " of some birds. Also a

spur-like process in the Rotifera.
Cal'car a' vis (L. a bird's spur). — The curved eminence in the

lateral ventricles of the brain, usually called the hippocam-
pus mi7ior.
Calcareous (L. calx^ lime). — Composed of lime or salts of

hme.
Cal'carine sul'ciis (L. calcar, a spur; sulcus, a furrow).— The

furrow of the cerebral hemispheres, which, by its projection

into the lateral ventricles, gives rise to the hippocampus

minor.
Carciform (L. calx, a pebble). — Pebble-shaped.
Calcispon'gise (L. calx, lime; spo7igia, a sponge). — The sponges

with calcareous skeletons, a division of the Porifera.
Callo'sal gy'rus (L. callosus, having a hard skin ; gyrus, a circle

made by running). — One of the cerebral convolutions.
Callosity (L. callosus, having a hard skin). — A hardening of

the integument.
Callo so-mar'ginal sulcus. — The sulcus or furrow which sepa-
rates the marginal from the callosal cerebral convolution.
Calorifa'cient (L. calor, heat; facio, I make). — Heat-producing.
Calyx (Gr. kalyx, a cup, chalice).— The outer whorl of floral

leaves in a flowering plant. The expanded termination of

the ureters in the kidney, which receive the urinary

secretion from the urinary tubules. Also the " cup " of a

Cr/;/*?/^, or of Vorticella. (V\\ir2i\, calyces.)
Cam'bium. — A tissue composed of mucilaginous cells placed

between the bark and young wood, or round the vessels of

exogenous plants.
Came'lidse (Gr. kamelos, a camel). — The subdivision of the

ruminants which embraces the camels.
Canali'culi (L. little canals). — The canals in bone which contain

the blood-vessels. A term for any small channel.
Cana'lis auricula'ris (L. the auricular canal). — The constriction

between the auricular and ventricular parts of the foetal

heart.
Cana'lis centralis (L. central canal).— The central canal which

runs through the spinal cord.
Cana'lis centralis modio li (L. central canal of the modiolus). —

The largest of the canals in the modiolus of the ear.
c 2

20 GLOSSARY.

Cana'lis membrana'cea (L. membranous canal). — The central
canal of the cochlea of the ear.

Cana'lis reu'niens (L. the re-uniting canal). — The canal by
which the sacculus of the internal ear communicates with
the membranous canal of the cochlea.

Cana'lis spiralis modioli (L. spiral canal of the modiolus). — A
small canal winding round the modiolus of the ear.

Can'cellous (L. cancelli^ trellis- work). — A term applied to the
spongy form of bony tissue.

Ca'nine (L. canis, a dog). — A term applied to the teeth next to
the incisors, commonly called " eye " teeth, and which are
well developed in the dog.

Can 'thus (Gr. kanthos, the corner of the eye). — The corner of
the eye, formed by the junction of the eyelids.

Capillary, or Capillary (L. capilliis^ a hair).— As an adjec-
tive, fine, hair-like. As a substantive, one of the minute
thin-walled vessels which unite the arteries and veins,
and which are so called because of their hair-like size.
Capillary lymphatics are those minute absorbents which
form the network in which the lymphatics arise in the
tissues.

Capi'tnlum (L. a little head). — Applied to the rounded body
at the extremity of the manubrium in the antheridium of
Chara, and similar plants. The head of flowers in the
Compositae. Also a cavity formed by the valves of the
shell in the Cirripedia^ in which the hinder part of the
body is contained. A rounded process of bone.

Cap'sulae atrabilia'riae (Fr. atrabiliare, from L. ater, black ;
bilis^ bile). — A term applied by the old anatomists to the
supra-renal capsules.

Ca'put cae'cnm coli (L. the blind head of the colon). — Another
name for the ccecum.

Ca'put cor'nu posterio'ris (L. head of the posterior horn). —
The enlargement at the back part of the posterior horn
of the grey commissure of the spinal cord.

Ca'put gallina'ginis (L. woodcock's head). — The crest of the
urethra.

Ca'rapace (a shield or covering).— In the Crustacea, that part of
the exoskeleton which covers the cephalo-thorax. In the
Chelonia, the dorsal exoskeleton or "shell."

Carbonic acid gas, ") A poisonous gaseous compound of

Carbonic anhy'dride, > oxygen and carbon, which is largely

Carbonic dioxide, ) given off by all animals and plants.

GLOSSARY. 21

Car'diac (Gr. kardia^ the heart). — Relating to the heart. In the

case of the stomach, the cardiac end is the end nearest

the heart.
Car'dinal pro'cess (L. cardo^ cardtms, a hinge).— A median

process of the hinge Hne of the dorsal valve of the shell

of the Brachiopoda.
Car'dinal veins (Gr. kardia, the heart). — Veins which run

backwards and forwards, parallel with the vertebral column,

and return the blood to the heart in the vertebrate

embryo, and which in fishes persist through life.
Car'diograph (Gr. kardia, the heart; grapho, I write). — An
• instrument for registering the movements of the heart, and

causing them to trace curves upon a moving sheet of

paper.
Car'do (L. a hinge). — The basal articulation of the maxilla of

a cockroach.
Cari'na (L. a keel). —The two united petals of such a flower as

that of a bean or pea (papilionaceous). The keel-like

process of the sternum of most birds. The piece of the

valve of a Cirripede Crustacean which is intermediate

between the calcified pieces {terga and scuta) of each

valve.
Cari'natse (L. carma, a keel).— A group of birds provided

with a keel to the sternum.
Camas'sial (L. cdro, carnis, flesh). — A term applied to the

fourth premolar tooth of the dog, which bites scissor-like

against the corresponding tooth in the other jaw.
Carni'vora (L. cdro, carnis, flesh; voro, I devour). — An order

of the Mammalia, the members of which feed largely on

flesh.
Caro'tid (Gr. kara, the head; ous^ the ear). — The principal

arteries which convey blood to the head and lie close to

• the ears.
Carpalia (Gr. karpos, wrist). — The bones of the carpus.
Car'pel (Gr. karpos, fruit). — The modified leaf forming the

pistil of a flower.
Carpo'cerite (Gr. karpos, wrist ; keraia, a horn). — One of the

segments of the antennae of some Crustaceans.
Carpo'podite (Gr. karpos, wrist; pous^podos, a foot).— The fifth

segment of the typical appendage of a Crustacean.
Car'pus (Gr. karpos, wrist). — The wrist. The segment of the

fore-limb which unites the manus to the fore-arm in the
Vertebrata, and which in man forms the wrist.

2 2 GLOSSARY.

Car'tilage (L. cartildgo, gristle).— One of the animal tissues,
commonly called " gristle."

Cartila'gines ala'rum na'si (L. cartilages of the wings of the
nostrils). — The lower lateral cartilages of the nose.

Cartila'gines laterales na'si (L. side cartilages of the nose). —
The upper lateral cartilages of the nose.

Cartila'gines mino'res vel sesamoi'dese (L. minor, or sesamoid
cartilages). — The cartilaginous nodules in the membrane
which attaches the lower lateral cartilages to the upper
maxilla.

Cartila'go triti'cea (L. wheat-shaped cartilage). — A cartilagi-
nous nodule frequently found in the lateral thyro-hyoid
ligaments.

Carun'cula lachryma'lis (L. caru?tcula, a little piece of flesh ;
Idcrima, a tear). — The small reddish eminence in the inner
corner of each eye.

Carun'culse myrtifor'mis (L. carunada, a little piece of flesh ;
myrtus, the myrtle ; /(?r;;z^, form). — The little elevations
of the wall of the vagina which remain after the rupture
of the hymen.

Casua'ridaB. — The Cassowaries, a group of birds.

Catallac'ta (Gr. kataiatto, to change). — A groupjof the Protozoa,
according to Haeckel.

Cataly'tic (Gr. katahio^ to dissolve). — Having the power to in-
duce chemical decomposition of a compound by its mere
presence.

Catame'nia (Gr. kata^ according to ; mm^ the month). — A term
applied to the monthly discharges from the uterus ; the
menses.

CatarrM'ni (Gr. kata, near ; rhm, the nose). — One of the fami-
lies of the Simiadse (apes), having the septum of the nose
thin, and therefore the nostrils close together.

Cau'da equi'na (L. horse's tail). — The collection of nerve-roots
in which the spinal cord ends.

Cau'dal (L. cauda, a tail). — Relating to the tail, as the caudal
vertebrae which form the skeleton of the tail.

Cau'date (L. cauda, a tail). — Tail-like. Applied to those
ganglionic corpuscles which have radiating processes.

Cau'dex (L. the stem or trunk of a tree). — The stem of palms
and tree-ferns.

Cau'do-tibia'lis (L. catida, a tail).— A muscle which in the
FJiocidce passes from the anterior caudal vertebrae to the
tibia.

GLOSSARY. 23

Cau'lis (L. a stalk). — An aerial stalk of a plant.

Ca'vum arterio'sum (L. arterial cavity). — The left portion of

the ventricle in the turtles.
Ca'vum pulmonale (L. pulmonary cavity).— The portion of the

ventricle in the turtles from which the pulmonary artery

arises.
Ca'vum veno'sum (L. venous cavity). — The right portion of

the ventricle in the turtles.
Cecomor'phae (Gr. kex, kekos, a sea-gull ; morphe, form). — The

Gulls, a group of birds.
Celeomor'phsB (Gr. keleos, a woodpecker; morphe, form). — The

Woodpeckers.
Cellulose (L. celhda, a little cell). — A vegetable substance of

which the cell-wall of plants is composed.
Cen'trum (L. centrum, the centre of a circle). — The cetnral

portion, or body of a vertebra.
Centrum ovale (L. oval centre). — A mass of white substance

in the cerebrum.
Cephalas'pidse (Gr. kephale, the head; aspis^ a shield). — An

extinct sub-order of Ganoid fishes.
Cephalic (Gr. kephale, the head). — Relating to the head.

Applied to a pair of nerve ganglia in the anterior part of

the body in the Mollusca.
Ce'phalo-humeralis (Gr. kephale, the head; L. humerus, the

upper part of the arm). — One of the muscles of the

humerus in some Vertebrata.
Cephalo'poda (Gr. kephale, the head; pous,pddos, a foot). — A

division of the Mollusca, so called because the organs of

locomotion are arranged round the head.
Cephalos'tegite (Gr. kephale, the head; stego, I cover). — The

anterior division of the carapace in some Crustacea.
Ce'phalo-tho'rax (Gr. kephale, the head ; thorax^ a breast-
• plate). — The anterior portion of the body in the Cmstacea

and Arachnida, formed of the coalesced head and thorax.
Ce'rato-hyal (Gr. keras, a horn). — The lower ossification of the

hyoidean arch in the Teleostean fishes ; represented in

human anatomy by the lesser cornua of the hyoid bone.
Cer'ci (Gr. kerkos, a tail). — A pair of styles at the hinder

extremity of the abdomen in the cockroach.
Cerebellum (L. the little brain). — The part of the brain which

overlies the fourth ventricle.
Ce'rebrum (L. the brain). — The brain proper; applied to all

those parts which lie above the cerebellum.

24 GLOSSARY.

Ceru'men (L. cera^ wax). — The waxy secretion of the glands of

the external ear.
Ceru'minous glands (L. cera^ wax). — The glands which secrete

the waxy material found in the external ear.
Cervi'cal (L. cervix^ the neck). — Relating to the region of the

neck.
Cervi'cal scle'rites (L. cemix, neck; Gr. skleros, hard). —

Thickenings in the chitinous skeleton of a cockroach in

the region of the neck.
Cervica'lis ascen'dens (L. ascending cervical). — One of the

dorsal muscles of the trunk.
Cer'vix (L. neck). — The neck portion of an organ, as Cervix

Uteri, the neck of the womb.
Cestoi'dea (Gr. kestos, a studded girdle). — The Tape-worms.
Ceta'cea (Gr. ketos, a whale). — An order of the Mammalia

which embraces the whales and dolphins.
Chsetog'natha (Gr. chaite, hair; gnathos, a jaw). — A group of

the Invertebrata, including only the genus Sagitta.
Chala'zae (Gr. chalaza, hail). — The twisted cord-like bodies

which help to keep the yolk of an egg in position. The

places where the vessels enter the nuclei of the ovules of

a plant.
Chalci'dea (Gr. chalkis, a lizard). — A group of the Lacertilia.
Chamseleo'nidsB (Gr. chamaileon^ a chameleon). — A group of

the Lacertilia.
Cha'ra. — One of the water-weeds.
Charadriomor'phse (Gr. ^r/z^nz^r/^i", the curlew; morphe ^iorm). —

The Plovers, a group of birds.
Cheilosto'mata (Gr. cheilos, lip, margin ; stoma, stomatos, a

mouth). — A genus of Polyzoa.
Cheiromy'ini (Gr. cheir, cheiros, the hand; mus, a mouse). — A

family of Lemurs.
Cheirop'tera (Gr. cheir, cheiros, the hand ; pteron, a wing). — A

group of the Mammalia which comprises the bats.
Chelae (Gr. chele, a clawj. — The fourth pair of thoracic ap-
pendages in the Crustacea, commonly known in the lobster

as the great claws.
Cheli'cera (Gr. chele, a claw). — A pincer-like appendage on each

side of the mouth in the Scorpions.
Chelo'nia (Gr. cheld?ie, a tortoise). — A group of the Reptilia

which includes the tortoises and turtles.
Chenomor'phae (Gr. chen, chmos, a goose; morphe, form). — The

goose-like birds.

GLOSSARY. 25

Chev'ron bones (Fr. a rafter). — Downward processes of the

caudal vertebrae of some of the Vertebrata which enclose

the backward continuation of the aorta.
Chias'ma (Gr. chiazo, I mark with the letter X, ^/«j. — A crossing,

as the chiasma of the optic nerves.
CMlog'natha (Gr. ckeilos, the upper lip ; gndthos, the upper jaw).

— A division of the Myriapoda which comprises the Milli-
pedes, in which the mandibles are covered by a kind of lip.
Chilo'poda (Gr. cheilos, the upper lip; pous, podos, a. foot). — A

division of the Myriapoda which comprises the

Centipedes.
Chi'tin (Gr. chiton^ a coat of mail). — The horny substance

found in the exoskeletons of many of the Invertebrata.
CMa'mydate (L. chldmyddtus, clothed in the cMdmys, a large

woollen upper garment).- — A term applied to those

Branchiogasteropods which are provided with a mantle.
Chlo'rophyll (Gr. ckloros, green ; phyllon, a leaf). — The (usually

green) colouring matter of plants, developed only under

the influence of light.
Chloro'sis (Gr. chloros, green). — The green-sickness. A disease

probably of liver, in which suppression of menses is a

sy7nptom,
Cho'anae na'rmm (Gr. and L. the funnels of the nose). — The

openings of the posterior nares.
Choles'terin (Gr. chole, bile; stear, suet). — A fatty substance

found in bile and in some of the tissues.
Chon'dro-cra'nium (Gr. chondros^ gristle ; kranion, s|cull). — The

cartilaginous model of the future skull in the vertebrate

embryo.
Chondros'teidse (Gr. chondros, gristle). — A sub-order of Ganoid

fishes.
Chor'da dorsalis(L. the dorsal or back cord). — The embryonic

structure, which forms the axis round which the bodies of

the vertebrae are developed, and which in some of the

Vertebrata persists through life.
Chor'da tym'pani (L. cord of the drum). — A small branch of the

facial nerve, which traverses the drum of the ear and

supplies the submaxillary gland.
Chor'dae tendi'nese (L. tendinous cords). — The cords which are

attached on the one hand to the papillary muscles of the

ventricles, and on the other to the flaps of the auriculo-

ventricular valves of the heart.
Cho'rion (Gr, chorion, skin). — The outer membrane which in

the Mammalia surrounds the foetus.

26 GLOSSARY.

Cho'roid (Gr. chores, a choir; eidos, form). — A structure made

up of a combination of small blood-vessels, as the choroid

plexuses of the brain and the middle coat of the eye.
Chroma'tophores (Gr. chroma, colour; phoreo, I bear, carry). —

Pigment-sacs in the integument of the Cephalopoda.
Chry'salis (Gr. chrusos, gold). — The pupa stage of an insect, so

called because it is then sometimes of a golden colour.
Chyle (Gr. chyles, juice). — The nutritious fatty material taken

up by the lacteals.
Chylifica'tion. — The conversion of food into chyle.
Chyme (Gr. chuma, a thing poured). — The material of the food

which passes from the stomach to the intestine.
Chymifica'tion. — The conversion of food into chyme.
Cicatri'cula (L. a little. scar). — The scar left after the falling of

a leaf from a plant; the hilum or base of the seed of

a plant. A term sometimes applied to the blastoderm or

germinal membrane of an ovum.
Cica'trix (Latin). — A scar.
Cilia (L. cilhim, an eyelash). — Minute spontaneously vibratile

filaments found in various parts of the body of both higher

and lower animals.
Ciliary irgament (L, cUmm, an eyelash ; ligo, 1 bind). — See

Ciliary vmscle, for which it is an obsolete term.
Ciliary mus'cle (L. cthum, an eyelash). — A small muscle,

situated between the anterior parts of the choroid and

sclerotic coats of the eye.
Ci'liary pro'cesses (L. cilium, an eyelash). — The anterior

terminations of the choroid coat of the eye.
Cilia'ta (L. ciliU77t, an eyelashV — A division of the Infusoria.
Cin'gulum (L. a girdle). — The basal part of the crown of a

tooth. In the earthworm, a swollen region of the body

into which more or fewer segments between the twenty-
fourth and thirty-sixth enter.
Cir'culus arti'culi vasculo'sus (L. vascular circle of the joint).

— The narrow vascular border formed by the synovial

vessels round the articular cartilages.
Cir'culus cephalicus (L. head- circle). — A circle formed by

the arteries beneath the base of the skull in Teleostean

fishes.
Cir'culus ma'jor (L. greater circle). — A vascular ring in the

iris.
Circ'ulus mi'nor (L. lesser circle). — A small vascular circle

round the pupil.

GLOSSARY. 2 ^

Cir'culus veno'sus (L. venous circle). — A venous circle

surrounding the base of the nipple of the mammary

gland.
Circumduc'tion (L. circum^ around; duco, I lead). — The

rotation of a limb round an imaginary axis, so as to trace

out a conical surface.
Circumoesophage'al (L. circum^ around; Gr. oiso, future of

phero^ I bear; phdgein, to eat). — Around the gullet, as

the circumoesophageal nerve-commissures found in the

Crustacea.
Circumval'late (L. drcum, around; Valium, a rampart). —

Surrounded by a rampart, as the circumvallate papillae of

the tongue.
Cir'ri (L. cirrus, a lock of hair). — Root-like filaments given off

from the articulations of some Invertebrata,
Cirripe'dia (L. cirrus, a lock of hair ; pes, pedis, a foot). —A

division of the Crustacea having curled jointed feet.
Clas'pers. — A pair of organs by the sides of the tail-fin of the

male Rays, by which the female is grasped in the act of

copulation.
Claus'trum (L. that which shuts off). — A grey lamina on the

outside of the corpora striata of the human brain.

Clavi'cula C ^' ^^^'^'^^^^^^ ^ kittle key). — The collar-bone.
Cleidomastoi'deus (Gr. i^leis, the clavicle; and mastoid process).

— One of the extrinsic muscles of the fore-limb.
Clitellum (L. clitellce, a pack-saddle). — A region of the body

of an earthworm which is swollen as compared with the

other parts. See also Cingulum.
Cli'toris (Gr. probably from izleio, I enclose). — A small elongated

part of the female sexual organs in the higher mammals.
Clo'aca (L. a sewer). — The common chamber which in many

•animals receives the urinary, generative, and intestinal

secretions.
Cly'peus (L. clipeiis, or ciypeus, a shield). — The broad flattened

region of the head in a cockroach.
Cne'mial crest (Gr. knane, leg, shin-bone). — A protuberance of

the proximal end of the tibia, which is well marked in all

walking and swimming birds.
Cni'dse (Gr. knide, a nettle). — The stinging thread-cells of the

Coelenterata.
Coagula'tion (L. cddgidum, a clot). — The process of clotting,

which some fluids such as blood and lymph undergo.

28 GLOSSARY.

Coccyge'al. — Relating to the coccyx ; composing the coccyx.
Coccygomor'phae (Gr. kokkux, a cuckoo; morphe, form). — A

division of the Carinate birds which includes the Cuckoos,

Kingfishers, and Trogons.
Coc'cyx (Gr. kokkux, a cuckoo). — The term applied to the four

posterior vertebras of man, which unite to form a structure

similar to the beak of a bird.
Cochlea (L. a snail's shell). — A structure forming part of the

internal ear.
Cocoon' (Fr. coco?i ; Gr. kokkos, a kernel). — The covering of an

insect in the pupa state.
Coelentera'ta (Gr. koilos, hollow; enferon, an intestine). — A

group of the Metazoa which mcludes the Hydrozoa and

the Actinozoa.
Cce'liac artery (Gr. koilia, a hollow, the belly). — A short wide

branch of the aorta given off just below the diaphragm.
Cce'liac canal (Gr. koilm, the belly). — The largest of three canals

which run in the arm in the Crinoidea.
Ccenen'chyma (Gr. koifie, in common; chuma, something

poured). — The intermediate skeletal layer developed in

some Actinozoa in the process of gemmation or fission, by

the new polype, and which is continuous with that of the

other polypes.
Cce'nosarc (Gr. koine, in common ; sarx, flesh). The common

stem which sometimes unites the buds of a hydrozoon.
Co'itus (L. a coming together). — The congress of the sexes.
Coleo'ptera (Gr. koleos, a sheath ; pteron, a wing). — The beetles,

so called because the anterior chitinous wings form cases

for the posterior membranous pair.
Coleorhi'za (Gr. kbleos, a sheath ; rhiza, a root). — A wreath

which encloses the radicle of an endogenous embryo.
Colla'teral sul'cns. — The groove in the cerebral hemispheres

which gives rise to the collateral eminence in the lateral

ventricles.
CoUete'rial glands (Gr. kolletos, glued).— Two glands in the

cockroach which probably give rise to the cases of the eggs.
Colli'culus (L. a little hill). — A small elevation.
Colli'culus bul'bse ure'thrae (L. little eminence of the bulb of the

urethra). — A layer of spongy tissue surrounding the bulb

of the urethra.
Colli'culus ner'vi op'tici (L. little eminence of the optic nerve). —

A small eminence on the retina where the optic nerve

expands.

GLOSSARY. 29

Colli'cnlus seminalis (L. little seminal eminence). — The crest
of the urethra.

Colloids (Gr. kolla, glue ; eidos^ shape). — Substances like glue or
gum. Substances which dissolve imperfectly, and which
are but little diffusible through membranes.

Colon (Gr. kolon, a limb, the great gut). — The second part of
the large intestine.

Colos'trum (L. colostra, the first milk of a cow after calving). —
The first milk secreted after the birth of a child.

Colum'bae (L. columba, a dove). — The pigeons ; a group of birds.

Columella (L. a little column). — The projection above the
collar of the stalk in some moulds, as in miLcor mucedo,
which projects into the sporangium. Also the name of a
bone in the skull of the Lacertilia, which extends from
the parietal to the pterygoid bones on each side. Also
a core of connective tissue in the central cavity of a
Crinoid.

Columella au'ris (L. little ear column). — A small bone, which in
birds, most reptiles, and some amphibia represents the
ossicula auditus of the middle ear of the higher Vertebrata.

Columella cochleae (L. little column of the cochlea). — The cen-
tral pillar or modiolus of the cochlea of the internal ear.

Colum'nae Berti'ni (L. columns of Bertini). — Prolongations of
the cortical substance of the kidney, which pass between
the pyramids.

Colum'nae carne'ae (L. fleshy columns). — The muscular emi-
nences on the wall of the ventricles of the heart.

Colum'nae rec'ti (L. straight columns, or columns of the rectum).
— Mucous folds of the rectum.

Colum'nae ruga'rum (L. columns of the rugae). — An elevated
ridge extending across the rugae, or fold of the mucous
membrane of the vagina.

Co'ma (Gr. kdma, a. deep sleep). — A state of unconsciousness
brought about by morbid causes, such as compression of
the brain.

Co'mes (L. a companion; pi. coiJiites). — A term applied to those
veins which accompany the arteries.

Com'missure (L. con, together ; mitto, I send). — A joining. A
connecting link between two parts, as the commissures
which unite the nerve ganglia in the Invert ebrata.

Complex'us (L. an embrace, a surrounding). — The name given
to one of the dorsal muscles of the trunk.

Cona'rium (L. conus, the fruit of the fir).— The pineal gland.

30 GLOSSARY

Con'cha (L. a shell). — The largest concavity of the external
ear.

Conchi'fera (L. concha, a shell ; fc-ro, I bear). — A name some-
times applied to the Lamellibranchiata.

Con'dyle (Gr. kondulos, a knuckle). — Generally applied to the
flattened articular surface of a bone.

Confer'vaB (L. confervere, to unite). — Vegetable organisms
which consist of strings of united cells.

Conglo'bate (L. con, together; globus, a ball).— A term applied
to such glands as the lymphatic glands.

Conglo'merate (L. con, together ; gldmero, I gather in a round
heap).— Applied to such glands as the salivary glands,
pancreas, &c., which are also termed " racemose."

Coni vasculo'si (L. vascular cones). — The conical convoluted
branches of the vasa efferentia of the testicle.

Coni'diophore (Gr. kdnis, dust ; phoreo, I bear).— The filaments
which bear the conidia of fungi.

Coni'dium (Gr. kdnis, dust). — The spores of such fungi as Peni-
cillium.

Conjuga'tion (L. conjiigdre, to unite). — A mode of vegetable
reproduction in which cells of adjacent hyphae unite.

Conjuncti'va (L. conjugdre, to connect). —The mucous mem-
brane which lines the eyelids, and is reflected over the
anterior part of the eyeball.

Con'nate (L. con, together ; ndtics, born). — A term applied to
parts of plants (as the bases of leaves) which at an early
stage of development become united.

C6'nusarterio'sus(L. arterial cone). — The conical prolongation of
the right ventricle from which the pulmonary artery springs.

Co'nus meduUa'ris (L. medullary cone). — The tapering portion
.of the spinal cord below the lumbar enlargement.

Co-or'dination (L. coorior, I come forth at once). — The acting
together with regard to due force and sequence of different
muscles.

Cope'poda (Gr. kopeus, a chisel; pous,podos, a foot). — A group
of the Crustacea.

Co'raco-brachia'lis {coracoid bone ; \a.brachialis, belonging to the
the arm). — One of the muscles on the ventral surface of
the fore-limb, passing from the coracoid bone to the hume-
rus in some Vertebrata.

Co'racoid (Gr. kbrax, a crow ; eidos, shape).— One of the bones
of the shoulder-girdle in most vertebrate animals, repre-
sented in man by the coracoid process of the scapula.

GLOSSARY. 31

Coracomor'phse (Gr. korax, a crow ; morphe, form). — The crows

and sparrow-like birds.
Coralli'gena (Gr. korallion, coral; gefinao, I produce). —

The group of the Actinozoa which comprises the organisms

which produce coral.
Corarium (L. coral). — The calcareous secretion of the Actino-
zoa, usually termed " coral."
Cor'bula (L. a little basket). — The common receptacle in the

genus Aglaophenia of the Hydrophora which encloses

groups of gonangia.
Coria'ceous (L. cbrium, leather). — Leathery. Belonging to, or

like leather.
Co'rium (L. skin). — The true-skin or dermis.
Cor'nea (L. comeus^ horny). — The transparent modification of

the sclerotic coat of the eye, which encloses the anterior

part of the eyeball
Corni'cula laryn'gis (L. the little horns of the larynx).— Two

small cartilagmous nodules in the aryteno-epiglottic told

of the larynx.
Cor'nu (L. a horn; pi. conmd). — Applied to horn-like

projections of various structures in the body, as the

cornua of the hyoid bone, cornua of the cerebral ventricles,

&c.
Cor'nu Am'monis. — Another name for the hippocampus major

of the cerebral hemispheres.
Corolla (L. corolla^ a httle crown).— The inner floral envelope

of a flowering plant.
Coro'na glan'dis (L. crown of the gland).— The rounded border

of the penis.
Coro'na radia'ta (L. radiating crown).— A term applied to

the radiating fibres in the cerebral hemispheres.
Co'ronary (L. corona^ a crown). — Applied to the blood-vessels

.which supply the substance of the heart. Also the name

given to one of the bones of the mandible in some
Vertebrata.
Co'ronoid (Gr. kordne, 3. crow ; eidos, form). — Crow-shaped ; as

the coronoid process of the lower jaw.
Cor'pora albican'tia (L. whitish bodies). — Two small white

eminences on the base of the brain.
Cor'pora Aran'tii (L. bodies of Arantius).— Thickenings on

the edges of the semilunar valves of the arteries.
Cor'pora bige'mina (L. two twin bodies). — The optic lobes of

the brain of birds and fishes.

32 GLOSSARY.

Cor'pora caverno'sa clitori'dis (L. cavernous body of the

clitoris). — The two cavernous bodies which unite to form

the cUtoris.
Cor'pora caverno'sa pe'nis (L. cavernous bodies of the penis).

— The two bodies which form the principal part of the

penis.
Cor'pora genicula'ta (L. the bodies with bent knee). — Two

small eminences in front of the corpora quadrigemina of

the brain.
Cor'pora quadrige'mina (L. the four twin bodies). — Four

hemispherical elevations of the roof of the iter of the

brain in the higher Vertebrata, which correspond to the

corpora bigemina of birds and fishes.
Cor'pora stria'ta (L. striped bodies). — Two masses of nerve

tissue, one in the floor of each lateral ventricle of the

brain.
Cor'pora trapezoi'dea (L. trapezoid bodies). — Elevations found

in the medulla oblongata of some mammals.
Cor'pus adipo'sum (L. fatty body). — A body connected with

the kidney in some Vertebrata. Also applied to the

substance which fills up the space between the walls of

the abdomen and the contained organs in the Insecta.
Cor'pus callo'sum (L. hard body). — The mass of nerve tissue,

which in the Mammalia unites the cerebral hemispheres.
Cor'pus cilia're (L. ciliary body). — The toothed mass of grey

matter in the olivary bodies of the medulla oblongata,

usually termed the corpus dentatu7ii.
Cor'pus fimbria'tum (L. fringed body). — A narrow white band

in each of the cerebral hemispheres.
Cor'pus Highmoria'num (L. body of Highmore). — The incom-
plete vertical septum formed in the testicle by a process

of the tunica albuginea.
Cor'pus lu'teum (L. yellow body). — The reddish-yellow cellular

mass which forms in the Graafian folhcle of a mammalian

ovary after the discharge of the ovum.
Cor'pus mammilla're (L. the mammillary body). — Another name

for each of the corpora albicantia^ which see.
Cor'pus spongio'sum (L. spongy body). — A mass of erectile

tissue which surrounds the urethra in the male.
Cor'pus u'teri (L. body of the womb). — The part of the

womb between the fundus and the neck.
Corpus'cle (L. a little body). — The solid cellular bodies found

in blood, lymph, &c.

GLOSSARY. 33

Corpus'cula (L. little bodies). — Small bodies found in the

embryo sac of coniferous trees, and which correspond to

the archegonia of ferns.
Corpus'cula tac'tus (L. little touch bodies). — Small oval

bodies found in those parts of the skin which are most

sensitive to touch.
Cor'tex (L. bark). — The bark of trees. The outer part of an

organ.
Cor'tical (L. cortex, bark). — Relating to the bark. Applied to

the outer portion of an organ or organism.
Cos'tal (L. costa, a rib). — Relating to the ribs. Costal

respiration is that part of the respiratory function which is

performed by the movements of the ribs.
Cotyle'don (Gr. kotuleddn^ a cup-shaped hollow). — The

temporary seed-leaf of an embryo plant. Applied also to

each of the bunches of foetal villi which occur in the

placentae of some mammals.
Cotylo'phora (Gr. kotidos, a cup; phoreo, I bear). — A group of

Ruminants, the placenta of which exhibits cotyledons.
Cox'a (L. the hip). — The basal joint of the leg in insects
Coxo'cerite (L. coxa, the hip; Gr. keras, a horn). — The basal

joint of the antennae in the Crustacea.
Coxo'podite (L. coxa, the hip; Gr. pons, podos, a foot). — The

proximal joint of the typical limb of a Crustacean.
Cra'nium (Gr. kranion, the skull). —The skull, brain-case.
Cras'peda (Gr. kraspecton, a border or edge). — The convoluted

cords attached to the mesenteries in the Actinozoa.
Crassamen'tum (L. crassus, thick). — The solid clot of a

coagulated material.
Cremas'ter (Gr. k7'hnao, I suspend). — A muscle of the abdomen

found only in the male, and which supports the testicle.
Crib'riform (L. cribrum, a sitve; forma, shape). — Sieve-like.

Applied to that portion of the ethmoid bone through the

perforations of which the fibres of the olfactory nerves

pass to the nasal cavities.
Cri'co-arytenoi'dei latera'les (L. lateral crico-arytenoid\— Apair

of muscles which by their contraction close the glottis.
Cri'co-arytenoi'dei posti'ci (L. posterior crico-arytenoid).— A pair

of muscles which by their contraction dilate the glottis.
XJri'co-thyroi'dei (L. crico-thyroid).— A pair of muscles which by

their contraction stretch the vocal cords.
Cri'coid (Gr. krikos, a ring; eidos, form).— The ring-like

cartilage of the larynx.

D

34 GLOSSARY.

Cris'ta acas'tica (L. acoustic crest). — A small projection in the

ampullae of the membranous semicircular canals of the ear.
Cris'ta galli (L. cock's comb). — A ridge in the ethmoid bone

of the skull to which the falx cerebri is attached.
Cris'ta il'ii (L. crest of the ilium). —One of the borders of the

iliac bone.
Cris'ta ure'thrge (L. crest of the urethra). — A small ridge in the

lining membrane of the urethra,
Cris'ta vesti'buli (L. crest of the vestibule). — A vertical ridge in

the vestibule of the ear.
Crocodi'lia. — A group of the Reptilia which includes the

crocodiles, alligators, &c.
Crocodi'lidsB (Gr. krokodeilos, a crocodile). — A subdivision of

the Crocodilia which comprises the crocodiles proper.
Crossoptery'gidae (Gr. krossos, a fringe; pterux, a wing, fin). —

A sub-order of Ganoid fishes.
Cro'tapMte (Gr. krdtdphos, the temples).— A term sometimes

applied to the temporal artery, vein, and muscle.
Cru'cial (L. crux, crucis, a cross). — In the shape of a cross.
Cru'ra ce'rebri (L. legs of the cerebrum). — Two bundles of nerve

fibres containing grey matter, which form the floor of the

iter of the brain.
Crus (L. the leg). — That portion of the lower or posterior

extremity of the Vertebrata which lies between the femur

and the tarsus. Also appHed to any leg-Hke process.
Crus'ta petro'sa (L. stony crust).— A substance resembling

bone which coats the fangs of teeth, and in some cases

fills up depressions in the enamel.
Crypt (Gr. krupto, I conceal). — A term sometimes applied to

simple tubular glands.
Cryptoga'mia (Gr. kruptos, hidden; gdmos, marriage). —Plants,

the reproductive organs of which are not readily visible,

and which are sometimes termed ^'flowerless."
Cryptor'cMsmus (Gr. krupto, I conceal; orchis, a testicle). —

Retention of the testes in the abdomen.
Crys'talline lens. — The lens-shaped transparent body which is

contained in the eyeball, and which assists in focussing

the rays of light upon the retina.
Crys'talloids (Gr. krustallos, crystal; eidos, form).— Substances

which are generally capable of being crystallized, and the

solutions of which pass readily through membranes.
Ctenobranchia'ta (Gr. kteis, ktenos, a comb ; branchia, a gill).

— A group of the Branchiogasteropoda.

GLOSSARY. 35

Cte'noid (Gr. kteis^ ktenos, a comb; eidos, form). — A term
applied to the scales of fishes which have comb-like edges.

Ctenoph'ora (Gr. kteis^ ktenos, a comh ; phoreo, I bear). — A
group of the Actinozoa which possess swimming organs
in the shape of comb-like bands of cilia.

Ctenosto'mata (Gr. kteis, ktenos, a comb; stoma, stomatos, a
moutli, opening). — A group of the Polyzoa.

Cuboi'des (Gr. kudos, a cube; eidos, form). — One of the bones
of the tarsus.

Culm (L. culmus, a stalk). — The stem or stalk of grasses.

Cuma'cea (Gr. kuma, a wave). — A group of the Crustacea.

Cu'mulus (L. a heap). — A thickened portion of the lining cellu-
lar layer of a ripe Graafian follicle, in which the ovum is
embedded, and which is usually termed the discus proligerus.

Cu'neiform cartilage (L. cimcus, a v^tdgQ-, forma, form).— A
very small cartilaginous body placed on each side of the
larynx in the fold of mucous membrane which extends
• from the arytenoid cartilage to the epiglottis.

Cu'neiforme (L. ctineus, a wedge ; forma, form). — One of the
bones Jdi the carpus, sometimes termed ulnare. Also
appHed, according to one system of nomenclature, to three
of the bones of the tarsus.

Cu'pola (Italian, a dome). — The summit of the cochlea of the
internal ear.

Cur'sores (L. curro, I run). — According to the old scheme of
classification of the class Aves, an order which included
those birds which are destitute of the power of flight.

Cus'pidate (L. cuspis, the point of a weapon). — Having pointed
eminences or " cusps." A term sometimes applied to the
canine teeth.

Cuta'neous (L. cutis, the skin). — Relating to the skin.

Cu'ticle f ^' ^^'^' ^^ ^^^^^'> ^^ skin). — Another name for the

Cuti'ciilai epidermis. In plants, the thin layer which
L covers the epidermis.

Cu'tis ve'ra (L. true skin). — The under vascular and sensitive
layer of the skin, also termed the dermis.

Cyano'sis (Gr. kuands, dark-blue). — A condition in which the
skin is blue, as the result of the non-closure of the foramen
ovale between the auricles of the heart, and the consequent
imperfect aeration of the blood.

Cyathozo'oid (Gr. kuathos, a cup, bowl ; zoon, an animal ; eidos,
shape). — A structure formed in the course of development
in some of the Ascidioida.

D 2

36 GLOSSARY.

Cy'cloid (Gr. h/klcs^ a circle; eidos, shape). — A term applied

to those fish scales which are circular in form.
Cyclo'sis (Gr. kukldsis, a moving round). — The circulation of

fluids in the cells of plants.
Cyclosto'mata (Gr. kuklos, a circle; stoma, stomatos, an

opening, mouth). — A group of the Branchiogasteropoda.
Cynoi'dea (Gr. kiwn, kunos, a dog). — A group of the Caraivora

which comprises the dogs, wolves, jackals, and foxes.
Cynomor'pha (Gr. kudn, kimos^ a dog; inorphe^ form). — The

dog-like group of apes.
Cyprinoi'dei(L. cyprinus,2^Q.zxy^. — A group of Teleostean fishes.
Cypselomor'phae (Gr. cypselus, the generic name of the swifts ;

morphe, form). — A subdivision of Carinate birds which

comprises the swifts.
Cyst (Gr. kustis, a bladder).— A bladder-like sac.
Cys'tic (Gr. kustis, a bladder). — Belonging to a bladder, as the

cystic duct which leads to the gall-bladder; also having

bladders or cysts, as a cystic tumour.
Cys'tid (Gr. kustis, a bladder). — The saccular ciliated embryo

of the fresh-water Polyzoa.
Cysti'dea (Gr. kustis, a bladder). — A group of extinct

Echinoderms.
Cy'toblast (Gr. kutos, a hollow body; blastos, a bud, shoot), —

Another term for the nucleus of a cell.
Cy'tode (Gr. kutos, a hollow body). A non-nucleated proto-
plasmic cell.
Cyto'genous (Gr. kufos, a hollow body; gennao, I produce). —

Cell-producing ; applied to a form of connective tissue.

D.

Dactylo'podite (Gr. dakticlos, a ^ng^x\ pons, podos, a foot). —

The terminal joint of the ambulatory appendages in some

Crustaceans.
Dar'tos (Gr. deras, a skin). — One of the tunics of the scrotum.
Dasypo'didae (Gr. dasus, rough, hairy ;/^z^^, podos, a foot). —

The subdivision of edentate mammals which comprises

the armadillos.
Deca'poda (Gr. deka, ten ; potts, podos, a foot). — The dibranchiate

cephalopods which have ten arms.
Deci'dua reflexa (L. dedduus, falling ; refledere^ to bend back).

— That portion of the internal growth (decidim) of the

pregnant uterus discharged in parturition which is reflected .

over the ovum.

GLOSSARY. 37

Deci'dua sero'tina (L. deciduus, falling; serdfiuus^ slowly-
ripening). — The part of the decidua which intervenes

between the ovum and the uterus.
Deci'dua ve'ra (L. dedduus, falling; verus, true). — That

portion of the decidua which lines the uterus, except

where the ovum is attached to it.
Decidua'ta (L. dedduus, falling). — A division of the Monodel-

phia in which the maternal part of the placenta is thrown

off with the foetus.
Deci'duous (L. dedduus, falling). — A term applied to those

trees which shed their leaves annually ; also to the first, or
. milk teeth of mammals.
Decus'sate (L. decusso, I cross over). — To cross over the

middle line, as the nerve fibres do at the decussation of

the anterior pyramids.
Defseca'tion (L. de, do^n\ /cbx, /cbcis, dregs). — The act of

emptying the bowels.
Degluti'tion (L. de, down; glittio, I swallow).— The act of

swallowing.
DeMs'ce (L. dehiscere, to gape, open).— To open, as does a

seed-vessel when ripe.
Deinosau'ria (Gr. demos, terrible ; sauros, a lizard). — An extinct

order of Reptiles.
Dela'mination (L. de, away from; lamina, a layer). — A coming

away in layers.
Delphinoi'dea (Gr. delphis, delphlnos, a dolphin; eidos, form).

— The division of the Cetacea which comprises, amongst

other forms, the dolphins.
Deltoi'des (Gr. the letter A, ^^//^).— Shaped hke the Greek

letter delta. A triangular muscle on the shoulder, also

termed the humeralis; it is attached to the deltoid ridge of

the humerus.
Dendrocoe'la (Gr. dendron^z. tree; koilia, a hollow, the bowels).

— A division of theTurbellaria in which the digestive cavity

gives off caecal processes which are frequently branched.
Den'tary (L. dens, dejttis, a tooth). — The bone of the lower

jaw which contains the teeth. Relating to the teeth.
Den'tate (L. dens, dentis, a tooth). — Toothed. Applied to the

second or axis vertebra, because of its tooth-like process.
Den'tine (L. dens, dentis, a tooth). —The calcified material

which forms the chief constituent of a tooth.
Depres'sor parpebrae int'e'rid'ris (L. the depressor of the lower

eyelid). —The muscle which depresses the lower eyelid.

38 GLOSSARY.

Depura'tion (L. depuro^ to cleanse, purify). — The clearing

away of impurities.
Der'mal (Gr. derma, a skin). — Relating or belonging to the

skin.
Der'mis (Gr. derma, a skin). — The vascular layer of the skin,

sometimes called the true skin, also the cutis vera.
Derotrema'ta (Gr. dere, neck; trema, a hole). — A division of

the Urodele amphibians having one or two gill-clefts on

each side of the neck.
Desmo'gnathae (Gr. desmos, a bond ; gndthos, a jaw). — A term

applied to those Carinate birds which have the maxillo-

palatine bones united.
Desquama'tion (L. de, away from; squama, a scale). — The

falling away of scales.
Eetru'sor uri'nae (L. detrudere, to push away, eject ; urina,

urine). — A muscle of the bladder, the contraction of which

assists in the discharge of the urine.
Deuterosto'matous (Gr. deuteros, second; stoma, a mouth,

opening). — A term applied to a gastrula in which the

original blastopore completely closes up, a new aperture

or apertures being subsequently formed.
Diabe'tes (Gr. dia, through; baino, I go on). — A disease in

which an abnormal secretion of liver sugar takes place,

and is passed out of the system in the urine, the secretion

of which is also greatly augmented.
Diagno'sis (Gr. distinguishing, deciding). — The recognition of

a disease by its symptoms.
Dia'lysis (Gr. dia, apart; tzw, I loosen). — The passage of a

crystalloid substance by diffusion through a septum from

one fluid to another.
Dia'phragm (Gr. dia, across; phragma, a fence).— The mus-
cular partition which separates the abdominal and thoracic

cavities in the Mammalia.
Dia'physis (Gr. dia, through ; phusis, growth). — The centre of

ossification in the shaft of a long bone.
Diapo'physis (Gr. apop/iuo,io sprout). — The superior transverse

process of a vertebra when two such processes are present.
Diarthrd'sis (Gr. dia, through; arthro?i, a joint).— An anato-
mical term for a movable articulation of bones.
Diaste'ma (Gr. dia, apart; histemi, to place).— A gap or inter-
val, as between teeth.
Dias'tole (Gr. diastello, to dilate). — The rhythmical expansion

or dilatation of the heart.

GLOSSARY. 39

Di'atom (Gr. diate?nno, to separate, cut through).— A minute

vegetable organism provided with a flinty covering.
Dibranchia'ta (Gr. dis, double ; branchia^ a gill). — The group

of Cephalopods which possess two gills.
Dicho'tomous (Gr. dkhotomia, a division into two parts). —

Twice divided ; doubly forked.
Dicotyle'donous (Gr. dis, double ; kotyledon, a cup-shaped

hollow). — The group of plants the embryos of which

have two seed-leaves or cotyledons.
Dicro'tic (Gr. dis, double; kroteo, I beat). — Having a double

beat; applied to the arterial pulse when exhibiting this
. phenomenon.
Dicye'mida (Gr. dis, double ; kuema^ embryo). — A group of

parasitic animals found in the renal organs of Cephalopods,

and placed provisionally between the Protozoa and the

Metazoa, under the designation of Mesozoa. The embryo

exists under two forms.
Dicynodon'tia (Gr. dis, double ; kynodous, kynodontos^ a dog's

tooth). — A group of extinct reptiles having usually two

large tusks.
Didac'tyle (Gr. dis^ double; daktulos^ a finger). — Having two

digits.
Diderphia (Gr. dis, double ; delphus, the womb). — A group of

mammals, so called because the uterus is double.
Dience'phalon (Gr. dia, between ; enkephalon, the brain). — The

posterior division of the anterior primary cerebral vesicle,

usually termed the Thalamencephalon.
Diete'tics (Gr. diaitao, to feed). — A term for the consideration

of a system of regulating the diet, so as best to secure the

restoration or maintenance of health.
Digas'tric (Gr. dis, double ; ^^^/^r, the belly). —Two-bellied ;

applied generally to muscles which are fleshy at each end,

and have a tendon in the middle. Specially applied to

the muscle which depresses the lower jaw.
Di'git (L. digitus, the finger or toe). — A finger or toe.
Digi'tigrade (L. digitus, the finger or toe; grddus, a step). —

Walking on the toes, these being the only parts of the foot

which touch the ground in digitigrade animals.
Dimor'phodon (Gr. dis, double ; morphe, form ; odous, odontos,

a tooth). — A genus of extinct Pterosaurians having the

posterior teeth very short, the anterior long.
Dinorni'thidse (Gr. dinoo, to spin round ; ornis, ornithos, a bird).

— A subdivision of ratite birds which comprises the moas.

40 GLOSSARY.

Lioe'cious (Gr. dis^ double ; oikia^ a house). — Having the sexes

in two separate individuals ; applied also to plants having

female flowers on one individual and male flowers on

another of the same species.
Diop'trics (Gr. didptomai^ I see through). — The branch of the

science of light which treats of refraction.
Diphycer'cal (Gr. diphues, mixed, two-fold ; kerkos, a tail). —

Applied to the tails of fishes when the extremity of the

spine divides the caudal fin-rays into two equal or nearly

equal parts.
Diplo'e (Gr. diploos, double). — The spongy texture in tubular

bones, so called because enclosed between two plates of

compact bony tissue.
Dip'noi (Gr. dis, double ; pneo^ I breathe). — A group of fishes

closely approximating to the Amphibia.
Dip'tera (Gr. dipteros, having two wings). — The subdivision of

the Insecta which comprises the flies and fleas.
Discoi'dea (Gr. diskos, a disc or quoit). — A subdivision of the

deciduate mammalia in which the placenta forms a thick

disc.
Disco'phora (Gr. diskes, a disc or quoit; phoreo, I bear). — A

group of Hydrozoa, comprising amongst other forms the

so-called ''jelly-fish."
Dis'cus proli'gerus (L. discus, a quoit; proles, progeny ; gero, I

bear). — The thickened portion of the granular lining of a

Graafian follicle in which the ovum is embedded.
Disdi'aclast (Gr. dis^ twice; diaklao, I break).— A term given

to the segments produced in cell division.
Dis'taL — The part of a muscle, nerve, or other organ which is

most distant .from the origin or from a fixed point.
Diure'tic (Gr. dia, through; oiireo, to pass water). — Having the

property of increasing the secretion of urine.
Diverti'culum (L. a by-road). — A pouch-like process given off

from any principal passage or canal.
Lol'icliosau'ria (Gr. ddlichos, long; sauros,z. lizard). — A sub-
division of the Lacertilia, now extinct, of which the only

known form (Dolichosaurus) has a greatly elongated

body.
Dor'sal (L. dorsum,\S\^ back). -^Relating to the back; opposite

to the belly.
Dromaeog'nathae (Gr. dromaios, running, swift ; gnathos^ a jaw).

A subdivision of Carinate birds.
Duct of Bar'tholin. — One of the ducts of the sublingual gland.

GLOSSARY. 41

Ducts of Belli'nL— The excretory tubes of the kidney.

Ducts of Cu'vier. — Two short veins which in early foetal life

open, one on each side, into the heart.
Ducts of Rivi'nus. — The ducts of the sublingual salivary gland

which open separately into the mouth.
Duc'tus ad na'sum (L. duct to the nose). —The nasal duct, by

which the tears are conveyed to the nose.
Duc'tus arterio'sus (L. arterial duct). — A short duct which

during foetal life connects the pulmonary artery and aorta.
Duc'tus Botal'li (L. duct of Botallus). — A duct which in some

of the Amphibia is produced by the obliteration of the

upper part of the first pair of aortic trunks.
Duc'tus cochlea'ris (L. duct of the cochlea). — The membranous

canal of the cochlea of the internal ear.
Duc'tus commu'nis chole'dochus (Gr. chole^ bile; dechomai^ I

receive). — The common bile-duct.
Duc'tus veno'sus (L. venous duct). — A duct which in fcetal

life connects the mferior vena cava and the portal vein.
Duc'tus vitel'lo-intestina'lis (L. vitello-intestinal duct).— The

duct by which the primitive intestme and the yolk sac

communicate in the vertebrate embryo.
Duode'num (L. duodeni, twelve). — The first portion of the small

intestine ; so called from being in some animals about

twelve fingers' breadth in length.
Du'ra ma'ter (L. hard mother).— The tough fibrous outer

investment of the brain and spinal cord.
Du'ramen (L. hardness). — The heart-wood of exogenous trees.
Dyspnce'a (Gr. dyspnoia, difficulty of breathing). — The first stage

of asphyxia or suffocation. Laboured breathing.
Dysporomor'phae. — A subdivision of the Carinate birds which

comprises the Cormorants.

E.

Ec'deron (Gr. ecdero, I skin, flay).— The outer layer of the
integument in the lower animals corresponding to the
epidermis in the higher.

Ec'dysis (Gr. ekdusis, a going out).— The periodical casting of the
shell which takes place in some of the Crustacea and Insecta.

42 GLOSSARY.

Echini'dea (Gr. echinos, a sea-urchin, hedge-hog). — The sea-
urchins.
Echinoder'mata (Gr. echinos, a hedge-hog; derma, skin). — A

division of the Invertebrata which includes the sea-
urchins and star-fishes. So called from the spines with

which the integument is usually furnished.
^c'tocyst (Gr. ekfos, outside; kustis, a bladder).— The outer

covering of the Polyzoa.
Ec'toderm (Gr. ektos, outside; derma^ skin).— The outer layer

of the body of an invertebrate animal, formed from the

epiblast of the ovum.
Ectoproc'ta (Gr. ektos ^ outside ; /r^>^/^j-, the seat or anus). —

A group of Polyzoa in which the anus lies outside the

circle of tentacles.
Ecto/te'rygoid (Gr, ektos, without; pteryx, a wing; eidos,

shape). — One of the bones of the skull in some Vertebrata.
Ec'tosarc (Gr. ektos, outside; sarx, flesh).— The outer layer of

sarcode in the Amoeba.
Edrioaste'rida (Gr. edraios, sitting, stable; aster, a star). — A

group of extinct Echinoderms.
Edriophthal'mia (Gr. edraios, sitting, stable; ophthahnos, an

eye). — A group of Crustaceans in which the eyes, when

present, are either without stalks or seated upon immovable

ones.
Efferent (L. e, out of; fero, I bear, carry). — Carrying away,

as the efferent nerves which carry nervous impulses from

a nerve-centre.
Eges'ta (L. egestio, getting rid of). — Material excreted by the

alimentary canal.
Elasmobran'chii (Gr. elasmos, a plate; branchia, a gill). — An

order of fishes comprising the sharks, rays, and the chimaera.
Electro'tonos (Gr, elektron, amber; tones, tension, tone). — The

electric condition of a nerve when a current of electricity

passes through any part of it.
Ely'tra (Gr. elutron, a sheath). — The front pair of chitinous wings,

which in the beetles overlap the hinder membranous pair.
Em'boly (Gr. embole, injection). — Another term for the

invagination of the blastosphere in the development of

the Invertebrata, whereby the hypoblast becomes enclosed

within the epiblast.
Em'bryo (Gr. e?t, in; bruo, I swell). — The earliest stage in

which an animal may be discerned in the ovum. Also

applied to the rudiment of the future plant in the seed.

GLOSSARY. 43

Emlnen'tia coUatera'lis (L. collateral eminence). — A small

smooth eminence in the cerebral hemispheres between the

hippocampi major and minor.
Eminen'tia papilla'ris (L. papillary eminence). — A small conical

eminence behind the fenestra ovalis of the human ear.
Eminen'tia pyramida'lis (L. pyramidal eminence). — A vertical

ridge in the vestibule of the human ear, also termed

crista vestibuli.
Eminen'tia ter'es (L. rounded eminence). — A small eminence

in the medulla oblongata.
Emunc'tory (L. emungo, I wipe). — Any part by which waste

matter is got rid of.
Emy'dea (Gr. emus, a fresh-water tortoise). — A group of the

Chelonia which comprises the river and marsh tortoises.
Enarthro'dia (Gr. en, in ; arthron, a joint). — A ball and socket

joint, allowing motion in every direction.
Ence'phalon (Gr. en, in ; kephale, the head). — The brain,

including the medulla oblongata.
Encys'ted (Gr. en, in; kustis, a bladder).— Enclosed in a sac.

A condition of some of the Protozoa, in which they

become motionless, and invest themselves with a cyst.
Endocar'dium (Gr. endon, within; kardia, the heart).— The

hning membrane of the heart.
Endocho'rion (Gr. endon, within ; chorion, skin). — The vascular

layer of the allantois.
En'docyst (Gr. endon, within; kustis, a bladder). — The inner

layer of the cell in the Polyzoa.
En'doderm (Gr. endon, within; derma, skin). — The inner body-
wall of some invertebrate animals, developed from the

hypoblast.
Endo'genous (Gr. endon, within ; gennao, I produce). — Applied

to those plants which grow by the addition of new
• material internally.
Endogna'thal palp (Gr. endon, within; gnathos, a jaw). — A

modification of the three terminal joints of the third

thoracic appendage in the Brachyurous Crustaceans.
En'dolymph (Gr. etidon, within ; L. lympha, water). — The

watery fluid in the membranous labyrinth of the ear.
Endolymphan'gial no'dules (Gr. endon, within ; L. lympha,

water). — Nodules occurring in the serous membranes, and

containing lymph corpuscles.
Endophloe'um (Gr. endon, within ; phloios, bark). — The inner

bark or liber of a tree.

44 GLOSSARY.

Endophrag'ma (Gr. endon, within ; phragma, a fence). — The

chitinous roof of the neural canal in the thorax of some of

the Crustacea.
En'doplast (Gr. endon, within ; plas?na, anything moulded or

modelled). — In the Infusoria, a portion of the body which

differs in chemical composition and transparency from the rest.
Endoplas'tica (Gr. endon, yfithm ; plastikos, well-formed). — A

group of Protozoa in which a nucleus is distinguishable in

the protoplasm of the body.
Endoplas'tule (Gr. endon, vfithm ; plastikos, well-formed). —

The nucleolus of the Infusoria.
Endopleu'rite (Gr. endon, Withm ; pleuron, a side, rib). — The

portion of each apodeme in some of the Crustacea, which

is derived from the interepimeral membrane which

connects the somites.
Endo'podite (Gr. endon, within ; pous, podos, a foot). — The

internal terminal joints of the abdominal appendages in

the Crustacea.
Endorhi'zal (Gr. endon, within; rhiza, a root). — A term

applied to the germination of monocotyledonous plants,

in which the rootlets spring from within the embryo.
En'dosarc (Gr. endon, within ; sarx, flesh). — The inner layer of

sarcode in the Amoeba.
En'doskeleton (Gr. endon, within).— That part of the bony and

cartilaginous framework of the body which is covered by

the muscles and integument.
Endos'mose \ (Gr. endon, within; otheo, I push). — The passage
Endosmo'sis ) of a fluid from without inwards in the

process of diffusion through a membrane.
En'dosperm (Gr. endon, within ; sperma, a seed). — The inner

coat of the spore of a fern. The store of nutriment which

exists in the seed for the nutriment of the embryo.
Endospd'rium (Gr. endcn, within; spora, a seed). — The inner

layer of the coat of a Zygospore.
Endoster'nite (Gr. endon, within; sternon, the breast). — The

part of each apodeme in some of the Crustacea, which is

derived from the intersternal membrane which connects

the somites.
Endos'teum (Gr. endon, within; osteon, a bone). — A delicate

layer of vascular tissue which lines the medullary canals

of bone.
Endos'toma (Gr. endon, within ; stofna, a mouth, opening). — A

plate which in some Crustacea supports the labrum.

GLOSSARY. 45

En'dostyle (Gr. endon^ within; stulos, a column, style). — A
fold of the endoderm in the Ascidioida, which projects
into the blood cavity.

Endothelium (Gr. endon^ within ; thallo^ I bloom). — The
delicate layer of epithelium which lines the blood and
lymph capillaries.

En'siforin (L. ensis^ a sword; forma, form). — Sword-shaped.
Applied to the cartilaginous process of the sternum.

En'terocoele (Gr. enteron, intestme; koile, a hollow). — In the
Invertebrata, a perivisceral cavity, or series of cavities,
formed from a diverticulum of the digestive cavity.

Enteropneu'sta (Gr. enteron, an intestine ; pneuso, I breathe).
— A group of the Invertebrata having only one known
representative. The branchial apertures open from bran-
chial sacs, which are dilatations of the alimentary canal.

Entogas'tric (Gr. entos, within ; gaster, the stomach). — Applied
to a mode of reproduction by gemmation which exists in
some Hydrozoa, in which the bud grows out from the wall
of the gastric cavity, and passes by it to the exterior.

Entoglos'sal (Gr. e?itos, within ; g/ossa, the tongue). — An ossi-
fication of the hyoidean arch which in the Teleostei
supports the tongue.

Entomo'phaga (Gr. entoma, insects; phago, I eat). — A group of
the Edentata which feeds upon vegetable food only.

Entomos'traca (Gr. entofna, insects ; ostrakon, a shell). — A
group of minute fresh-water Crustaceans.

Entoplas'tron (Gr. entos, within; plastos, formed, moulded). —
The median piece of the plastron in the Chelonia.

Entoproc'ta (Gr. entos, within ; proktos, the seat or anus), — A
group of Polyzoa in which the anus lies within the circle
of tentacles.

Ento/ter'ygoid (Gr, entos, within ; pteryx, awing; ei'dos, shape).
. A bone of the skull in the Teleostean fishes.

Entop'tic (Gr. entos, within ; optikos, optical). — A term applied
to certain phenomena of vision produced by absorption and
refraction within the eye.

Entozo'a (Gr. entos, within; zod7i, an animal). — Animals which

■ are parasitic in the interior of other animals.
Epence'phalon (Gr. epi, upon ; enkephalon, the brain). — The
hind brain, comprising the Cerebellum, Pons Varolii, and
anterior part of the Fourth Ventricle.
Epen'dyma (Gr. epi, on ; endwna, clothing). — The lining mem-
brane of the cerebral hemispheres.

\6 GLOSSARY.

Ephip'pium (Gr. ephippios, belonging to a horse or riding). —
A structure formed under some circumstances in the
Ostracoda, which contains the ova, and which is developed '
from a " saddle-like " area of the integument.

Ep'iblast (Gr. epi, upon; blastos, a shoot). — The outer layer of
the blastoderm.

Epible'ma (Gr. epiblema, a covering). — The integument of the
root of a plant.

Epi'boly (Gr. epibole, throwing on, imposition). — A condition
in the development of some invertebrate ova in which the
epiblast appears to grow over the hypoblast.

Epibran'chial i^Gr. epi^ upon; branchia, a gill). — A subdivision
of the branchial region of the carapace in the Brachyura.

Epiclei'dium (Gr. epi^ upon; kleis, kleidos, collar-bone). — A
separate ossification of the scapular end of the clavicle in
most passerine birds.

E'piccele (Gr. epi, upon ; koile, a hollow, cavity). — A term
applied to the perivisceral cavity of the Invertebrata when
it is formed by invagination of the ectoderm.

Epico'racoid (Gr. ept, upon; korax, a crow). — One of the
bones of the pectoral arch in some of the Vertebrata.

Epicra'nial su'ture (Gr. epi, upon ; kranion, the skull ; L. su-
tura, a seam). — A suture running the entire length of the
epicranium in the cockroach.

Epicra'nium (Gr. epi, upon; kranion, the skull). — The dorsal
wall of the head of a cockroach.

Epider'mis (Gr. epi, upon ; derma, skin). — The outer non-
vascular layer of the skin in animals. The external cellular
covering of plants.

Epidi'dymis (Gr. epi, upon ; didumos, a testicle). — The convo-
luted portion of the efferent duct of the testicle.

Epigas'tric (Gr. ept, upon ; gaster, the belly).— A term applied
to two of the lobes of the carapace in the Brachyura.

Epigas'trium (Gr. epi, upon ; gaster, the belly). — The upper
region of the abdomen in man, below the sternum, and
between the costal cartilages of opposite sides.

Epiglot'tis (Gr. ept, upon ; glottis, the aperture between the
vocal cords). — The cartilaginous lid which lies above the
glottis.

Epihy'al (Gr. ept, upon; L. hyoides, hyoid bone). — The upper
ossification of the cornua of the hyoidean arch in
Teleostean fishes, represented in Human Anatomy by the
stylo-hyoid ligaments.

GLOSSARY. 47

Epiineron (Gr. epi, upon ; meros^ a part).— In the Crustacea,
that part of the lateral wall of a somite which is situated
external to the articulation of the appendage.

Epio'tic (Gr. epi, upon ; oiis^ otos, the ear). — A bone of the skull
above the ear, occurring as a separate ossification in some
of the Vertebrata.

Epipharynge'al (Gr. epi, upon ; pharynx, the throat) . — The
uppermost articulations of the anterior four pair of bran-
chial arches in the osseous fishes.

Epiphar'ynx (Gr. epi, upon ; pharynx, the throat). — A struc-
ture which in some Inseda overlaps the mouth.

Epiphloe'um (Gr. epi, upon; phlotos, bark).— The outer cellular
layer of the bark in exogenous trees.

Epi'physis (Gr. epi, upon ; phusis, growth).— A part of a bone
ossified from a separate supplementary centre, as found at
the extremities of many long bones.

Epi'physis ce'rebri (Gr. epi, upon ; phusis, growth ; L. cerebri,
of the brain). — Another name for the pineal gland.

Epiplas'tron (Gr. epi, upon ; plastos, formed, moulded). — The
first lateral piece of the plastron in the Chelonia.

Epipo'dia (Gr. epi, upon ; pous, podos, a foot). — Lateral appen-
dages of the foot in some Mollusca.

Epi'pddite (Gr. epi, upon; pous, podos, a foot). — An appendage
of the four anterior ambulatory limbs in some Crustaceans.

Episkeletal (Gr. epi, upon). — A term applied to those muscles
which are upon or outside the endoskeleton.

Epister'num (Gr. epi, upon ; sternon, the breast). — A median
membrane bone, which in many Vertebrata is connected
with the sternum, and is also called the interclavicle.

Episto'ma (Gr. epi, upon; stoma, a mouth). — The antennary
sternum in some Crustacea.

Epithelioid {epithelium ; Gr. eidos, form) . — A term applied
to the flattened cells which Une the serous membranes,
■ the heart, and blood-vessels.

Epithelium (Gr. epi, upon ; thallo, I grow). — A term applied
generally to one or more layers of cells coating any of the
free surfaces of the body.

Epizo'a (Gr. epi, upon ; zoon, an animal). — A group of Crusta-
ceans which are parasitic upon other aquatic animals.

Epoo'phoron (Gr. epi, upon; dm, an egg; phoreo, I bear). — In
the human subject, a group of tubules lying between
the Fallopian tube and ovary, and sometimes called the
parovarium.

48 GLOSSARY.

E'quidae (L. equus^ a horse). — A family of the Perissodactyla

which embraces the horses and asses.
Erecto'res spi'nse (L. erectors of the spine). — A series of seven

muscles in the dorsal region of the trunk.
Er'^ot (Fr. a spur). — Another name for the hippocampus minor,
Erpetospondy'lia (Gr. erpetos, creeping ; spondulos, a vertebra).

— Applied to those Reptilia which have the dorsal verte-
brae and ribs movable.
Eth'moid (Gr. ethmos, a sieve; eidos, form). — One of the bones

of the skull, so named because of the perforations in its

cribriform plate.
Ethmovo'merine plate. — The anterior plate in the foetal skull,

formed by the union of the trabeculae.
Euere'ta. — A group of the Chelonia which comprises the

turtles.
Euno'ta.— A group of the Lacertilia.
Eusta'chian tube. — A tube leading from the middle ear to the

pharynx.
Eusta'chian valve. — A valve in the right auricle of the heart

in front of the inferior vena cava.
Exalbu'minous (L. ex, without). — Applied to seeds destitute of

albumen.
Excrementi'tious (L. excrementum, refuse). — Fit only to be

excreted.
Excre'tion (L. ex, out ; cresco, I grow). — The removal of waste

material from the body.
Exocci'pital (L. ex, out ; occiput, the head). — A bone on each

side of the foramen magnum of the skull ; represented in

Human Anatomy by the condyloid portions of the

occipital bone.
Exo'genous (Gr. exo, outside; gennao, to produce). — Growing

by addition to the exterior.
Exo'podite (Gr. exo, outside; pous, podos, a foot). — The

external terminal joints of the typical appendage in the

Crustacea.
ExorM'zal (Gr. exo, outside; rhiza, a root). — A term applied

to plants in which the radicle is external to the rest of the

embryo.
Exoske'leton (Gr. exo, outside). — The external hard parts, as

scales, nails, &c., of an animal.
Exos'mose ") (Gr. exo, without; otheo, I push).— The passage
Exosmo'sis j of a fluid from within outwards in the process

of diffusion through a membiane.

GLOSSARY. 49

Ex'osperm {Gr. exo, outside; sperma, seed). — The outer coat

of the spore of a fern.
Expira'tion (L. ex, outwards; sp'ro, I breathe). — The act ot

breathing out air from the lungs.
Exten'sion (L. exUnsio, a stretching out).— The straightening

of a Hmb.
Exten'sor car'pi radia'lis brev'is (L. short radial extender ot

the carpus). — One of the muscles of the manus supplied

to the third metacarpal.
Exten'sor car'pi radia'lis lon'gus (L. long radial extender of

the carpus). — One of the muscles of the manus supplied

to the second metacarpal.
Exten'sor car'pi ulna'ris (L. extender of the ulnare of the car-
pus).—One of the muscles of the fifth digit of the manus.
Exten'sor commii'nis digito'rum (L. common extender of the

digits). — One of the muscles of the manus.
Exten'sor cru'ris bre'vis (L. short extender of the leg). — A

muscle passing from the femur to the cms.
Exten'sor mi'nimi di'giti (L. extender of the little finger). — A

muscle of the fifth digit of the manus.
Exten'sor os'sis metacar'pi pol'licis (L. extender of the meta-
carpal bone of the thumb). — One of the dorsal muscles ot

the manus.
Exten'sor pro'prius in'dicis (L. special extender of the index) .

— A muscle of the manus supplied to the index finger.
Exten'sor pri'mi interno'dii pol'licis (L. extender of the first

internode of the thumb). — One of the muscles of the first

digit of the manus.
Exten'sor secun'di interno'dii (L. extender of the second

internode). — One of the muscles of the first digit.
Ex'tine (L. ex, outwards). — The external coating of a pollen

grain.

Fabel'lae (L. little fables). — Sesamoid bones developed in the
tendons of the gastrocnemius muscle of the dog.

Fa'cial. — Relating to the face, as the Facial (seventh) cerebral
nerves which supply the face.

Fa'cies (L. appearance). — A term used to denote the broad
general characteristics of the life of any region or epoch.

Fae'ces (L. dregs). - The material excreted by the bowels.

Falciform (L./a/x, a sickle; forma, form). — Sickle -shaped.

E

50 GLOSSARY.

Falx cer^bel'li (L. falx^ a sickle ; cerebellum^ the lesser brain).
, — A process of the dura mater which intervenes between

the two lateral lobes of the cerebellum.
Falx ce'rebri (L. falx, a sickle; cerebrum, the brain). — A

process of the dura mater which extends between the

cerebral hemispheres.
Fas'cia la'ta (L. broad fascia). — A large fascia of the thigh in

the dog.
Fas'cicle (L. fasciculus, a little bundle). — A term applied to the

rootlets of endogenous plants which all grow from one point.
Fasci'culate (L. fasciculus, a little bundle). — Arranged in

bundles, as the rootlets of some plants.
Fasci'culi gra'ciles (L. slender little bundles). — A name some-
times applied to the posterior pyramids of the medulla

oblongata.
Fasciculus (L. a little bundle). — Applied to small bundles of

nerve or muscle fibres.
Fasci'culus olivary (L. olive-shaped little bundle). — A bundle

of fibres on each side, connecting the olivary body and

anterior pyramid of the medulla oblongata.
Fasci'culus te'res (L. fasciculus, a litde bundle; tero, I make

round by rubbing). — A bundle of fibres passing from each

lateral column of the medulla to the cerebrum.
Fasci'culus uncina'tus (L. little hooked bundle).— A white

bundle of fibres in the cerebrum.
Fasci'ola cine'rea (L. ash-coloured little bundle).— A term

sometimes applied to the upper part of the fascia dentata

of the cerebrum.
Fasci'oles (L. fascwla, a little bandage). — Bands of modified

spines which occur in some of the Echinidea.
Fau'ces {lu.faux, the gullet). — The passage between the mouth

and pharynx, beneath the soft palate.
Fau'na (L. fauni, rural gods). — The animal life of a region,

country, or epoch.
Fe'moral {"L. femur, the thigh). — Relating to, or lying near to,

the thigh-bone, as the femoral artery, femoral vein, &c.
Fe'moro-coccyge'us.— A muscle passing from the caudal

vertebrae to the femur in some Vertebrata.
Fe'mur (L. the thigh-bone).— The bone of the thigh. The

third joint of the legs in the Insecta.
Fenes'tra ova'lis (L. oval window). — A small oval opening in

the tympanum of the ear, into which the stapes (or its

representative in the lower Vertebrata) fits.

GLOSSARY. 51

Fgnes'tra rotun'da (L. round window).— A small round

opening in the tympanum of the ear.
Fenes'trated (L. fenestra, a window). — Applied to a membrane

which exhibits a number of openings in its texture.

Applied specially to the lining coat of the arteries first.

described by Henle ; also to a layer of the retina.
Fil)ra primiti'va (L. primitive band). — The axis-cylinder of a

white or medullated nerve fibre.
Fi'brae arcifor'mes (L. bow-shaped fibres). — A set of white

fibres in the medulla oblongata.
Fibrilla (L. a little fibre). — Applied, to any small threads, such

as those which make up a striped muscular fibre.
Fi'brin (L. flbra, a fibre). — The fibrous substance formed in

the coagulation of blood, lymph, &c.
Fibrinoplas'tin (Gr. plasso, I fashion). — A substance which, in

combination with fibrinogen, forms fibrin.
Fibrospon'gisB {L. flbra^ a fibre; spongia, a sponge).— The

name given to the sponges having a fibrous skeleton.
Fi'brous.— Made up of fibres. Applied to a form of tissue

which under the microscope shows a fibrous structure.
Fi'bula (L. a clasp or buckle). - The small bone of the crus or

leg.
Fibula're. — A bone of the tarsus which articulates with the

fibula.
Filiform {la.flhtm, a thread; forfna, shape).— Thread-shaped.

Applied specially to some of the papillae of the tongue.
Filoplu'ma {l..filum, a thread; plunia, a downy feather). — A

term applied to a feather which has a long scapus and

small vexillum.
Fi'lum termina'le (L. terminal thread). — The small filament in

which the spinal cord terminates posteriorly.
Fim'bria (L. a fringe). —Applied to the fringe-like processes of

the Fallopian tubes. Also applied generally to fringe-
like processes.
Fis'sion {l^.fissio, a splitting or cleaving). — A method of non-
sexual reproduction amongst the lowest organisms, in

which the body of the parent spontaneously splits into two

or more parts.
Fissi'parous (L. fissus, cleft ; pdrio, I bring forth). — Multiply-
ing by division into equal parts.
£ 2

52 GLOSSARY

Fissipe'dia (L. Jissio, a splitting; pes ^ pedis ^ a foot). — A division

of the Carnivora which includes those carnivors which are

mainly terrestrial.
Fissu'ra palpebra'rum (L. fissure of the eyelids). — The in-
terval between the angles of the eye.
Fis'tula {'L.Jindo, I cleave, or fistula, a pipe). — An abnormal

opening from any internal part of the body, leading to the

exterior by a kind of tube or canal.
Flagella'ta (L. fidgellum, a whip). — A group of Infusoria

characterized by having one or two long whip-like cilia.
Flagellum (L. a whip). — A long whip-like cilium. Also

applied to an appendage of the reproductive apparatus in

the snail.
Flex'ion (L. flexio^ a bending).— The bending of a limb or

joint.
Flex'or car'pi radia'lis (L. radial bender of the carpus). — One

of the muscles of the radial side of the manus.
Flex'or car'pi ulna'ris (L. ulnar bender of the carpus). — One

of the muscles of the ulnar side of the carpus.
Flex'or digitd'rum per'forans (L. perforating bender of the

digits). — The name of a muscle of the manus, and also of a

muscle of the pes.
Flex'or hal'lucis lon'gus (L. long bender of the great toe). —

One of the muscles of the first digit of the pes.
Flex'or per'forans (L. perforating flexor). — A muscle of the

manus.
Flex'or perfora'tus (L. perforated flexor). — A muscle of the

manus.
Flex'or pol'licis lon'gus (L. long bender of the thumb). — A

muscle supplied to the first digit of the manus.
Flex'or tar'si ante'rior (L. anterior flexor of the tarsus). — A

muscle passing from the crus to the astragalus.
Floc'culus (L. a small lock of wool). — One of the lobes of the

cerebellum.
Flo'ra (L. the goddess of flowers).— The vegetable life of a

region, country, or epoch.
Fce'tal (^.foetus, the unborn young). — Relating to the foetus, as

ih^feetal circulation.
Foe'tus {la.foveo, I nourish). — The young of an animal before

birth ; applied to the human infant in utero from the fifth

month of pregnancy till birth.
Fol'licle (L. a little bag). — A simple tubular depression, as the

glands of Lieberkuhn.

GLOSSARY. 53

Fon'tanelle (L. fons, a fountain).— A membranous interval
between the bones of the skull; so called because the pul-
sation of the arteries may be seen at this part.

Fora'men cae'cum (L. blind opening). — The termination of the
anterior fissure of the medulla oblongata.

Fdra'men commu'iie ante'rius (L. common anterior opening). —
The opening by which each lateral ventricle of the brain
communicates with the third ventricle, usually called the
foramen of Munro.

Fora'men la'cerum poste'rius (L, the posterior torn opening).
— The aperture by which the ninth and tenth, and,
(when present.) the eleventh pairs of nerves pass out of the
skull.

Fora'men Mun'ro. — The opening by which each lateral ventricle
of the brain communicates with the third ventricle.

Fora'men ova'le (L. oval opening). — The opening by which in
the foetus the right auricle of the heart communicates with
the left. Also a hole in the floor of the skull by which the
third division of the fifth nerve issues.

Fora'men of Winslow. — A passage by which the smaller sac of
the peritoneum communicates with the general peritoneal
cavity.

Fora'mina inci'siva (L. incisor openings). — Openings left be-
tween the praemaxillse and palatine plates of the maxillary
bones in the Mammalia.

Fora'mina obturato'ria (L. openings to be stopped up). — Aper-
tures in each of the innominate bones between the ischium
and the pubes, which are closed by fibrous membrane.

Foramini'fera (L. fdrdmen^sin opening \fero^ I bear). — A group
of Protozoa, having openings in the skeleton through
which the pseudopodia pass.

For'nix (L. an arch or vault).— A thin layer of nerve tissue in
the floor of tlie lateral ventricles of the brain.

Fos'sa of antihe'lix (^. fossa, a ditch).— A depression in the
antihelix of the external ear.

Fos'sa duc'tus veno'si (L. ditch of the venous duct). — The pos-
terior part of the longitudinal fissure of the liver.

Fos'sa of gall-bladder {l.. fossa, a ditch).— The depression in
the liver in which the gall-bladder is lodged.

Fos'sa of he'lix (L. fossa, a ditch). — A narrow groove in the
external ear, between the helix and the antihelix.

Fos'sa innomina'ta (L. nameless ditch). — Another name for the
fossa of the helix.

54 GLOSSARY.

Fos'sa navicula'ris (L. boat-like ditch).— A dilatation of the

male urethra ; the space between the fourchette and the

commissure in the vulva of the female.
Fos'sa ova'lis (L. oval depression). — A depression in the septum

of the heart which marks the position of the opening by

which, during foetal life, the right side of the heart com-
municates with the left.
Fos'sa scaphoi'dea (L. boat-shaped depression). — Another name

for the fossa of the helix.
Fos'sa triangula'ris (L. triangular depression). — Another name

for the fossa of the antihelix.
Fos'sa of vena cava (L. fossa, a ditch). — The fissure in the

liver in which the vena cava lies.
Fourchet'te (Fr. fork). — A small fold connecting the labia of

the vulva in the female.
F6'vea ante'rior (L. anterior pit). — A depression in the fourth

ventricle of the brain.
Fo'vea centra'lis (L. central pit). — A small depression in the

yellow spot of the retina of the eye.
Fo'vea hemiellip'tica (L. semi-elliptical pit). — An oval depres-
sion in the roof of the vestibule of the ear.
Fo'vea hemisphe'rica (L. hemispherical pit). — A small round

depression in the vestibule of the ear.
Fo'vea ova'lis (L. oval pit). — Another name for the fossa ovalis

of the heart.
Fovil'la (l^./oveo, I keep warm, cherish). — A name given to the

fecundating liquor in the grains of pollen.
Frae'na iX- frcenum, a bridle).— Applied to any connecting or

restraining folds of membrane, as the fraena of the lips or

of the ileo-csecal valve.
Fron'tal (L. frons^ frontis, the forehead). — A bone of the

skull. Relating to the region of the forehead, as the

frontal spine projecting anteriorly from the carapace in the

Crustacea.
Frugi'vora (L. f-ux, frugis, fruit; voro, I devour). — A group

of the Cheiroptera, which comprises all the bats which live

exclusively on fruits.
Fu'lcra (L. fulcrum, a support). — Small scales or spines borne

by the dorsal fins of some Ganoid fishes.
Fun'dus (L. the bottom or base of anything). — Applied to the

base of an organ, as the fundus of the bladder or uterus.
Fun'gifonn (L. fungus, a mushroom ; forma, form). — A term

applied to certain papillae of the tongue.

GLOSSARY. 55

Funi'cnlus (L. a little cord). — A term applied to the small
bundles of nerve fibres of which nerves are composed. A
short cord which connects the embryo of some Myriapoda
with the temporary cuticula or amnion. In Botany, the
cord which connects the hilum of the ovule to the
placenta.

FuT'culuin (L. furca, a fork). — The V-shaped bone in birds,
formed by the union of the clavicles.

G.

Galacto'phorous ducts f Gr. gdla^ milk ; phoreo, I bear). — The

ducts of the mammary gland which terminate in the nipple.
Galea (Gr. gdle^ a cat ; a helmet so named, because formerly

made of cats' skins). — The anterior outer process of the

second joint of the maxilla in the cockroach.
Galeopithe'ci (Gr. gale, a cat; pithecos, an ape).— A group of

the Insectivora.
Galli'nae {1-.. galHnaj a hen). — According to the old system of

classification, an order of birds which included the fowls,

&c.
Gamogfen'esis (Gr. gdmos, marriage; geftesis, origin). — Sexual

reproduction.
Gan'glion (Gr. a swelling or hard knot). — A small mass or

knot of nerve tissue, made up of both nerve fibres and

ganglionic corpuscles. Also applied to an encysted

tumour occurring on a tendon, or aponeurosis, generally

on the back of the hand or foot.
Gan'glion im'par (Gr. and L. ganglion without a fellow). — The

lowest ganglion of the sympathetic chain.
Gan'glion stella'tnm (Gr. and L. star-shaped 'ganglion).— A

■ large ganglion in the anterior wall of the mantle in the

Cephalopoda.
Ga'noid (Gr. ganos, splendour).— A term applied to fish-scales

which are composed of an inner layer of bone and an

outer layer of shining enamel.
Ganoi'dei (Gr. ganos, splendour; etdos, shape). — An order of

fishes formerly very important, but now represented only

by seven genera.
Gastero'poda (Gr. gaster, the belly; pons, podos, a foot).— A

division of the Odontophora, so called because of the

ventral position of the locomotive organ.

56 GLOSSARY.

Gasterotri'clia (Gr. ^^^/^Fr, the belly; thrix, trichos, the hair).
— A division of the Rotifera.

Gas'tric . ^ Gr. gaster, the belly, stomach). — Relating to the
stomach.

Gastrocne'mms (Gr. gaster, the belly; knane, the leg).— A
muscle which forms, in part, the swelling of the calf of the
leg.

Gas'tro-co'lic omen'tum (Gr. gaster, the stomach; kolon, the
colon; L. omentum, a caul). — The fold of peritoneum
which is attached to the great curvature of the stomach
and transverse colon ; called also the great omentum.

Gas'tropar'ietal band (Gr. gaster, the stomach ; L. paries, the
walls of a house). — A ligament w^hich, in the Polyzoa and
Brachiopoda, connects the gastric portion of the alimentary
canal with the body-walls.

Gas'tro-phre'nic ligament (Gr. gaster, the stomach ; phren, the
diaphragm). — A fold of peritoneum between the diaphragm
and the oesophagus.

'Gastrophyse'ma (Gr. gaster, a stomach; phusema^ a bubble). —
A genus of the Physemaria.

Cas'tro-pneumo'nic (C^r. gaster, the stomach; pfteumon, the
lungs). — A term applied to that division of the mucous
membranes which lines the air passages and the alimen-
tary canal.

Gas'tro-sple'nic ligament (Gr. gaster, the stomach ; splen, the
spleen). — The fold of peritoneum by which the spleen is
attached to the stomach.

Gas'trula (Gr. diminutive oi gaster, a stomach). — A term applied
to the invertebrate embryo after the completion of the
process of invagination.

Gavialidse {gavial, the crocodile of the Ganges). — A group of
the Crocodilia.

Gemel'li (L. diminutive oigemmus, double). — A pair of muscles
which connect the ischium and the femur.

Gem'mation (L. gemma, a bud). — Reproduction by budding.

Gemmi'parous (L. gemma, a bud; pdrio, I bring forth). — Re-
producing by buds.

Gem'mule (L. a little bud). — Applied to the ciliated embryos
of some Coelenterata ; also to the encysted masses of
sponge particles from which new organisms are produced.

Ge'na (Gr. genus, the maxilla or cheek-bone). — The part of
the skeleton of the head to which the mandible of the
cockroach is articulated.

GLOSSARY. 57

Geni'o-hy'o-glos'sus (prefix genio- ; hyoides os, the hyoid bone ;
Gr. glossa, the tongue).— A muscle attached to the chin,
hyoid bone, and tongue.
Geni'o-hy'oid (Gr. gmtis, the maxilla or cheek-bone). — A mus-
cle passing from the hyoid bone to the symphysis of the
mandible.
Ge'nu (L. knee).— The term applied to a bend in the corpus

callosum, and to a similar bend in the optic tract of the

brain.
Gephy'rea (Gr. gephura, a bridge). — A group of marine animals

classed with the AnneUda.
Geranomor'phae (Gr. gerdfios, a crane; morphe^ form). — The

Cranes.
Germ cell (L. germen^ a bud). — The cell which, after re-
ceiving the contents of the " sperm cell," produces the

embryo.
Germa'rium (L. germen, a bud). — A structure in which the

ova are developed in some of the Turbellaria.
Gesta'tion (L. gero^ I bear or carry). — The condition of preg-
nancy.
Gige'rium. — The muscular stomach or gizzard of birds.
Gingi'vae (Latin). — The gums.
Gin'glyform (Gr. ginglumos, a hinge). — Resembling a hinge ;

hinge-like ; applied to a joint or articulation.
Gin'glymus (Gr. gmgh^fnos, a hinge). — A hinge-joint which

admits of motion only in one plane.
Glabella (L. gldber, snjooth). — A term for the small space

between the eyebrows, and immediately above a line from

one to the other.
Glabel'lum (L. gldber, smooth). — The central raised ridge in

the cephalic shield of the Trilobita.
Gladiolus (L. a little sword). — A name sometimes given to the

central portion of the sternum.
Gland (L. glatts, an acorn). An organ in an animal or plant

which has for its function the secretion of some material,

(which in animals is secreted from the blood,) either

destined for further use in the economy or for immediate

removal from it.
Glan'di.la lachrymalis infe'rior (L. little lower lachrymal

gland). — A name sometimes given to the fore-part of the

lachrymal gland.
Glan'dula socia paro'tidis (\.. little comj^anion gland of the

parotid). — A process of the parotid salivary gland.

58 GLOSSARY.

Glan'dulae ag^mina'tsB (L. glands banded together).— A tenn

applied to the clusters of Peyer's glands m the small

intestine.
Glandulae cerumino'saB (L. cerdma, an ointment of oil and

wax). — The glands which secrete the waxy material of the

external ear.
Glan'dulae odori'ferae (L. odoriferous glands). — Glands allied

to the sebaceous glands which secrete odoriferous materials.
Glan'dulaB PaccMo'niaB (L. the glands of Pacchioni).— Small

oval fatty eminences found under the dura mater, and

along the sides of the longitudinal sinus.
Glan'dulae solita'riae (L. solitary glands).— A term applied to

the isolated Peyer's glands in the small intestine.
Gle'noid fos'sa (Gr. glene, the pupil, a shallow depression;

etdos, shape). — The cavity in the scapula into which the

head of the humerus fits.
Glo'bulin (L. globulus, a globule). — A nitrogenous substance

found in several of the tissues.
Glo'bus ma'jor (L. larger ball). — The upper convoluted extremity

or " head " of the epididymis.
Glo'bus mi'nor (L. smaller ball).— The lower convoluted ex-
tremity or " tail " of the epididymis.
Glochi'dium (Gr. glochis, the barb of a hook or arrow). — The

young of the mussel, formerly thought to be a parasite

upon the parent's gills.
Glome'rulus (L. diminutive oi glomus, a clew of thread). — The

small ball of capillaries in the Malpighian capsules of the

kidney.
Glos'so-epiglot'tic folds (Gr. gldssa, the tongue ; epi, upon ;

glottis, the opening into the windpipe). — Three folds of

mucous membrane stretching from the tongue to the

epiglottis.
Glossopharynge'al ") (Gr. ^/J^i-^, the tongue ;/>^^?-/^«^, the throat).
Glossopharyn'gei j — The ninth pair of cerebral nerves,

which supply the tongue and pharynx.
Glot'tis (Gr. glbtta, the tongue). — The opening at the top of

the larynx between the vocal cords.
Glutae'us ma'ximus (Gr. gloutos, the buttock ; L. maximusy

greatest). — The chief extensor muscle of the hip joint.
Glutae'us mi'nimus (Gr. gloutos, the buttock ; L. minimus, the

least). — One of the abductor muscles of the thigh.
Glute'al (Gr. gloutos, the buttock). —Applied to an artery and

a nerve supplying the region of the outside of the pelvis.

GLOSSARY. 59

GlycochS'lic acid (Gr. glukus, sweet; choie^ bile). — An acid

obtained from bile.
Gly'cogen (Gr. glukus, sweet ; gennao, I bring forth). — A sub-
stance secreted by the liver, which is readily convertible

into grape-sugar or glucose.
Glyptodon'tidae (Gr. gluptos, carved; odous, odontos, a tooth). —

A division of the Edentata which contains the single genus

Glyptodon, which has its teeth deeply grooved.
Gna'thites (Gr. gnathos, a jaw). — The antennary and mastica-
tory appendages of the Arthropoda.
Gnathos'tegite (Gr. gnathos, a jaw; siege, a covering). — A
. broad plate, developed from the third thoracic appendages

of the Brachyura, which forms a cover for the other organs.
Gomplio'sis (Gr. gomphos, a nail). — A term sometimes applied

to the articulation of the teeth in their sockets.
Gonan'gium (Gr. gone, seed, offspring ; angeion, a receptacle). —

A structure developed in the Hydrophora, in which the

reproductive elements are produced.
Gonapo'physes (Gr. gone, seed ; apophuo, to sprout). — Two

pair of elongated processes developed from the eighth and

ninth somites of the cockroach.
Gonoblasti'dium (Gr. gone, seed ; blastano, to sprout, grow). —

A structure which, in some Hydrozoa, bears upon separate

branches the male and female gonophores.
Gon'ophore (Gr. gone, seed; phoreo, I bear). — A structure in

which, in the Hydrozoa, the reproductive elements are

developed.
Gra'cilis (L. slender). — A muscle of the hind limb.
Gral'laB (L. stilts).— According to the old system of classifica-
tion, an order of birds which included the plovers, cranes,

flamingoes, and storks.
Gra'nules (L. diminutive of grdnum, a grain). — Small particles

found in cells, &c.
Grap'tolite {Gr.grapho, I write; lithos,?^ stone). — An extinct

group of Hydrozoa.
Gra'vid (L. grdvldus, heavy, pregnant). — Applied to the uterus

when pregnant.
Gregari'nidse (L. grex, a flock). — A group of the Protozoa.
Guard. — The fibrous sheath which covers the phragmacone of

the Belemnites.
Guberna'culum tes'tis (L. pilot of the testicle). — The cord and

serous fold which guide the testicle in its descent into the

scrotum before birth.

6o

GLOSSARY.

Gula (L. the throat, gullet). — A large plate which in most

Insecta supports the submentum.
Gusta'tory (L. gustdtus, taste). — Relating to the sense of taste.

The name given to the branch of the fifth cerebral nerve

which supplies the front of the tongue, and is concerned

in the sense of taste.
Gut'tural fos'sa (L. guttur, the throat ; fossa^ a ditch). — The

central portion of the palate bone.
Gymnolse'inata (Gr. gumnos, naked; lavnos, throat). — A di-
vision of the Polyzoa having no epistoma.
Gymnophio'na (Gr. gumnos, naked ; ophioneos, snaky). — A

group of the Amphibia having the integument devoid of

scutes, and having no limbs.
Gymndphtharmata (Gr. gumnos, naked ; ophthalmos, an eye). —

The so-called naked-eyed Medusae, the great majority of

which are now known to be the free-swimming gonophores

of the Hydrophora.
Gjrnuioso'mata (Gr. gumnos, naked ; soma, somatos, a body). —

Pteropods devoid of mantle and shell.
Gymno'tini (Gr. gumnos, naked ; notos, the back). — A family

of Teleostean fishes.
Gynae'cophore (Gr. gunaikon, the women's apartment ; phoreo,

I bear). — A canal in which the male of some dioecious

Trematodes carries the female.
Gy'nophores (Gr. gune, a woman; phoreo, I bear). — The

branches upon which the female gonophores are borne in

some Siphonophora.
Gy'ri oper'ti (Gr. and L. hidden convolutions). — Another name

for the central lobe, or Island of Reil, of the cerebrum.
Gy'rus (Gr. guros, a ring). — A term applied to the convolutions

of the brain.

H.

Habe'nula perfora'ta (L. the perforated little thong). — The ter-
mination of the lamina spiralis of the cochlea of the ear.

HsBiiiadynamo'meter (Gr. haima, blood ; dunamis, power). — An
instrument for measuring blood pressure.

Hse'mal (Gr. haima, blood). — Relating to the blood system.
The flexure of the intestine in the Mollusca is said to be
haemal when it turns towards that side of the body which
contains the heart and chief blood-vessels.

GLOSSARY. 6 1

HaB'matin (Gr. haima, blood). — A substance obtained by the

decomposition of the colouring matter of the blood.
HsBmoglo'bin (Gr. haima, blood ; L. globulus, a globule). — The

colouring matter of the red corpuscles of the blood.
Hae'morrhage (Gr. haima^ blood; rheo, I flow). — Bleeding

from a wound.
Hsemorrhoi'dal (Gr. haima, blood; rheo, I flow). — A name given

to certain small arteries and nerves of the pelvis, and to a

plexus of veins in the pelvis.
Ha'litus (L. breath, vapour). — The vapour discharged by

blood newly drawn from a living body.
Hallux.— The big toe. The first digit of the pes.
Ha'miilus (L. a little hook).— The hook-like process in

which the osseous lamina spiralis of the cochlea termi-
nates.
Ha'mulus lachryma'lis (L. little lachrymal hook).— The pointed

extremity of the lachrymal bone.
Hanno'nia (Gr. harmdzo, I fit together). — A term applied to

denote an articulation, such as that of the two superior

maxillary bones, in which two comparatively smooth sur-
faces meet.
Haver'sian canals. — The canals in bone which contain the

blood-vessels ; so named from their discoverer Havers.
Hectoco'tylus (Gr. ektos, without ; 'kotulos, a cavity).— The

modified arm in the male Cephalopoda which is used as a

reproductive organ.
He'licine arteries (Gr. helix, a spiral). — A name given to the

small curling extremities of the arteries which supply the

penis.
Helicotre'ma (Gr. helix, a spiral ; trema, a hole). — The opening

by which the two scalse communicate at the summit of the

cochlea of the ear.
HeUozo'a (Gr. helios, the sun ; zoon, an animal). — A group of

Rhizopods usually classed with the Radiolaria.
He'lix (Gr. helix, a spiral). — The elevation forming the greater

part of the margin of the external ear.
Hemiopsia (Gr. he7ni, half; dps, an eye). — A defect of vision

in which only half an object is seen.
Hemiple'gia (Gr. hemi, half; plesso, I strike). — A form of

paralysis; so named because only one side of the body is

affected,
Hemip'tera (Gr. hemi, half; pteron, a wing). — A group of

insects.

62 GLOSSARY.

Hepa'tic (Gr. hepar^ hepatos^ the liver). — Relating to the liver,
as the hepatic artery which conveys blood to the liver.

Her'nia (Gr. hernos^ a branch). — The abnormal descent of part
of the intestine or other viscus into the scrotum.

Heterocer'cal (Gr. heteros, different; kerkos, a tail). — A term
applied to the tails of fishes when the lobes are unequal.

Heteromor'phae (Gr. heteros, different ; mo7phe, form). — A divi-
sion of birds comprising the Hoazin.

Hetero'phagi (Gr. heteros, other ; phdgo, I eat). — Applied to
birds, the young of which are born in a helpless condition,
and require to be fed, during early life, by the parents.

Hetero'poda (Gr. heteros, different ; pous, podoSj sl foot). — A
group of odontophorous Mollusca.

Heterotri'cha (Gr. heteros, different ; thrix, trichos, hair). — A
division of the Ciliata in which the cilia vary in size.

Hexa'merous (Gr. hex, six ; meros, a part). — Consisting of six
portions.

Hilus (L. hilu77i, the mark on the concavity of a bean). — The
concave part of a gland (as of the kidney) where the blood-
vessels enter.

Hippocam'pus ma'jor (Gr. hippokampos, from hippos, a horse,
and kampto, I bend, a fish with a coiled tail ; L. major,
greater). — A large white eminence in the descending cornu
of each lateral ventricle of the brain.

Hippocam'pus mi'nor (Gr. hippokampos, from hippos, a horse,
and kampto, I bend, a fish with a coiled tail ; L. minor,
less). — A curved eminence on the posterior cornu of each
lateral ventricle of the brain.

Hippocre'pian (Gr. hippos, a horse ; h-epis, a boot). — A term
applied to those Polyzoa having a horseshoe-shaped lopho-
phore.

Hirudi'nea (L. Mrudo, hirudmis, a leech). — A division of the
Invertebrata which comprises the leeches.

Histology (Gr. histos, a web ; logos, a discourse). — The micro-
scopic study of the tissues.

Holoce'phali (Gr. holds, whole; kephale, the head). — A group
of the Elasmobranch fishes, comprising the Chimaerse, in
which the palato-quadrate and suspensorial cartilages of
the skull unite to form a continuous plate.

Holometa'bolic (Gr. holds, Avhole ; metabole, change). — Applied
to those insects which undergo complete metamorphosis.

Holothuri'dea (Gr. holds, whole ; thuris, ihiiridos^ a little door).
A division of the Echinodermata.

GLOSSARY. 63

Holotri'cha (Gr. holds ^ whole ; thrix, tr^chos, hair). — A group

of the Ciliata in which the ciUa are scattered all over the

body, and are of the same kind.
Homocer'cal (Gr. homotos, like; kerkos, a tail). — A term ap-
plied to the tails of fishes when the tail lobes appear to be

arranged symmetrically to the axis of the body.
Homoeosau'ria (Gr. homoios, similar; sauros^ a lizard). — A

group of extinct lizard-like animals belonging to the

Lacertilia.
Homology (Gr. homos ^ the same; logos^ proportion).— Simi-
larity in structure, as contradistinguished from similarity

of function.
Homo'typy (Gr. homos, the same ; fit-pos, a type or model). — A

term suggested by Owen to be applied instead of serial

homology, or the similarity of parts serially repeated in the

same animal.
Horop'ter (Gr. horos^ a boundary, limit ; opsts, sight). — A line

or surface in the field of vision, for any given position of

the eyes, such that the images of the points in it all fall on

corresponding points of the retina.
Hu'mero-abdomina'lis. — A muscle passing from the humerus

to the abdomen in the hedgehog.
Hu'mero-dorsa'lis. — A muscle which in the hedgehog passes

from the humerus to the integument of the back.
Hu'merus (L. the bone of the upper part of the arm).— The

bone of the upper segment of the anterior limb in the

Vertebrata.
Hu'mus (L. soil). — Soil formed of decomposed organic material.
Hy'aline ") (Gr. hyalos, crystal ; eidos, shape). — Clear as crystal ;
Hy'aloid 3 applied to a variety of cartilage.
Hy'dra (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon). — The fresh- water polype

belonging to the Hydrozoa.
Hy'dranth (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon; anthos, a flower). —

The sac in the Hydrozoa which opens at one end into the

digestive cavity.
Hydroe'cium (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon ; oikos, a dwelling). —

A small chamber at the posterior end of the anterior

nectocalyx in some Siphonophora.
Hydro'phora (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon ; phoreo, I bear). —

A group of the Hydrozoa.
Hydrophyl'lia (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon ; phullon, a leaf). —

The protective coverings of the hydranths in some

Hydrozoa.

64 GLOSSARY.

Hydroso'ma (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon ; soma^ a body). — The

entire body of a Hydrozoon.
Hydrothe'ca (Gr. hudra, a water-dragon ; theke, a repository). —

The cell which in some Hydrozoa protects the hy-

dranth.
Hydrozo'a (Gr. hudra,2i water-dragon; zom, a,n animal). — A

division of the Coelenterata, of which the Hydra is the type.
Hyloba'tes (Gr. /m/e, a coppice ; ^amo, I walk). — The Gibbons,

a genus of the Anthropomorpha.
Hy'meu (Gr. humen, a membrane). — A membrane which

partially closes the virgin vagina.
Hyme'nium (Gr. humen, a membrane). — The part of a mush-
room which bears the fructification.
Hymenop'tera (Gr. humen^ a membrane ; pteron, a wing). — A

group of the Insecta having scaleless wings.
Hyoglos'sus (Gr. hyoides, hyoid bone; glossa, the tongue). —

The name of a muscle having its origin in the hyoid bone,

and its insertion in the tongue.
Hy'oid (Gr. v (the letter upsllon) ; eidos, shape).— A small bone

situated at the base of the tongue.
Hyomandi'bular (Gr. hyoides^ hyoid bone ; L. mandible, the

lower jaw). — A term applied to the cartilage or bone

which represents the proximal end of the hyoidean

arch.
Hyoplas'tron (Gr. plastos, moulded). — The second lateral piece

of the plastron in the Chelonia.
Hypapo'physis (Gr. htipo, Mndtx ; apophuo, I grow from). — A

process growing from the under surface of the bodies of

the vertebrae in some Vertebrata.
Hyperdicro'tic (Gr. huper, over, above ; dicrotos, striking on

both sides). — A term applied to the pulse when it is

excessively dicrotic.
Hyperpha'sia (Gr. huper, over; phasis, speech). — Want of

control over the organs of speech.
Hy'pertrop'hy (Gr. huper, over; trepho, I nourish). — Over-
nutrition. An abnormal enlargement of the whole or part

of the body.
Hy'pha (Gr. hyphe, a weaving). — The name given to each of

the filaments which in the fungi form the mycelium.
Hypoa'ria (Gr. hupo, under).— A pair of small bodies on the

ventral surface of the brain in fishes.
Hy'poblast (Gr. hupo, under; blastos, a germ). — The under

layer of the blastoderm.

GLOSSARY. 65

Hypochon'driuin (Gr. hupo^ under; chondros^ gristle). — The

upper lateral region of the abdomen which is covered by

the costal cartilages.
Hypoclei'dium (Gr. hupo, under; kleis^ kleidos^ collar-bone). —

A median process developed in some birds from the

interclavicular portion of the furculum.
Hypogas'trium (Gr. hupo, under; gaster, the belly). — The

lower mesial region of the abdomen.
Hypoglos'sal (Gr. hypo, under; glossa, the tongue). — Under

the tongue, as the hypoglossal (twelfth pair of) cerebral

nerves.
Hypopharynge'al (Gr. hupo, under; pharunx, the throat). —

Under the pharynx. Applied to a band of cilia beneath

the pharynx in some Ascidioida.
Hypopha'rynx (Gr. hupo, under; pharunx, the throat). — In

some Insecta a free process of the posterior wall of the

buccal cavity, (also termed the lingua!)
Hypo'physis ce'rebri (Gr. hupo, under ; phuo, I grow ; L. cerebri,

of the brain). — Another name for the pituitary body.
Hypoplas'tron (Gr. hupo, under). — The third lateral piece of

the plastron in the Chelonia.
Hypora'chis (Gr. hupo, under; rachis, a spine, ridge).— The

second vexillum or aftershaft of the feathers in some birds.
Hyposke'letal (Gr. hupo, under).— Under the skeleton; ap-
plied to those muscles which are developed below the

endoskeleton.
Hypospa'dias (Gr. ^z^/^, under; spao, I draw out). — An abnor-
mal condition of the male urethra.
Hypotar'sus (Gr. hupo, under; tarsos, the flat of the foot). — A

process developed in most birds from the adjacent parts

of the middle tarsal and metatarsal bones.
Hyp6'th.enar (Gr. hupo, under; thenar, the palm). — Applied

to the fleshy eminence at the inner border of the hand.
Hypotri'cha (Gr. hupo, under; thrix, trichos,\\3ir). — A group

of the Ciliata in which the cilia are confined to the under

surface of the body.
Hypoxaii'thin(Gr.//z/^;>(?, under ; xanthos, yellow). — A substance,

(also named sarkin,) obtained from muscular tissue.
Hypu'ral (Gr. hupo, under ; oura, the tail). — The bones which

support the caudal fin-rays in fishes.
Hyracoi'dea (Gr. eidos, shape). — A group of the Zonaria,

(deciduate mammals,) represented by the single genus

Hyrax.

66 GLOSSARY.

Hystricomor'phaB (Gr. hustrix, hustrichos, a hedgehog ; morphe,
form). —A division of the Rodentia which comprises the
porcupine, &c.

I.

Ichthyodo'rulites (Gr. ichthus, a fish ; doru, a spear). — The
fossil spines or dermal defences of fishes.

Ichthyopsi'da (Gr. ichthus, a fish; opis, appearance). — The
division of the Vertebrata which includes the Amphibia
and Fishes.

Ichthyosau'ria (Gr. ichthus, a fish; saurus, a lizard). — A group

_ of extinct reptiles found in the Mesozoic rocks.

Ileo-cse'cal valve. — A valve guarding the opening by which
the ileum communicates with the caecum.

fleo-pari'etal band (L. ileum, a division of the intestine;
paries, the walls of a house). — A ligament which in the
Brachiopoda connects the intestine with the body- walls.

Ile'um or i'leum (Gr. eilo, or illo, I twist). — The third portion

_ of the small intestine.

I'liac. — Relating to the region of the ilium, as the iHac arte-

_ ries.

I'liacus. — A muscle passing from the crest of the ilium to the

_ lesser trochanter of the femur.

I'lio^so'as (Gr. psoa, the loins). — A muscle arising from the
ilium, and inserted into the posterior aspect of the shaft of

_ the femur.

I'lium (Gr. eileo, I twist).— One of a pair of bones in the pelvic
girdle, which in the higher Vertebrata forms the upper
division of the os innominaht-m.

Ima'ginal disks.— Masses of indifferent tissue carried by the
larvae of some insects when they leave the ^%g.

Ima'si'O (L. an image). —The perfect form of insects.

Imbibi'tion (L. imbibere, to drink in). — The process of absorp-
tion of fluids by organic structures.

Im'bricated (L. imbrex, a roof-tile). — Arranged so as to over-
lap each other like the tiles of a house.

Impreg'nate.— To come into contact with an ovum, so as to
cause it to germinate.

Impres'sio co'lica (L. impression of the colon). — A shallow im-
pression on the under surface of the liver, which corresponds
with the hepatic flexure of the colon.

GLOSSARY. 67

Impres'sio renalis (L. impression of the kidney). —A shallow

impression on the under surface of the liver, corresponding

with the right kidney.
Inarticula'ta (L. in^ not; articulus.z. joint). — A group of the

Brachiopoda in which the valves of the shell have no

hinge.
Inci'sor (L. incido, I cut into). — A cutting tooth.
Inci'sura (L. a notch). —A small opening or notch.
Inci'sura of aceta'bulum. — A notch left in the acetabulum

where the margin is incomplete.
Inci'sura ethirioida'lis (L. ethmoid notch). — A small notch sepa-
rating the orbital plates of the frontal bone.
Inci'sura intertra'gica (L. the notch between the tragi).— The

notch which separates the tragus and antitragus of the

external ear.
Inci'sura semiluna'ris (L. semilunar notch). —The middle of the

three notches in the upper border of the sternum.
Incuba'tion (L. incubatio, a sitting upon eggs). —The process of

hatching. Applied also to the germmation of infectious

diseases, &c.
In'cus (L. an anvil). — The middle of the three ossicles of the

tympanum of the ear. Also the central portion of the

armature of the pharynx in the Rotifera.
In'dex (L. the fore-finger). — Applied to the second digit of the

manus.
Indu'sium (L. induere, to clothe). — The epidermic covering of

the sporangia in some ferns.
In'fra-brau'chial (L. mfra, beneath ; Gr. branchia, a gill). —

Applied to the ventral division of the pallial chamber in

the Lamellibranchiata, it being below the gills.
Infraspina'tus (L. beneath the spine). — A muscle running from

the scapula to the head of the humerus.
Infundi'bulum (L. a funnel). — A process passing from the floor

of the third ventricle of the brain to the pituitary body.

Also a tubular organ in the Cephalopoda through which

the water is driven from the gills. Also a chamber in the

Ctenophora into which the gastric sac leads.
Infuso'ria (L. /;z, on ; fimdo, I pour). — A division of the

Protozoa found abundantly in infusions of animal or

vegetable material.
Inglu'vies (L. the crop of a bird).— The crop.
Ingu'inal (L. ijtguen^ the groin). — Relating to the region of

the groin.

F 2

68 GLOSSARY.

Innerva'tion (L. /;/, into ; nervus, a nerve). — The distribution

of nerves to an animal or to a region of the body.
Insaliva'tion (L. in, in ; saliva, spittle). — The process of

mixing the food with the saliva.
Insecti'vora (L. voro, I devour). — A group of mammals living

mainly upon insects.
Inser'tion (L. insertio, an engrafting upon).— The point by

which a muscle is attached to the part to be moved.
Inses'sores (L. in, on or in ; sessor, one who sits). — According

to the old system of classification, an order of birds which

comprised the crows, swifts, woodpeckers, and cuckoos.
Inspira'tion (L. insplro, I breathe in). — The act of taking in air.
Inspis'sation (L. spissdre, to thicken). — The thickening of a

fluid by the evaporation of moisture, as in the juices of

plants.
Integropal'liate (L. integer, whole, entire ; pallium, a mantle).

— A term applied to those Lamellibranchs which have the

pallial line unbroken by notches.
Inte'gument (L. integumenium, a covering). — The external

protective covering of a plant or animal.
Intercellular (L. inter, between; cella, a cell). — The spaces

or material between or among cells.
Inter elavi'cula (L. inter, between; clavicula, the collar-bone). —

A median membrane bone developed in many Vertebrata

between the clavicles, (called also the episternum.)
Intereos'tal (L. inter, between; cosia, a rib). — Between the

ribs, as the intercostal muscles.
Intercru'ral (L. inter, between). — A term applied to the added

neural arches of the vertebrae when more than one is

formed to each vertebra.
Interlo'bular (L. inter, between). — Between the lobules; ap-

pHed specially to the small branches of the portal vein

which go between and surround the lobules of the liver.
Interme'dium (L. intermedins, intermediate). — One of the

bones of the carpus, also termed Ce7itrale.
Intermesente'ric chambers (L. i7iter, between). — The divisions

of the somatic cavity in the Actinozoa, which are between

the mesenteries.
In'ternode (L. /;z/^/-, between ; nddits, a knot). — The interval

between two successive nodes in the stem of a plant.

GLOSSARY. 69

Interoper'culum (L. inter^ between; operculum^ a lid). — A
bone which in the Teleostean fishes Ues beneath the
suboperculum^ and is connected with the hyoidean arch,
and also with the angular piece of the lower jaw.

Interos'seous (L. inter, between; os, a bone). — One of a pair
of muscles on the ventral aspect of the fifth digit of the
manus.

Interpedun'cular space. — The lozenge-shaped area on the base
of the cerebrum which is limited in front by the optic
tracts, and'behind by the peduncles or crura cerebri.

Interspi'nous (L. inter, between). — Between the spines. Ap-
plied specially to certain bones which, in the dorsal fin of
Teleostean fishes, are developed between the spines of the
vertebrae.

Intertransversales (L. inter, between ; transversus, transverse,
oblique). — Short muscles passing from vertebra to vertebra,
betv/een the transverse processes.

Interver'tebral (L. iftter, between). — Between the vertebrae, as
the intervertebral cartilages.

Intes'tine (L. intestlnum, a gut). — That portion of the ali-
mentary canal which lies between the stomach and the
anus.

In'tine (L. in, within). — The inner coating of a pollen grain.

Intralo'bular (L. intra, within). — Within a lobule; specially
applied to the minute veinlet occupying the centre of
each lobule of the liver.

Intrape'talous (L. intra, within ; Gr. petalon, a leaf). — Applied
to those bands of spines which, in the Echinidea, encircle
the inner terminations of the ambulacra.

Inva'gination (L. in, into; vagina, a sheath). — The pushing of
one part of a hollow structure into another part, as may
be done with the finger of a glove.

Inver'tebrata (L. in, not ; vertebra, a joint of the backbone). —
Those animals which are destitute of a skull and vertebral
column.

Involu'crum (L. a wrapper). — A sheath which surrounds the
base of the thread cells in the Siphonophora.

Involu'tion (L. in, in ; volvo, I roll). — Rolling in. Backward
growth, such as the return of the uterus to its normal
condition after parturition.

I'ris (L. a rainbow).— The contractile curtain which is per-
forated by the pupil, and which forms the coloured portion
of the eye.

70 GLOSSARY.

Ischia'tic (Gr. tschton, the hip). — Relating to the region of the

hip,
Is'chio-cauda'lis (Gr. ischion, the hip ; cauda, a tail). — A

muscle which in some mammals passes from the anterior

chevron bones of the tail to the ischium.
Ischio'cerite (Gr. ischion, the hip; keras, a horn). — The third

joint of the antennae in the Crustacea.
Ischio'podite (Gr. ischion, the hip ; pous^ pMos, a foot). — The

third joint of the typical appendage in the Crustacea.
Is'cMum (Gr. ischion, the hip).— One of a pair of bones in the

pelvic girdle, which in man forms the lower and hinder

portion of each innominate bone.
Iso'poda (Gr. isos, equal ; pous,pddos, a foot). — A group of the

Edriophthalmia in which the feet are similar and equal.
I'ter a ter'tio ad quar'tum ventri'culum (L. passage from the

third to the fourth ventricle). — The passage by which the

third and fourth ventricles of the brain communicate,

commonly termed the iter.

Jeju'num (L. jejunus, empty). — The second portion of the
small intestine.

Ju'gal (L. Jugttm, a yoke). — Another name for the malar or
cheek bone.

Jii'gular (L. Jugulum, the fore-part of the neck). — The name
given to the large veins in the neck which bring the blood
from the head to the superior vena cava. A term also
applied to the position of the ventral fins of fishes when
they are placed in front of the pectoral fins.

Ju'giilo-cephalic vein i^Jugulum, the fore-part of the neck;
Gr. kephale^ the head). — A branch sometimes uniting the
jugular and cephalic veins.

K.

Kg'ratin (G. keras ^ a horn). — A nitrogenous substance enter-
ing largely into the composition of hair, nails, horn, &c.

Ke'ratose (Gr. keras, a horn). — A tough, horny, animal sub-
stance entering into the composition of the skeleton of
sponges and other Invertebrata.

GLOSSARY. 71

Kine'sodic (Gr. kinesis^ motion; odos^ a way). — Capable of

conveying motor-nervous impulses; applied to the grey

matter of the spinal cord.
Kionocra'nia (Gr. kionokrdnon^ the capital of a pillar). — A

division of the Lacertilia.
Kre'atin (Gr. kreas, flesh). — A soluble nitrogenous substance

found in muscle.

lalbia (L. labium^ a lip). — The lips. Prolongations of the
neuropodium in the Polychseta,

La'bia majo'ra (L. greater lips). — The outer integumentary folds
of the vulva.

La'bia mino'ra (L. lesser lips). — The inner integumentary folds
of the vulva.

La'bium (L. lip). — The lower lip in the Arthropoda.

La'brum (L. lip). — The upper lip in the Arthropoda.

La'byrinth (Gr. laburinthos^ a maze). — The internal ear.

La'byrinthodon'ta (Gr. laburinthos^ a maze ; odous^ odontos, a
tooth).— A group of extinct Amphibia, so called because
of the complicated structure of the teeth.

Lacerti'lia (L. Idcertus, a lizard). — A division of the Reptilia
which includes the lizards.

Lacerti'na (L. Idcertus^ a lizard). — A group of the Lacertilia.

Lach'rymal (L. Iachry7na^ a tear). —Relating to the tears, as
the lachrymal gland which secretes the tears. The lachry-
mal bone is the bone on each side of the face which is
perforated by the duct conveying the tears from the
eye to the nostrils.

Laci'nia (L. a lock of wool, tassel).— The posterior inner pro-
cess of the stipes in the maxilla of insects.

Lac'teal (L. lac^ milk). — The absorbent vessels of the small
intestine, so called from their milky appearance after a
meal.

Lacti'ferous ducts (L. lac^ milk; fero^ I bear). — The main
ducts of the mammary gland.

Lacu'na (L. a wet ditch or hollow).— A microscopic hollow in the
matrix of bone, in which the bone corpuscles are deposited.

Lagomor'pha (Gr. lagos^ a hare ; morphe, form). — A group of
the Rodentia which comprises the Conies.

Lambdoi'dal su'ture (Gr. the letter A, lambda ; etdos, shape). —
Another name for the occipito-parietal suture of the skull.

72 GLOSSARY.

Lamel'la (L. a thin plate). — A thin layer or plate. Applied to
the thin plates in the hymenium of a mushroom; also to
the gills of the Lamellibranchiata.

Lamellibranchia'ta (L. lamella^ a thin plate ; Gr. branchia, a
gill). — A class of the Mollusca in which the gills are com-
posed of plate-like folds of membrane.

La'mina (L. a thin plate). — A thin layer.

La'mina cine'rea (L. ashy layer).— A thin layer of grey nerve
tissue between the optic commissure and the corpus cal-
losum of the brain.

La'mina cribro'sa (L. sieve-like layer). — The perforated region of
the sclerotic where the optic nerve enters.

La'mina elastic (L. lamina, a thin plate). — A layer of the
corner of the eye, immediately beneath the anterior epi-
thelium.

La'mina fus'ca (L. dark layer). — A delicate layer of connective
tissue on the inner surface of the sclerotic.

La'mina reti'cular (L. Idmma, a thin plate ; reticulum, a little
net). — A delicate network of epithelial cells covering a
part of the organ of Corti.

La'mina spira'lis (L. spiral plate).— The dividing bony septum of
the cochlea of the ear.

La'mina suprachoroi'dea (L. the plate above the choroid). — A
delicate membranous layer bounding externally the cho-
roid coat of the eye.

La'mina termina'lis (L. terminal plate). — The layer which
bounds anteriorly the third ventricle of the brain.

La'minae dorsa'les (L. dorsal plates). — The folds of the vertebrate
embryo which rise up by the sides of the primitive groove,
and close it in to form the future neural canal.

La'minae viscera'les (L. visceral plates). — The folds of the blasto-
derm from which are developed the ventral body-walls
and their contained organs.

Lan'guet (Fr. a tongue-shaped body). — A term applied to the
tentacles of the Tunicata.

Lanu'go (L. wool or down). — The first crop of hairs or down on
the skin.

Laryn'goscope (Gr. larunx, the windpipe ; skopeo, I behold"*.
— An optical instrument by which the throat and larynx
may be brought into view.

Laryn'go-trache'aL — The name given to the annular cartilage
in the frog, to which the arytenoid cartilages are articu-
lated.

GLOSSARY. 73

La'rynx (Gr. larimx^ the throat). — The upper part of the

windpipe, extending to the lower border of the cricoid

cartilage.
La'teral (L. Idtus, Idteris, the side). — Relating to the side.
Latis'simus dor'si (L. broadest muscle of the back). — The

largest muscle of the trunk.
Laxa'tor tyin'pani (L. loosener or relaxer of the drum). — A

small muscle which by its contraction lessens the tension

of the tympanic membrane.
Leiotri'chi (Gr. leios, smooth; thrtx, Mchos, the hair). — The

division of mankind which embraces the smooth-haired
. races.
Lenmis'cus (L. a fillet). — A bundle of fibres on each side of the

floor of the cerebrum. Also applied to each of two oval

bodies hanging from the interior walls of the body in the

Acanth ocephala.
Lemu'ridae. — A division of the Primates which includes the

lemurs, &c.
Lemuri'iii. — A family of the Lemuridag.
Lenti'cular (L. lentidda, a lentil). — The shape of a lentil, as

the lenticular glands of the stomach, and the lenticular

ganglion of the fifth nerve.
Lepa'didsB (Gr. lepas, a limpet). — A family of the Cirripedia.
Lepido'ptera (Gr. lepis, lepidos, a scale ; pteron, a wing). — A

group of the Insecta which comprises the butterflies and

moths.
Lepidos'teidae (Gr. lepts, lepidos, a scale). — A sub-order of

Ganoid fishes.
Leptocar'dia (Gr. ieptos, thin, small; kai'dia, the heart).— A

group of the Vertebrata, proposed by Haeckel, to comprise

Amphioxus.
Lep'tothrix (Gr. Ieptos, slender; thrix, hair). — A fine filamen-
tous body accompanying the germination of bacteria.
Leu'cocyte (Gr. leukos, white; kiitos, a hollow). — A term some-
times applied to the white corpuscles of the blood.
Leucocythe'mia (Gr. leukos, white; kutos, a hollow; hahna,

blood). — A disease in which there is a large increase in

the number of white corpuscles in the blood.
Lenco'nes (Gr. leukos, white ; konis, dust). — A family of the

Calcispongiae.
L^va'for a'ni (L. raiser of the anus). — A muscle of the anus.
Leva'tor pala'ti (L. raiser of the palate).— A muscle of the soft

palate.

74 GLOSSARY.

Leva'tor pal'pebrse superio'ris (L. raiser of the upper eyelid).—
The muscle which by its contraction raises the upper
eyelid.
Levato'res an'guli sca'pulae (L. raisers of the corner of the sca-
pula).— A pair of muscles passing from the upper cervical
vertebrae to the scapula.
Levato'res clavi'culae (L. raisers of the clavicle). — Muscles pass-
ing, one on each side, from the atlas to the acromion.
Levato'res costa'rum (L. raisers of the ribs). — A series of
muscles, (in the human subject twelve pairs,) passing from
the transverse processes of the vertebrae to the ribs.
Li'ber (Latin). — The inner bark of a tree.
Lien'culi (L. little spleens).— Small detached nodules sometimes

found in the neighbourhood of the spleen.
Lie'no-intes'tinal (L. lienis, the spleen). — A branch of the
portal vein which, in some Vertebrata, brings the blood
from the spleen and intestines.
Li'gament (L. Ugo, I bind). — A band uniting bones or other

structures.
Ligamen'ta arcua'ta (L. the bow-shaped ligaments). — Two liga-
mentous arches on each side of the diaphragm.
Ligamen'ta la'ta (L. broad ligaments). — Two ligaments which

support the uterus.
Ligamen'ta subfla'va (L. yellowish ligaments). — Ligaments

which connect the laminae of the vertebrae.
Ligamen'ta vagina'lia (L. ensheathing ligaments). — Strong
tendinous bands of fibres which form the sheaths of the
flexor tendons of the digits of the manus.
Ligamen'tum nu'chae (L. ligaments of the neck). — A large sheet
of connective tissue extending from the dorsal vertebrae
to the occipital bones.
Ligamen'tum te'res (L. hollow ligament). — A hollow ligament
extending from the femur to the cotyloid notch of the
acetabulum.
Lig'nine (L. lignum^ wood). — The essential constituent of

woody fibre, formed of hardened cellulose.
Li'gula (L. a little tongue). — The terminal piece of the labium

in the Insecta.
Lim'bous (L. iimbus, a border, hem). — A term applied to such

sutures as that between the parietal and occipital bones.
Li'nea al'ba (L. white line). — A white fibrous structure expending

from the ensiform cartilage to the pubis.
Li'nea as'pera (L. rough line).— A prominent ridge on the femur

GLOSSARY. 75

Li'nea splen'dens (L. shining line}.— A fibrous band in the pia

mater of the spinal cord.
Li'neaB semiluna'res (L. semilunar lines). — Two curved linear

spaces on the surface of the abdomen.
Li'neae transver'sae (L. transverse hues). — Three or more lines

which intersect the fibres of the rectus muscle of the

abdomen.
Lin'gua (L. a tongue). — A median process developed fiom the

floor of the mouth in the Insecta.
Lin'gual (L. lingua^ a tongue). — Relating to the tongue, as the

lingual branch of the fifth nerve.
Lin'gula sphenoidalis (L. wedge-shaped tongue). — A small

bony ridge in the sphenoid bone.
Li'quor amni'i (L. amniotic fluid). — The fluid contained in the

amniotic cavity which surrounds the embryo.
Li'quor sanguinis (L. blood liquor). — The fluid part of the

blood in which the corpuscles float ; the blood minus its

corpuscles.
Li'thocyst (Gr. lithos^ a stone; kustis^ a bladder). — A term

applied to the sacs containing mineral particles frequently

found in the Medusae, and supposed to be auditory organs.
LoT)ate.— Made up of lobes. AppHed to the tails of fishes

when the integument is continued to the bases of the

fin-rays.
Lobe (Gr. lobos^ the lower part of the ear). — Applied to parts

of organs similarly shaped to the lobe of the ear.
LoT)! inferid'res (L. inferior lobes). — A pair of enlargements on

the lower surface of the brain in some Vertebrata.
Lotule. — A small lobe; applied to the subdivisions of the

lobes of an organ.
L6T)uliis cauda'tus (L. tail-like lobe).— One of the lobes of the

liver.
Lo'bulus quadra'tus (L. square lobe).— One of the lobes of the

• liver.
Lo'bulus Spigelii (L. lobe of Spigelius).— One of the lobes of

the liver.
Lo'chia (Gr. lochias, belonging to childbirth). — The uterine

discharges which take place after parturition.
Lo'cule (L. a little space).— A little hollow.
Lo'culi (L. little spaces). — The spaces between the septa m the

Actinozoa.
Lo'cus caeruleus (L. dark-blue place). — A collection of pigment

in the fourth ventricle of the brain.

76 GLOSSARY.

Lo'cus ni'ger (L. black place).— A layer of dark matter in each

of the crura cerebri of the brain.
Lo'cus perfora'tus anti'cus (L. anterior perforated space). — A

depression near the entrance of the Sylvian fissure of the

cerebrum.
Lo'cus perfora'tus posti'cus (L. posterior perforated space). — A

deep depression between the peduncles of the cerebrum.
Longis'simus dor'si (L. longest muscle of the back). — A large

dorsal muscle of the trunk in the higher Vertebrate.
Lon'gus colli (L. long muscle of the neck). — A muscle of the

neck situate in front of the vertebral column.
Lophobran'cMi (Gr. lophos, the neck; bra7ichia, a gill). — A

group of Teleostean fishes.
Lo'phophore (Gr. lophos, neck; phoreo, I bear). — The disc in

the Polyzoa which bears the mouth.
Lophos'teon (Gr. lophos, neck ; osteon, a bone). — The central

keel-bearing ossification in the sternum of birds.
Lorica'ta (I^. lorlca, a cuirass, corselet). — A group of insecti-
vorous Edentates in which the dorsal region of the body is

covered by a carapace.
Lucerna'rida (L. lucei-na, a lamp). — A group of Hydrozoa.
Luette ve'sicale (Fr. uvula of the bladder). — A slight elevation

of the mucous membrane of the bladder.
Lum'bar (L. lumbus, the loin).— Relating to the region of the

loins.
Lum'bo-sa'cral plexus (L. lumbus, the loin ; sacrum). — A plexus

formed in the frog by the seventh, eighth, and ninth spinal

nerves.
Lumbrica'les (L. worm-shaped muscles). — Four muscles of the

digits of the manus and the pes.
Luna're (L. moon-shaped bone).— One of the bones of the

carpus, sometimes called intermedium, also semilunare.
Lu'nula (L. little moon). — The white crescentic portion near the

root of a nail ; applied also to the thin parts of the margins

of the semilunar valves of the heart.
Lymph (L. /ympha, water).— The colourless fluid absorbed

from the tissues by the lymphatics.
Lympha'tics (L. lympha, water).— The special absorbent vessels

distributed over the system, exclusive of those of the small

intestine which are usually termed ladeals.
Ly'ra (L. a lyre).— A triangular striated portion of the corpus

callosum of the brain.

GLOSSARY. 77

M.

Macrauche'nidge (Gr. makrauchen^ makrauchenos^ long-necked).
— An extinct family of the Perissodactyla.

Ma'cromere (Gr. makros, long; 7neros^ a part). — The larger of
the two unequal masses into which the vitellus divides in
the development of the Lamellibranchiata, termed by
Rabl the "vegetative cell."

Macru'ra (Gr. makros, long ; oura^ tail). — A subdivision of the
Podophthalmia (Crustacea), in the members of which the
abdomen is largely developed.

Ma'cula germina'tiva (L. germinal spot). — The nucleolus of the
germinal vesicle of the ovum.

Ma'cula lu'tea (L. yellow spot). — The bright spot on the retina
of the eye, which is most sensitive to the action of light.

Madrepo'ric canals. — Tubular prolongations of the circular
ambulacral vessel in the Echinodermata.

Madrepo'ric tu'bercle. — A convex porous plate on the aboral
face of some Echinoderms.

Madrepo'riform. — A term applied to the madreporic tubercle.

Madrepo'rite. — Another name for the madreporic tubercle.

Malacoscolices (Gr. mdldkos, soft ; skolex^ a worm). — A divi-
sion of the Invertebrata proposed by Huxley to include
the Polyzoa and the Brachiopoda : the name signifies the
connexion of these groups, on the one hand with the
Mollusca, on the other with the Worms.

Malacostra'ca (Gr. mdldkos^ soft). — A division of the Crustacea
which includes the . Podophthalmia, the Cumacea, the
Edriophthalmia, and the Stomatopoda.

Malacozo'ic series (Gr. mdldkos^ soft; zoon, an animal). — A
series of the Invertebrata which includes the Malacoscolices
and the Mollusca.

Malar (L. mala, the prominence of the cheek). — The cheek-
bone.

Malle'olar (L. malleolus, a little hammer, the ankle). — A bone
in the Ruminantia which articulates below with the cal-
caneum, and above with the astragalus. Applied also to
two small arteries distributed to this region.

Malle'olus (L. a little hammer). — The name given to a process
of the tibia and of the fibula.

Malleus (L. hammer). — The small bone of the middle ear
which articulates on the one hand with the tympanic

fS GLOSSARY.

membrane, on the other with the ina^s. Also the name of

each lateral piece of the armature of the pharynx in the

Rotifera.
Mallo'phaga (Gr. mallos, lock of hair ; phago, I eat). — A family

of insects parasitic upon mammals and birds, and which

feed upon the feathers and hair.
Malpi'ghian cap'sules (L. capsules of Malpighi). — The dilated

extremities of the uriniferous tubules of the kidney.
Malpi'ghian corpus'cles (L. corpuscles of Malpighi).— Rounded

collections of nucleated corpuscles found in the spleen.
Mammalia (L. mamma, the breast). —The class of Vertebrata

which includes all those animals which suckle their young.
Mam'mary glands (L. 7namma, the breast).— The glands in the

Mammalia which secrete milk for the nutrition of the

young ; the breasts.
Mam'millary (L. mamma, the breast). — A name applied to

the tubercles or metapophyses of the vertebrae.
Man'dible (L. mando, I chew). — In the Vertebrata, the lower

jaw ; in the Arthropoda, the upper pair of jaws ; in the

Cephalopoda^ the beak; in birds sometimes applied to

both rostra of the beak.
Manu'brium (L. a handle). — The handle-shaped sac which is

suspended from the centre of the disc in the Medusae.

Apphed, in the Vertebrata, to the handle-like process of the

malleus and of the sternum ; in Chara, the process which

projects into the antheridium from each of its eight pieces.
Ma'nus (L. the hand). — The terminal segment of the anterior

extremity, which in man forms the hand.
Mar'ginal bones. — The name given to certain added bones on

the radial and ulnar edges of the manus in the Ichthyo-

sauria.
Mar'ginal gy'rus.— One of the convolutions of the brain.
Mar'go acu'tus (L. acute margin). —The right or lower border of

the heart.
Mar'go obtu'sus (L. obtuse margin).— The upper or left border

of the heart.
Marsipobran'chii (Gr. marsjpos, a purse, bag ; hratichia, a gill).

— An order of fishes which includes the Lampreys, Hags,

&c., which have pouch-like gills.
Marsupia'lia (L. marsupium, a pouch). — An order of Mam-
malia provided with an abdominal pouch for the reception

of the young, which are brought forth at a very early stage

of development.

GLOSSARY. 79

Marsu'pium (L. a pouch). — The abdominal pouch in the

Marsupialia. Also another name for the peden of the eye.
Masse'ter (Gr. massaomai^ I chew). — One of the muscles of

mastication, passing from the zygomatic arch to the lower

jaw.
Mas'tax (Gr. mouth). — The muscular pharynx of the Rotifera.
Mastica'tion (Gr. masaojnatj I chew). — The process of chewing

the food.
Mas'ticatory (Gr. masaomai^ I chew). — Engaged in mastica-
tion ; applied to those organs which are engaged in

chewing.
Masti'gopods (Gr. masHx, a whip ; pous, podos, a foot). — A

term applied to those Protozoa which possess cilia or

flagella.
Mas'toid (Gr. mastos, a. breast ; etdos, shape). — Nipple-shaped.

Applied to the process of the temporal bone behind the

ear.
Mastoi'do-hu'meral muscle. — A muscle which in some Verte-

brata passes from the skull to the cervical region.
Mate'ria alimenta'ria (L. alimentary material). —The materials

of the food.
Ma'trix (L. a womb). — The substance in which anything is

embedded.
Maxilla (L. a jaw). — In the Arthropoda, the lower pair or

pairs of jaws ; in the Vertebrata applied to both upper and

lower jaws, the principal bones of which are termed iu-

ferior and superior ^maxillary respectively.
Maxil'liform (L. maxilla/]di'N ; forma, shape). — Jaw-like; jaw-
shaped.
Maxil'lipede (L. maxilla, a jaw ; pes, pedis, a foot).— Foot-jaws.

The appendages of the Crustacea which serve both for

masticatory and ambulatory purposes.
Maxillo-mandi'biilar nerve. -A division of the fifth cerebral

nerve which supplies the maxilla and the mandible.
Maxillo-tur'binaL — Another name for the inferior turbinated

bone of the face.
Mea'tus (L. a way, path, passage).— A small canal; as the

external auditory meatus.
Mea'tus audito rius exter'nus (L. external auditory canal). — The

passage which leads from the exterior to the tympanic

membrane of the. ear.
Mea'tus urina'rius. — The external opening of the female

urethra.

8o GLOSSARY.

Mec'kel's car'tilage.— The cartilage of the chondro-cranium

which forms the axis of the mandible.
Meco'nium (Gr. mekon, a poppy).— Poppy-juice; the faeces

passed by a new-born infant.
Me'dian (L. medius^ middle). —Middle.
Medias'tinum (L. medhis ; sto, I stand). — A middle partition;

as the mediastinum formed in the thorax by the union of

the two pleurae.
Medifur'ca (L. medms, middle; furca, a fork). — The middle

apodemes which project into the thorax of some Insecta.
Me'dius (L. middle).— The third digit.
Medulla (L. marrow). — The marrow of bones ; the pith of a

plant.
Medulla oblonga'ta (L. elongated marrow). — That portion of

the cerebro-spinal axis which lies between the spinal cord

and the iter of the brain.
Medu'sse. — The sea-nettles or jelly-fishes, so called because

their tentacles resemble the snakes which formed the hair

of the Medusa, the chief of the Gorgons.
Medu'soid (Gr. Medusa-like). — A term applied to the zooids in

the Hydrozoa which produce reproductive organs.
Meibd'miau (named from Meibojnius, who first discovered

them). — The name given to certain glands on the inner

surface of the eyelids.
Mela'nochroi (Gr. ^nelds^ meldnos, black; chroia, skin, com-
plexion).—A group of the human race which includes the

" dark-whites."
Membra'na adamanti'nea (L. adamantine membrane). — A

name applied to the epithelium on the surface of the pulp

of a tooth.
Membra'na cap'sulo-pupilla'ris (L. capsular membrane of the

pupil). — A highly vascular membrane which in the foetus

surrounds the crystalline lens of the eye.
Membra'na e'boris (L. ivory membrane). — The external cellular

layer of the pulp of a tooth.
Membra'na granulo'sa (L. granular membrane). — The lining

membrane of the Graafian vesicles of the ovary.
Membra'na limltans (L. limiting membrane). — The membrane

which bounds the anterior and posterior surfaces of the

retina.
Membra'na nic'titans (L. winking membrane). — The third eye-
lid in birds, amphibia, and some mammals, formed by a

fold of the coniunctiva.

GLOSSARY. 51

Membra'na preforma'tiva (L. preformed membrane). — A deli-
cate membrane said to cover the dental pulp before the
calcification of the teeth.

Membra'na pro'pria (L. special membrane). — The basement
membrane of secreting organs.

Membra'na pupilla'ris (L. pupillary membrane).— A delicate
membrane by which in the foetus the pupil is closed.

Membra'na saccifor'mis (L. sac-shaped membrane). — The syno-
vial membrane of the fore-arm.

Membra'na semiluna'ris (L. semilunar membrane). — A mem-
brane attached to the septum in the syrinx of birds.

Membra'na tym'pani (L. membrane of the drum). — The mem-
brane which closes externally the tympanum or drum of
the ear.

Membra'na tympanifor'mis inter'na (L. internal drum-shaped
membrane). — The inner wall of that part of the bronchus
of birds which forms part of the syrinx.

Membra'na velamento'sa (L. covering membrane). — A mem-
brane in the internal ear.

Mem'brane cos'to-co'racoid. — A layer of fascia attached supe-
riorly to the clavicle, and inferiorly to the coracoid process
and first rib.

Menin'geal (Gr. meninx, a membrane). — Applied to certain
arteries and veins of the neck.

Menis'cus (Gr. mmiskos, a half-moon). — A disc into which the
fibro-cartilaginous rings which connect the presacral ver-
tebrae in birds are continued.

Men'struation (L. mensis, a month). — The periodical uterine
discharges.

Men'tal fora'men (L. mentum^ the chin ; foramen^ an opening).
-An opening in the lower jaw through which the inferior
dental nerve and artery pass.

Men'to-hy'oid muscle (L. mentum^ the chin; Gr. huoides,
hyoid bone). — An occasional muscle passing from the body
of the hyoid bone to the chin.

Men'to-Mecke'lian element (L. mentum, the chin).— The
portion of Meckel's cartilage which ossifies to form the
chin.

Men'tum (L. the chin).— The front median plate of the labium
in the Insecta.

Meroblas'tic (Gr. meros^ a part ; blastos, a germ). — Applied to
those ova of which only a part of the yolk undergoes
segmentation.

G

82 GLOSSARY.

Mero'cerite (Gr. merosy the thigh ; keras^ a horn). — One of the

joints in the antennae of the Crustacea which represents

the meropodite of the typical Crustacean appendage.
Merois'tic (Gr. meros^ a part; don^ an egg). — A term applied

to the ovaries of insects when they secrete not only ova,

but also vitelligenous cells.
Mero'podite (Gr. meros^ the thigh, ham ; pous^podos, a foot). —

The fourth joint of the typical appendage in the Crustacea.
Merosto'mata (Gr. meros^ a part; stoma, z. mouth). — A division

of the Crustacea.
Mdsence'phalon (Gr. mesos, middle ; enkephalon, the brain). —

The part of the brain which is developed from the middle

cerebral vesicle of the embryo, and which comprises the

corpora quadrigemina or bigemina, crura cerebri, and the iter.
Me'senteries (Gr. mesos, middle; enteron, an intestine). — The

vertical partitions which divide the space intervening be-
tween the alimentary tube and body-wall of a sea-anemone

into chambers.
Me'sentery (Gr. jnesos, middle; enteron, an intestine). — The

fold of the peritoneum which connects and supports the

intestines.
Me'soblast (Gr. mesos, middle ; blastos, a germ). — The middle

layer of the blastoderm.
Mesobran'chial (Gr. mhos, middle ; branchia, a gill). — A term

applied to a region in the carapace of the Brachyura,

which covers the mid-branchial region of the body.
Mesocae'cum (Gr. mesos, middle). — A fold of the peritoneum

formed in some cases behind the caecum.
Mesoce'phalon (Gr. mesos, middle; kephale, the head). — A

name sometimes applied to the Pons Varolii.
Mesocolon (Gr. mesos, middle). — A fold of the peritoneum

behind the colon.
Me'soderm (Gr. mesos, middle ; derfna, skin). — The middle

body-layer in some Invertebrata.
Mesogas'tric (Gr. mesos, middle; gaster, the stomach). — The

middle gastric lobe of the carapace in the Brachyura.
Mesogas'trium (Gr. mesos, middle; gaster, the stomach). — A

membranous fold by which in the foetus the stomach is

attached to the vertebral column.
Mesono'tum (Gr. mesos, middle; notos, back). — The tergal

portion of the mesothorax in the Insecta.
Mesophloe'um (Gr. mesos, middle; phloios, bark). — The middle

layer of the bark.

GLOSSARY. S:^

Mesophrag'mal (Gr. mesos, middle ; phragma, a partition). —

Applied to the middle apophysis of each endosternite in

the Crustacea.
Mesopo'dium (Gr. mhos^ middle ; pons, podos, a foot). — The

middle portion of the foot in the Gasteropoda and Ptero-

poda.
Meso/tery'gial (Gr. inesos, middle; pterux, a wing). — The

middle basal cartilage in the fin of the Elasmobranchii.
Mesor'chium (Gr. mesos, middle; orchis, a testicle). — A fold of

the peritoneum developed in connexion with the rudi-
mentary testicle in the male foetus.
Mesorec'tum (Gr. mesos, middle). — A fold of the peritoneum by

which the rectum is attached to the sacrum.
Mesoster'num (Gr. mesos, middle ; sternon, the chest). — The

middle portion or body of the sternum.
Mesothd'rax (Gr. mesos, middle ; thorax, a breastplate). — The

second somite of the thorax in the Insecta.
Mesotro'cha (Gr. mesos, middle; trochos, anything round, a

hoop). — Larvae of the Polychseta which have the middle of

the body surrounded by bands of cilia.
Mesova'rium (Gr. mesos, middle). — A fold of the peritoneum

developed in connexion with the rudimentary ovary of the

female foetus.
Meta'bola (Gr. inetahole, change). — A term applied to all those

insects which undergo metamorphosis.
Metabran'cMal (Gr. meta, behind; branchia, a gill). — Applied

to that lobe of the carapace in the Brachyura, which covers

the hinder branchial region of the body.
Metacar'pal (Gr. meta, beyond; karpos, the wrist). — The

name given to each bone of the metacarpus. •

Metacar'pus (Gr. meta, beyond; karpos, the wrist). — The

portion of the manus or hand which lies between the wrist

and the fingers.
Metagas'tric (Gr. meta, behind; gaster, the stomach). — The

name applied to those two lobes of the carapace which in

the Brachyura cover the hinder part of the gastric region

of the body.
Metamorpho'sis ) (Gr. transformation). — The term applied to
Metamor'phosis ^ the series of changes which some insects

undergo, whereby they successively assume three con-
ditions, viz., those of larva, pupa, and imago.
Metano'tum (Gr. meta, behind ; notos, the back). — The tergal

portion of the metathorax in the Insecta.

G 2

84 GLOSSARY.

Metapo'dium (Gr. meta, behind; pus, podos, a foot).— The

posterior division of the foot in the Gasteropoda and
Pteropoda.
Metapo'physis (Gr. 77teta, behind; apophuo, I sprout).— The

higher of two lateral processes sometimes developed on

the arches of the vertebrae.
Meta/tery'gial (Gr. meta, behind; pterux, a. wing).— The

hinder basal cartilage of the fin in the Elasmobranchii.
Metaster'num (Gr. mefa, behind; sternon, the chest). — The

posterior portion of the sternum, sometimes termed the

Xiphistemum, also the ensiform cartilage.
Metasto'ma (Gr. meta, behind; sto7?ia, a mouth). — A median

elevation behind the mouth in the Arthropoda.
Metatar'sal (Gr. meta, beyond ; tarsos, sole of the foot). — The

name- given to each of the bones of the metatarsus.
Metatar'sus (Gr. meta, beyond ; farsos, sole of the foot). — The

portion of the pes or^foot which lies between the ankle

and the toes.
Metatho'rax (Gr. meta, behind; thorax, 2i breastplate). — The

hinder segment of the thorax in the Insecta.
Metence'phalon (Gr. meta, behind ; efikephalon, the brain). —

The hind-brain, comprising the medulla oblongata and

fourth ventricle.
Methaemoglo'bin. — A substance obtained by the decomposition

of hmmoglobiji.
Metos'teon (Gr. meta, behind; osteon, a bone). — The posterior

portion of the sternum in birds.
Micrococ'cus (Gr. mlkros, small ; kokkos, a kernel or berry). —

A minute organism allied to the Bacteria, having a bead-
like form.
Mi'cromere (Gr. mlkros, small; ineros, a part). — A term applied

to the smaller of the two masses into which the vitellus of

the Lamellibranch ovum divides in the course of develop-
ment.
Mi'cropyle (Gr. nilkros, small ; pule, a gate, entrance). — A

small opening left in some ova, by which the spermatozoa

obtain access to the yolk ; also the opening in the ovule of

a plant through which the pollen-tube passes.
Micturi'tion (L. micturlre, to desire to make water). — The act

of emi)tying the urinary bladder.
Mid'riflf (Sax. midd, middle ; hrif, the belly). — The diaphragm.
Mi'nimus (L. the least). — The fifth digit of the 7nanus or of

the pes.

GLOSSARY. 85

Mi'traL — A name sometimes given to the left auriculo-ventri-

cular valve, because of its resemblance when closed to a

bishop's mitre.
Mo'bile (L. mobilis^ movable). — Capable of spontaneous move-
ment.
Modiolus (L. the nave of a wheel). — The conical column in

the ear round which the cochlea turns.
Molar (L. mdla^ a mill). — A back tooth or grinder.
MoUus'ca (L. mollis, soft). — A division of the Invertebrata

comprising the soft-bodied animals.
MoUuski'genous sacs {mollusca ; L. gero, I bear). — Sacs at-
. tached to the intestinal walls of an Echinoderm, and from

which parasitic Mollusca are developed.
Mo'nad (Gr. monos, one). — Any minute organism consisting

only of a single cell.
Mone'ra (Gr. mdneres, single, solitary). — The lower of the two

groups of the Protozoa.
Monocotyle'donous (Gr. monos, one; kotuUdon, a cup-like

hollow). — Applied to plants having only one cotyledon or

seed-leaf to the embryo.
Monodel'pliia (Gr. mdnos, one, single; delphus, womb).— A

division of the Mammalia which includes all those animals

in which the vagina is single.
Monoe'cious (Gr. mdnos, one ; oikos, house). — Having the sexes

united in one individual ; applied to plants having the

male and female reproductive organs on the same plant,

but on different stems.
Monotrema'ta (Gr. mdnos, single; trhna, an aperture). — A

division of the Mammalia having a cloaca which receives

the excretions of the urinary, genital, and alimentary canals.
Mons Vene'ris (L. mount of Venus).— The elevation, formed of

adipose tissue, on the fore-part of the symphisis pubis in

the female.
Morphology (Gr. morpke, form ; logos, a discourse). — The

branch of Biology which deals with the structure of

animals and plants.
Mor'sus dia'boli (L. devil's bite). — A name sometimes applied

to the fimbriated extremity of the Fallopian tube.
Mo'rula (L. diminutive of morum, a mulberry).— The ovum

when, after segmentation, it exists as an aggregation of

nucleated cells.
Mosasau'ria {mosa, not satisfactorily ascertained ; Gr. sauros, a

lizard). — A group of extinct marine Lacertilia.

S6 GLOSSARY.

Mo'tile (L. moius, motion). — Capable of spontaneous move-
ment.
Mo'tor (L. a mover).— Causing or setting-up motion. A term

dpplied to those nerves or nerve fibres which convey only

impressions from a nerve-centre to muscles, thereby causing

motibn.
Moto'res oculd'rum (L. movers of the eyes). — The third pair of

cerebral nerves which are distributed to four out of the six

muscles of each eye.
Moto'rius p'culi (L. mover of the eye). — Another name for each

of the third pair of cerebral nerves.
Mucila'ginous glands. — A name formerly applied to the

fringed vascular folds of the synovial membranes.
Mu'cin. — The nitrogenous principle of mucus.
Mu'cor (L. mould in bread). — A species of fungus.
Mu'cous (L. mucus, the secretion of the nose). — Applied as an

adjective to the membrane which lines^ all those parts of

the body which open upon the exterior ; also to any viscid

secretion.
Mu'cus (L. the secretion of the nose). — The secretion of the

mucous membranes.
MUlle'riaii duct (named after Miiller, who first described it). —

A duct developed in the foetus in connexion with each

Wolffian body.
Multicus'pid (L. multus, many ; cuspis, a. pointed extremity). —

Having many cusps, as the molar teeth.
Multipolar (L. muUus, many ; poh^s, the pole). — Having many

poles. Applied specially to those ganglionic nerve-cells

which have several radiating processes.
Mul'tivalve (L. multus, many; valvce, folding doors). — A term

applied to those Gasteropod shells which are composed of

several pieces.
Mus'cae volitan'tes (L. fluttering flies). — Floating bodies in the

vitreous humour of the eye.
Muscula'ris mueo'sae (L. muscular coat of the mucous mem-

brmie). — The deepest layer of the mucous membranes,

formed by non-striated muscular fibre.
Mus'culi papilla'res (L. papillary muscles). — The muscular

elevations in the ventricles of the heart to which the

chordae tendinese are attached.
Mus'culi pectina'ti (L. comb-like muscles). — The muscular

bundles which form the ridges in the auricular appendages

of the heart.

GLOSSARY. 87

Mus'culus choanoi'des (Gr. choane^ funnel j eidos^ shape). — A
funnel-shaped muscle which, in some reptiles and mam-
mals, lies within the four recti muscles of the eye, and is
attached to the posterior part of the eyeball.

Mu'tica (L. miittlus, wanting some principal part). — A group
of insectivorous Edentata, devoid (or nearly so) of teeth.

Myce'lium (Gr. mukes, a fungus, a mushroom). — The structure
formed by the interlacement of the hyphse of fungi

Myelence'phalon (Gr. muelos, marrow ; enkiphalon, the brain). —
Another term for the medulla oblongata.

My'elon (Gr. muelos^ marrow). — The spinal cord.

My'eloplaques (Gr. muelos, marrow ; Fr. plaque, plate). — Large
nucleated protoplasmic masses which occur in the marrow
of bones.

My'lo-glos'sus muscle (Gr. mule, a mill ; glossa, the tongue). —
A small occasional muscle of the lower jaw.

My'lo-hy'oid (Gr. mule, a mill ; hyoid bone). — The name of a
muscle of the lower jaw ; also of the nerve, artery, and
vein supplying that muscle, and of the groove in which the
nerve and blood-vessels run ; also of the ridge in the lower
jaw to which the mylo-hyoid muscle is attached.

Myogra'phion- (Gr. mus, a muscle ; grapho, I write). — An
instrument by which the rapidity of the passage of an im-
pulse along a nerve is determined, by noticing the time at
which a muscle contracts after application of stimuli to
different parts of the nerve supplying it.

Myolem'ma (Gr. mus, a muscle ; lemma, a husk or rind). —
The sheath of a striped muscular fibre, usually termed
sarcolemma.

Myology CGr. mus, a muscle ; logos, a discourse). — The branch
of Anatomy which is concerned with the structure and
distribution of the muscles. The muscular system of an
animal regarded as a whole.

Myomor'pha (Gr. mus, muos, mouse ; morphe, form). — A group
of Rodents which comprises the rats.

Mv'oDV ( ^^^' ^^^Pi short-sighted). — Short-sightedness.

My'osin (Gr. mus, a muscle). — The chief nitrogenous con-
stituent of dead muscle, formed in the process of coagula-
tion which takes place in rigor mortis.

My'otome (Gr. mus, a muscle; temno, I divide). — Segments
of which the muscles of fishes, and probably of all verte-
brate embryos, are made up.

88 GLOSSARY.

Myria'poda (Gr. muHos, countless ; J>ous^ podos, a foot). — A
division of the Arthropoda which comprises the centipedes,
millipedes, &c.

Myxas'trum (Gr. muxa^ mucus ; aster ^ a star). — A genus of
the Monera.

My^xinoid (Gr. myxtne, from muxa^ mucus, the glutinous hag).
— A family of the Marsipobranchii, of which the hag is a
type.

Myx'opods (Gr. muxa, mucus ; pous^ podos, a foot). — A term
applied to those Protozoa which possess pseudopodia.

Myxospon'giae (Gr. muxa^ mucus; spongia, a sponge).— The
name given to those sponges which are devoid of a skeleton..

Myzostd'mata (Gr. mus, a muscle; stoina, stdmatos, an open-
ing).— A group of the Invertebrata, of which the only
genus, Myzostomum, has a muscular proboscis which can
be protruded through an aperture in the ventral face.

N.

Na'cre (an Oriental word). — Mother-of-pearl.

Na'creous. — Pearly; like mother-of-pearl.

Na'res (L. the nostrils). — The nostrils; anterior nares,the nostrils

proper ; posterior nares, the openings of the nasal cavities

into the pharynx.
Na'sal (L. ndsus, the nose). — Relating to the nose.
Na Smyth's mem'brane. — A very thin membrane which covers

the outer surface of the enamel of unworn teeth. ' ^

Na'tes (L. the buttocks). — The anterior pair of the corpora

quadrigemina of the brain.
Navicula're or Navi'cular (L. ndvlcula, a small ship or boat).

— One of the bones of the tarsus, and also, according to

one system of nomenclature, of the carpus.
Necro'sis (Gr. nekros, a dead body). — The death of a mass of

bone.
Nectoca'lyx (Gr. necho, I swim ; kalux, a cup). — The cup of

the medusoid in the Hydrozoa ; the swimming bell of a

jelly-fish.
Nema'tocyst (Gr. nema^ thread ; kustos, a bladder). — The

thread -cell of a Hydrozoon.
Nematoi'dea (Gr. 7ie?7ia, thread ; eidos, shape). — A group of

the Invertebrata classed by Huxley with theNematoscolices,

and which comprises the thread-worms and round-worms.

GLOSSARY. 89

Neinatorliyn'cha (Gr. nema^ nematos, thread ; rhunchos, snout).
— A proposed group of the Invertebrata, which will include
the genera Chaetonotus, Echinoderes, and their allies,
hitherto classed with the Rotifera.

Nematosco'lices (Gr. nema, nematos^ thread ; skolex, a worm).
— A division of Invertebrata proposed by Huxley, con-
taining the Nematoidea and Nematorhyncha.

Neopla'sia (Gr. neos, new ; plasis^ formation). — Growth or
development of fresh material.

Ner'vures (L. nervus, a nerve, sinew). —Thickenings of the
wings in some Insecta.

Neu'ral (Gr. neuron^ a nerve). — Relating to the nervous system.
The intestine in the Invertebrata is said to have a neural
flexure when it bends towards that part of the body which
contains the nerve-centres.

Neurapo'physis (Gr. neuron, a nerve ; apophuo, I sprout). — An-
other term for the lamina of the neural arch of a vertebra.

Neurilem'ma (Gr. neuron, a nerve; lemma, a sheath). — The
sheath of connective tissue which envelopes a nerve.

Neu'rin (Gr. neuron, a nerve). — A nitrogenous fluid obtained
from the bile of some animals.

Neu'ro-cen'tral su'ture (Gr. neuron, a nerve; L. sutura, a
seam). — The junction between the ossification of the
centrum of a vertebra 'and the ossifications forming the
neural arches.

Neuro'glia (Gr. neuron, a nerve; glta, glue). — The delicate
connective tissue which forms a framework for the nervous
tissue of the brain and spinal cord.

Neurology (Gr. neuron, a nerve ; logos, a discourse). — The
branch of Anatomy which treats of the structure and
distribution of nerves and nerve-tissue.

Neiiropo'dial cir'rus (Gr. neuron, a nerve, tendon ; pons, podos,
a. foot; L. cirrus, a curl of hair). — A small flexible filament
attached to the parapodium of some Annelids.

Neuropo'dium (Gr. neuron, a nerve; pous, podos, a foot). — The
inferior portion of the parapodium in the Annelida, so
called because occupying its neural aspect.

Neurop'tera (Gr. fieuron, a nerve, sinew ; pteron, a wing). — A
group of the Insecta which comprises the ant-Hons, caddis-
flies, and scorpion-flies.

Nic'titating mem'brane (L. nictatio, winking). — A fold of the
conjunctiva forming the third eyelid in birds, amphibia,
and some mammals.

90 GLOSSARY.

Ni'damental glands (L. nldamentum^ the materials of a nest). —
Glands which in the female Cephalopoda secrete a viscid
fluid, which coats the ova, and connects them together.

Node (L. nodus, a knot). — The parts of the stem of plants
from which leaves or leaf-buds spring.

No'dule of cereberium (L. nodulus, a little knot).— The an-
terior termination of the inferior vermiform process.

No'dulus Aran'tii(L. nodulus, a littleknot). — See Corpus Arantiu

Non-decidua'ta (L. non, not ; deciduus, falling). — A division of
the Mammalia in which no decidua is formed.

Non-ruminan'tia (L. non, not; rumino, I chew the cud). — A
division of the Artiodactyla, the members of which do not
chew the cud {ruminate).

Nor'ma vertica'lis (L. vertical rule). — A method of measuring
the capacity of the skull by a perpendicular view from
above.

No'tochord (Gr. notos, the back ; chorde, a string). — The
flattened cellular rod which is developed beneath the me-
dullary groove in the embryo, called also chorda dorsalis.

N5topo'dium (Gr. notos, the back; pous, podos, a foot). — The
superior portion of the parapodium in the Annelida, so
called because it occupies its dorsal aspect.

No'tum (Gr. notos, the back). — The tergal piece of each somite
of the thorax in the Insecta. .

Nu'cha (an unclassical word for neck). — Used to indicate the
region of the neck, as the ligamentum nuchce^ which in
some Vertebrata attaches the head to the spines of the
vertebrae.

Nu'chal {nucha, neck). — Applied to that plate of the dorsal
shield in the Chelonia, which occupies the front part of the
middle line.

Nu'cleated (L. nucleus, a kernel). — Possessing a nucleus.

Nucle'olus (L. a little kernel). — A dense body within the
substance of a nucleus.

Nu'cleus (L. a kernel). — A body found in cells, and forming
the central portion round which the rest of the cell con-
tents are gathered.

Nu'cule (L. nucula, a little nut). — A term applied to the spore-
fruit or female element in the fructification of Chara.

Nudibranchia'ta (L. nudus, naked; Gr. branchia, a gill). —A
group of the Branchiogasteropoda, destitute of a mantle.

Nym'phse (Gr. numphe, a maiden). — Another name for the
labia interna of the female generative organs.

GLOSSARY. 91

o.

Obli'quus abdo 'minis exter'nus (L. external oblique of the ab-
domen).— One of the muscles of the abdomen.

Obli'quus abdo'minis inter'nus (L, internal oblique of the ab-
domen).— One of the muscles of the abdomen.

Obli'quus ca'pitis infe'rior (L. lower oblique of the head). — One
of the posterior cranio-vertebral muscles.

Obli'quus ca'pitis supe'rior (L. upper oblique of the head). —
One of the posterior cranio-vertebral muscles.

Obturato'rius (L. obturo, I stop up). — Two muscles of the
dorsal surface of the thigh (internal and external).

Occi'pital (L. occiput, the back of the head). — Relating to the
back of the head, as the occipital bone.

Occi'pital fora'men (L. occiput, the back of the head ; foramen ,
an opening, window). — The opening by which, in the
Insecta, the cavity of the head communicates with that of
the neck.

Occipita'lis muscle (L. occiput, the back of the head). — A
muscle of the back of the head.

Occi'pito-fronta'les muscles. — Muscles in the hedgehog which
are attached to the occipital crest, and are inserted into
the integument over the frontal and nasal bones.

Occi'pito-mas'toid su'ture (L. occiput, the back of the head ;
mastoid bone; sutura, a seam). — A continuation of the
lambdoidal suture of the skull.

Occi'pito-pari'etal su'ture (L. occiput, the back of the head ;
parietal bone ; sutura, a seam). — The suture which con-
nects the occipital and parietal bones of the skull.

Occi'pito-pari'etal sul'cus.— The depression between the oc-
cipital and parietal lobes of the cerebrum.

Ocel'li (L. little eyes). — The simple eyes of the Invertebrata.

Octo'merus (Gr. okto, eight; meros, a part). — Consisting of
eight parts.

Octo'poda (Gr. okto, eight ; pous, podos, a. foot). — A group of
the Cephalopoda, the members of which have eight arms.

O'cnlar ten'tacle (L. ocu/us, eye). — The tentacle which in some
Mollusca bears the eye.

O'culo-mo'tor nerve (L. ocutus, eye ; motor, mover). — The third
cerebral nerve supplied to four out of the six eye muscles.

Odon'toblasts (Gr. odous, odontos, a tooth; b/astos, a germ). —
Oblong cells in the pulp of a tooth.

92 GLOSSARY.

Odon'toid (Gr. odous^ odontos, a tooth). — Applied to the tooth-
like process of the second cervical vertebra.
Odonto'phora (Gr. odous, odontos, a tooth; phoreo, I bear). — A

division of the Mollusca comprising those animals which

possess an odontophore.
Odon'tophore (Gr. odous, odontos, a tooth ; phoreo, I bear). — A

strap-like masticator) crgan supplied with sharp teeth found

in some Mollusca.
(Eso'phagus (Gr. oiso, future of phero, I bear ; phage in, to eat).

The tube, leading from the pharynx, by which the food

passes from the mouth to the stomach.
Olec'ranon (Gr. dle7ie, the elbow; kranion, the top of the

head). — The summit of the ulna which forms the elbow.
O'lein (L. oleum, oil). — A neutral fatty substance.
OligtchaB'ta (Gr. dligos, small ; chaite, hair, mane). — A division

of the Invertebrata which comprises the earth-worm and

the freshwater-worms.
Olivary (L. olive-shaped body). — Like an olive in shape, as

the olivary body of the medulla oblongata, and the olivary

process of the sphenoid bone.
O'masum (Gr. omos, raw). — The third stomach of a ruminant.
Omen'ta (L. 07nentum, the caul). — Applied to certain folds of

the peritoneum.
O'mo-hy'oid (Gr. omos, the shoulder ; hyoid bone). — A muscle

stretching from the scapula to the hyoid bone.
Omos'tegite (Gr. omos, the shoulder; stego, I cover).— The

posterior division of the carapace in the Branchiopoda.
Cmoster'num (Gr. omos, the shoulder ; sternon, the breast). —

A median process in the Batrachia developed from the

coraco-scapular cartilages.
Ompha'lo-mesara'ic (Gr. omphalos, the navel; mesos, the

middle). — The name given to certain arteries and veins in

the foetus.
Ompha'lo-mesente'ric (Gr. omphalos, the navel; mesentery). —

The name of vessels which in the foetus return blood from

the walls of the umbilical vesicle.
Obgo'niuin (Gr. don, an egg ; gonos, seed). — The germ cell in

some fungi which on impregnation becomes an oospore.
Oos'tegites (Gr. J^;z, an egg; stego, Icov^x). — Plates which in some

Crustacea enclose a cavity in which the eggs are hatched.
Oper'cular (L. operculum, a lid). — Relating to the operculum.

Opercular gills are those attached to the hyoidean arch in

some fishes.

GLOSSARY. 93

Oper'culum (L. a lid). — The bony flap which covers the gills
of some fishes ; the disc which closes the shells of some
Gasteropoda.
OpM'dia (Gr, ophis, a snake, serpent).— An order of the Reptilia

which includes the snakes.
Ophiuri'dea (Gr. ophis^ a serpent; d??/^^, a tail). — A group of

the Echinodermata comprising the brittle star-fishes.
Ophthalmic (Gr. ophthalmos, the eye).— Relating to the eye,

as the ophthahnic artery^ which supplies blood to the eye.
Ophthal'mite (Gr. ophthalmos, the eye). — The short stalk on

which each eye in the Crustacea is borne.
Opisthobranchia'ta (Gr. opisthen, behind; branchm^ a. g\\\). —

A series of the Branchiogasteropoda.
Opisthocoelus (Gr. opistheft, behind ; koilos, hollow). — A term

applied to those vertebrae the centra of which are concave

behind.
Opisthogly'pMa (Gr. opisthen, behind ; glupho, I carve, engrave),

— A group of the Ophidia having some of the posterior

maxillary teeth grooved.
Opisthopul'monate (Gr. opisthen, behind; l^.pulmona, a lung).

— Applied to those Pulmogasteropoda which have the

pulmonary sac situated posteriorly.
Opistho'tic (Gr. opisthen, behind ; ous, otos, the ear). — An ossi-
fication of the temporal bone which surrounds the fenestra

rotunda and cochlea, and which in osseous fishes persists as

a separate bone.
Opisthoto'nous (Gr. opisthe, at the back ; teino, I stretch or

bend). — A variety of the disease tetanus, in which the body

is bent backwards.
Oppo'nens (L. oppono, I place opposite, oppose). — A muscle

attached to the ventral face of the carpus in the fore limb,

and the tarsus in the hind Hmb, and passing to the fifth

metacarpal or metatarsal.
O'ra serra'ta (L. notched border). — The anterior indented

border of the retina.
O'ral (L. OS, oris, the mouth). — Relating to the mouth.
Orbicula'ris o'ris (L. round muscle of the mouth). — One of the

muscles of the mouth, also termed sphincter oris.
Orbicula'ris palpebra'rum (L. round muscle of the eyelids). —

One of the muscles of the eyelids which shuts the eye.
Orbicula'ris panni'culi (L. orbiculus, a little circle; panniculus,

a little rag). — A broad muscular band laterally encircHng

the body of the hedgehog.

94 GLOSSARY

Or'bit (L. orbita, the track in which anything rolls). — The

socket of the eyeball.
Or'bito-na'sal nerve.— The first division of the fifth cerebral

nerve, which supplies the orbit and the nose.
Or'bito-splie'noid(L. orbita, the orbit; Gr. sphm, a wedge; eidof:^

shape). — An ossification of the skull in front of the exit

of each optic nerve, known in human anatomy as the lesser

wings of the sphenoid bone.
Or'gan (Gr. organon, an instrument). — A structure in a plant

or animal which is appointed to perform some definite

duty, which duty is termed its function.
Organ'ic (Gr. organon, an instrument). — Possessed of organs.

AppHed to those substances which are or have been living.
Or'ganism (Gr. orga7ion, an instrument). — Any living thing,

plant or animal.
Orga'non adamanti'nae (L. enamel organ). — A term applied to

the enamel germ of teeth.
O'rigin (L. ongo, beginning, source). — Applied to that end of a

muscle which is fixed during contraction, the other end of

the muscle being termed its insertion.
Omitliodel'phia (Gr. ornis, ornithos^ a bird ; delphus, womb).

- -The lowest division of the Mammalia, which therefore

approaches nearest to the Sauropsida.
Ornithop'teroiis (Gr. ornis, ornithos, a bird; pteron, a wing). —

A genus of the Pterosauria.
Ornithoscelida (Gr. omis, ornithos, a bird ; skelis, skelidos, the

haunch). A group of extinct Reptilia, intermediate in

structure, (especially with regard to the pelvis,) between

reptiles and birds.
Or'thidae (Gr. orthios, straight, upright). — A family of extinct

Brachiopoda.
Orthog'nathous (Gr. orthos, upright ; gnathos, a jaw). — A term

applied to those skulls in which the craniofacial angle is

small.
Orthop'tera (Gr. orthos, upright ; pteron, a wing). — A division

of the Insecta embracing the termites, cockroaches, grass-
hoppers, crickets, day-flies, dragon-flies, and earwigs.
Os articula're (L. articular bone). — A bone in the mandible of

some Vertebrata.
Os cal'cis (L. the heel-bone). — Another name for the calcaneum

or heel-bone.

GLOSSARY. 95

Os clo'acae (L. bone of the cloaca). — A bone which in some

Lacertilia supports the front wall of the cloaca.
Os cox'ae (L. hip-bone). — Another name for the innominate bone

of the pelvis.
Os en ceinture (Fr. girdle bone). — A peculiar cartilage bone

found in the skull of the frog.
Os innomina'tiini (L. nameless bone). — The large bone of the

pelvis in the higher Vertebrata, which is formed by the

coalescence of the ischium, ilium, and pubis.
Os lin'guae (L. bone of the tongue). — Another name for the

hyoid bone.
Os mag'nuiii (L. large bone). — One of the bones of the carpus,

also termed capitatum.
Os odontoide'um (L. tooth-shaped bone).-^The peg-like bone

on which the head rotates, and which may be either a sepa-
rate bone, or, as in the higher Vertebrata, may become

ankylosed with the second vertebra.
Os orbi'culare or lenti'culare (L. orbicular or lentil-shaped

bone). — The name formerly given to the tubercule of the

incus which articulates with the stapes of the tympanum

of the ear, and which is now regarded as part of the incus.
Os pla'nuni (L. flat bone). — Another name for the orbital plate

of the ethmoid bone.
Os pu'bis (L. pubic bone). —A bone of the pelvis which forms

in the higher Vertebrata the anterior and inferior segment

of each os i^inominatmn.
Os tin'cge (L. tench's mouth). — The mouth of the uterus by

which it opens into the vagina.
Os u'teri exter'num (L. exterior mouth of the womb). — The

aperture by which the uterus communicates with the vagina.
Os u'teri mter'num (L. interior mouth of the womb). — A name

sometimes applied to the constriction between the neck

and body of the uterus.
Os'cula (L. little mouths).— The exhalent apertures of sponges.
Osni5'sis (Gr. othed^ I push). — The diffusion of fluids through

membranes.
Os'sa suprasterna'lia (L. the bones above the sternum).— Two

small nodules of bone sometimes found in connexion with

the sternum.
Os'sa trique'tra (L. triangular bones). — Small pieces of bone

sometimes found between the cranial bones.
Os'sa Wor'mii (L. Wormian bones). — Another name for the ossa

triquetra, also termed ossa suturarum (bones of the sutures).

"96 GLOSSARY.

Os'seous (L. OS, a bone). — Bony.

Ossi'cula (L. diminutive of os, a bone). — Certain small cal-
careous bone-like structures in the skeleton of the Echino-

dermata.
Ossi'cula audi'tus (L. little hearing bones). — The name of the

small chain of bones in the tympanum of the ear.
Ossifica'tion (L. os, a hone; faa'o, I make). — The process by

which inorganic material is deposited in cartilage or mem-
brane, thereby converting them into bone.
Os'teoblast (Gr. osteo?i, a bone; blastos, a germ). — A term

applied to the so-called bone corpuscles or bone cells
, which probably excrete the osteogen.
Os'teoclast (Gr. osteon, a bone ; klao, I break). — A term applied

to the large nucleated cells which excavate pits in bony

tissue in the process of absorption of bone.
Osteo den' tine (Gr. osteon, a bone ; L. dens, de?itis, a tooth). — A

hard substance deposited in the inner surface of the dentine

of teeth.
Os'teogen (Gr. osteon, a bone; gen?iao, I produce). — A term

applied to the soft tissue which in the formation of bone

becomes ossified.
Osteo'logy (Gr. osteon, a bone; logos, a discourse). — The branch

of Anatomy which treats specially of the structure and

arrangement of the bony framework of vertebrated

animals.
Os'tium (L. the door of a house, entrance). — Applied to certain

small openings, as the ostium or opening of the Fallopian

tube into the uterus.
Ostraco'da (Gr. ostrakon, a shell). — A group of the Crustacea

possessing hard shells.
Ota'ridae (Gr. ous, otos, the ear), — A group of the Pinnipedia

comprising the eared seals.
O'tic (Gr. ous, otos, the ear). — Relating to the ear. The name

of one of the cerebral ganglia which lies close to the

Eustachian tube of the ear.
Otoco'nia (Gr. ous, otos, the ear). — Small calcareous particles

found in the fluid of the labyrinth of the ear.
O'toliths (Gr. ous, otos, the ear ; iithos, a stone). — Frequently

used in the same sense as otoconia, but more especially

employed to denote the larger calcareous bodies found in

the ears of fishes and other animals.
Ova'rioles (L. ovmn, an egg). — The tubes of which the ovaries

of some Insecta are composed.

GLOSSARY. 97

O'vary (L. ovum^ an egg). — A gland which in animals secretes
the ova. In a plant, the part of the pistil which contains
the ovules.

O'vicells (L. ovuMy an egg). — Dilatations of the body-wall in
the Polyzoa, in which the ova sometimes undergo the first
stages of their development.

O'vicyst (L. ovum, an egg ; Gr. kustis, a bladder) — The pouch
in which incubation takes place in some Ascidioida.

O'viduct (L. ovum, an egg; duco, I lead). — The tube which
leads from the ovary to the exterior, or from the ovary to
the uterus.

Ovi'gerous frae'niim (L. ovum, an egg ; gero, I bear ; jrcenum, a
bridle). — A triangular process projecting from the inner
wall on each side of the rudimentary abdomen in the
Cirripedia.

Ovi'parous (L. ovum, an egg; pario, I bring forth). — Applied
to those animals which reproduce their kind by laying
eggs, which are wholly developed into the young animal
outside the body of the parent.

Ovipo'sitor (L. ovum, an egg ; positor, one who founds, lays). —
The tube along which the ova of insects pass while being
deposited.

Ovotes'tis (L. ovum, an egg ; testis, a testicle). — A gland which
in some Invertebrata secretes both male and female re-
productive elements.

Ovovivi'parous (L. ovum, an egg ; vivo, I live ; pario, I bring
forth). — Applied to those animals in which the develop-
ment of the young is completed within the body of the
parent, but quite unconnected with it.

O'vnla NabotM (L. ovulum, a little egg). — Small yellowish
follicles in the mucous membrane of the uterus.

O'vule (L. ovulum, a little egg). — The young seed in the ovary
of a plant.

O'vum (L. an egg). — The minute germ-cell from which, after
impregnation, the young of animals are developed.

Oxida'tion. — The chemical union of substances with oxygen.

Ox'ygen (Gr. oxus, sharp, acid ; gennao, I produce). — A
gaseous non-metaliic element, existing largely in air and
water, and a supporter of life and combustion ; so named
because its presence was at one time erroneously supposed
to be necessary for the production of an acid.

Ox'ygenate. — To charge with oxygen.

98 GLOSSARY.

Pachycar'dia (Gr. pachus^ thick, large ; kardia, the heart). — A
primary group of the Vertebrata proposed by Haeckel to
comprise all the vertebrated animals but Amphioxus.

Palse angula'res (L. pala, a spade ; ajiguldris, having corners,
angular). — A name given to a number of short plates
forming part of the mouth apparatus in the Ophiuridea.

Palatine (L. palatum^ the pallet). — The name of a pair of
bones in the skull, also of certain holes {foramina) in those
bones ; also of certain arteries and veins supplying that
region ; also of one of the three main branches of the fifth
pair of cerebral nerves (Trigeminal).

Pa'lato-glos'sus (Gr. glossa, the tongue). — A muscle passing
from the soft palate to the tongue.

Palato-pharynge'us (Gr. pharunx, the throat). — A muscle
passing from the soft palate to the back of the pharynx.

Pal'lium (L. a cloak, mantle). — The covering which in the
Mollusca covers the exterior of the body, and, where a
shell is present, lines the shell.

Parmse plica'ta (L. palf?ia, the palm of the hand ; plkdta,
folded). — A term applied to the appearance of the mucous
lining of the vagina, caused by the two longitudinal ridges
and their radiating folds.

Palma'ria (L. pahndris^ a handbreadth or palm in length). —
The bifurcations of the brachialia in the Crinoidea.

Palma'ris lon'a^us (L. long [muscle] of the palm). — A muscle
proceeding from the inner condyle of the humerus to the
palm of the hand.

Palmipe'des (L. palma, the palm of the hand ; pes, pedis, a
foot). — According to the old system of classification, an
order of birds which comprised the gulls, penguins, goose-
like birds, and the cormorants.

Palmitin (L. palma^ the palm tree). — A neutral fat obtained
from palm oil.

Pal'piger (L. palpo, I touch). — A small piece articulated on
each outer edge of the labium in some Insecta.

Pal'pus (L. palpo, I touch). — An organ of touch connected
with the mouth apparatus of the Arthropoda.

Pa'luli (L. diminutive of pdlus, a stake). — A name given to
certain small pillar-like bodies found between the columella
and the septa in the Actinozoa.

GLOSSARY. 99

Pan'creas {Gv. pan, all ; kreas, flesh). — A gland connected with
the small intestine, which secretes a fluid which is em-
ployed in the process of digestion.

Panni'culus adipo'sus (L. pannindus, a little rag; ddeps,
ddtpis, full of fat). — A name given to the areolar tissue
of the true skin, because it contains lobules of fat in its
meshes.

Pannfculus carno'sus (L. panniculus, a little rag ; camosus^
fleshy). — A group of muscles underlying the skin, which
are largely developed in most mammals.

Panois'tic (Gr. pan, all ; don, an egg). — A term applied to those
ovaries of insects which secrete only ova, in contradis-
tinction to those which secrete vitelligenous cells in addition
to ova.

Papilla (L. a nipple). — Applied generally to any minute nipple-
like body, and specially to the conical elevations of the
skin and mucous membranes employed in the perception
of touch and taste.

Papilla folia'ta (L. papilla, a nipple ; folidius, leafy). — An
oval laminated structure found on each side of the base of
the tongue in some animals.

Papilla lachrymalis (L. lachrymal papilla). — A small elevation
on the margin of each eyelid, which opens into the lachry-
mal canal.

Papyra'ceous (L. made of the papyrus). — Having a paper-like
texture.

Par va'guin (L. wandering pair). — A name given to the
pneumogastric nerve on account of its wide distribution.

Parabasalia (Gr. para, by, near ; basis, a base, foundation). —
The name given to the five pieces of the calyx which
articulate with the basalia in some Echinodermata.

Paradi'dymus (Gr. para, near ; didumos, a testicle). — A struc-
ture developed in the male from the Wolffian body ; termed
also the organ of Giraldes.

Paraglo'bulin (Gr. para, near; globulin). — Another name for
fibrino-plastin, a substance closely allied to globulin.

Para^los'sa {Qx. para, beside ; glossa, the tongue). — The outer
terminal piece of the labium in some of the Insecta.

Parapep'tone {Gr. para, near; peptone). — A proteid substance
closely allied to peptone.

Paraphrag'mal (Gr. pa?'a, beside; phragma, a partition). —
Applied to the outer division of each endosternite in some
Cnistacea.

H 2

I OO GLOSSARY.

Paraple'gia (Gr. a numbing of parts). — Paralysis in which
either the upper or lower half of the body is affected.

Parapo'dia (Gr. para, beside; pous, podos, a foot). — Rudimen-
tary limbs developed in the higher Polychaeta by each
segment of the body.

Parapo'physis (Gr. para, beside; apophuo, I sprout).— The
name given to the inferior transverse process of a vertebra,
when two are present on each side of the centrum.

Parasphe'noid {Gv.para, beside; sphen, a wedge ; eidos, shape).
— A bone which in some Vertebrata underlies the base of
the skull from the basi-occipital to the presphenoidal
region.

Paraxial muscles (Gr. para, near, beside). — That portion of
the muscles of the trunk which lies near the axis of the
body.

Paren'chyma (Gr. para, together ; encheo, to pour in). — The
cellular tissue of plants ; also applied to the general cellu-
lar substance of glands.

Pari'es (L. a wall). — The free triangular middle portion of each
piece of the shell in the Cirripedia.

Pari'etal (J^. paries, panetis, 2i\J2i\\). — A name given to a pair of
bones which form the middle part of the roof of the skull ;
also applied to those layers of the serous membranes which
line the walls of the cavities in which they are placed.

Pari'eto-mas'toid su'ture. — The articulation of the parietal bone
of the skull with the mastoid portion of the temporal
bone.

Pari'eto-splan'clinic (L. paries, a wall ; Gr. splanchna, the in-
ternal organs). — A name given to a nerve ganglion, which
in some Mollusca supplies nerve fibres to the mantle, gills,
and internal organs.

Paro'tid (Gr. para, beside ; ous, otos, the ear). — The name
given to a pair of salivary glands, situated one beside each
ear.

Parova'riimi (Gr. para, near ; L. ovarium, ovary). — A group of
tubules lying between the Fallopian tube and the ovary.

Pars cilia'ris re'tinae (L. ciliary part of the retina). — A thin
layer of cells continued from the ora serrata of the retina
to the ciliary processes.

Parthenoge'nesis (Gr. parthenos, a virgin; genesis, birth). —
Reproduction by means of an unimpregnated germ.

Parturi'tion (L. partimo, I bring forth, bear). — The process of
bringing forth young ; birth.

GLOSSARY. 10 1

Pas'seres (L. passer, passeris, a sparrow). — According to the old
system of classification, an order of birds which included
the crows, swifts, woodpeckers, and cuckoos.

Pata'gium (L. a border or band on a woman's dress). — An
expansion of the integument which, in the Insectivora,
unites the fore limbs to the body, and extends as a web
between the digits. Also a fold of the integument which
in birds extends between the antebrachium, brachium, and
the trunk

Patella (L. a dish or plate).— The knee-pan.

Patel'lidse (L. patella, a dish or plate). — The limpets, a family
of the Prosobranchiata.

Pathe'ticus. — The name sometimes given to the fourth pair of
cerebral nerves.

Pec'ten (L. a comb). — A vascular membrane, which in Lacer-
tilia, Crocodilia, Aves, and many fishes, projects from the
outer side of the globe of the eye into the vitreous humour.

Pec'tines (L. combs). — The comb-like appendages of the
second somite in the Arthrogastra.

Pecti'neus {L. pecte7i,pectmis, a comb). — A muscle passing from
the pubis to the femur.

Pec'toral (L. pectus, the chest). — Belonging to the region of
the chest, as the pectoral arch, or the pectoral fins of fishes,
which are those attached to the pectoral arch.

Pectora'lis ma'jor (L. major pectoral). — One of the ventral mus-
cles of the trunk passing from the sternum and ribs to the
humerus.

Pectora'lis mi'nor (L. minor pectoral). — A muscle passing from
the ribs to the coracoid bone or process.

Pectostra'ca (L. pectus, the breast ; Gr. ostrdcon, a shell). — A
group of the Crustacea having bivalve shells.

Pe'dal (L. pes, pedis, a foot). — A term applied to certain nerve
ganglia in the Mollusca, which supply fibres to the foot.

Pe'dicel(L. pediculus, a little foot). — The basal part of the horn
in the Ruminantia ; also the ambulacral feet in the Holo-
thuridea.

Pedicella'ria (L. pedicellus, a louse). — Small pincer-like bodies
attached to the spines of the Asteridea, and which during
life are always twisting about and snapping.

Pe'dicle (L. pediculus, 2l\\\.\\q^ foot). — The lower portion of each
side of the neural arch of a vertebra.

Pediculi'na (L. pediculus, a louse). — A group of insects com-
monly known as lice.

102 GLOSSARY.

Pe'diform (L. pes, pedis, a foot ; forpiis, shape). — Foot-like.

Pedipal'pi (L. /<?^, /<?^/5-, a ioo\.\ palpo, I touch). — The name
given to the large chelate limbs in the Arthrogastra.

Pedun'cle (L. pediculus, diminutive oipes, a stalk). — A stalk or
stem. Applied to the muscular stalk by which the Bra-
chiopoda are attached ; the stem by which the barnacle
connects itself with wood or other objects.

Pelargomor'phse (Gr. pelargos, a stork ; morphe, form). — The
storks, a group of birds.

Pel'vis (L. a basin). — The cavity formed by the bony arch, or
pelvic girdle, which gives attachment to the posterior limbs
of vertebrated animals.

Penicil'lium (L. pemcillum, a painter's brush).— A kind of
fungus popularly known as "green mould," so named from
the brush-like appearance of its aerial hyphae.

Pe'nis (Latin). — The male copulatory organ.

Pen'naB (L. penna, a feather). — The contour feathers of birds.

Pennoplu'mae (L, penna, a feather; plu77ia, down). — A term
applied to the small feathers or " down " of birds, also
termed pluinulce.

Pentasto'mida (Gr. pente, five ; stoma^ stomatos, a. mouth, open-
ing).— A group of parasitic Arthropoda.

Pentodac'tyle (Gr. pe?Ue, five ; daktulos, a finger). — Having five
digits.

Pep'sin (Gr. pesso or pepto, I cook, digest). — The nitrogenous
essential principle of the gastric juice.

Pep'tic (Gr. pesso or pepto, I cook, digest). — The name
sometimes given to the glands of the stomach which
secrete the gastric juice, more commonly termed gastric
glands.

Pep'tone (Gr. pesso ox pepto, I cook, digest). — The term applied
to a nitrogenous substance after it has been rendered fit
for absorption by the action of the gastric juice.

Perennibran'chiate (L. perennis, lasting, durable ; Gr. branchia,
a gill). — Possessing durable gills. Applied to those Am-
phibia in which the gills persist throughout Hfe.

Pericar'dium (Gr. peri, around; kardia, the heart). — The
serous sac in which the heart is enclosed. In the Crustacea,
&c., the chamber which contains the heart.

Perichon'drium (Gr. peri, around ; cho7idros, gristle). — The
sheath of connective tissue which covers the cartilages.

Pericra'nium (Gr. peri, around ; kranion, the skull). — The
region around the skull.

GLOSSARY. lOJ

Perien'teron (Gr. peri^ around ; enteron, the intestine). — The
primitive perivisceral cavity.

Perilymph (Gr. peri, around; L. lympha, water). — The fluid
which surrounds the membranous labyrinth of the ear.

Perimy'sium (Gr. peri, around ; mus, a muscle). — The sheath
of connective tissue which invests a voluntary muscle.

Perinae'imi (Gr. peri, around ; naio, I am situated). — The par-
tition between the opening of the intestine and the gene-
rative organs.

Perineu'rium (Gr. peri, around ; neuron, a nerve). — A term
suggested by some anatomists for use, (instead of neuri-
■ lemma,) to signify the sheath which surrounds an entire
nerve.

Perios'teum (Gr. peri, around; osteon, a bone). — The sheath
of connective tissue which invests the bones.

Perio'tic cap'sule (Gr. peri, around ; ous, otos, the ear). — The
portion of the skull which encloses and surrounds the
ear ; in Human Anatomy represented by the petrous and
mastoid portions of the temporal bone.

Peripati'dea (Gr. peripateo, I walk round or about). — A group
of the Arthropoda formerly classed with the Annelida.

Peripe'talous (Gr. pei-i, around; petalon, a leaf). — A term
applied to those semitse which surround the outer extre-
mities of the petaloid ambulacra.

Peripharynge'al band (Gr. peri, around ; pharunx, the throat).
— A narrow band of cilia which surrounds the pharynx in
some Ascidioida,

Peri'phery (Gr. peri, around; phero, I bear). — The circum-
ference. The surrounding parts as contrasted with the
centre. The terminations of nerve fibres in the organs
which they supply are termed peripheral, as compared
with their central terminations in the brain or spinal cord.

Pe'riproct {Gr. peri, around; proktos, the seat or anus). — The
space round the anus.

Pe'risarc (Gr. peri, around ; sarx, sarkos, flesh, body). — A
hard chitinous cuticle which in some Hydrophora sur-
rounds the body.

Perissodac'tyla (Gr. perissos, overmuch ; dakfulos, a finger or
toe). — A division of the Ungulata, the members of which
have an odd number of toes on the hind foot.

Peristal'tic (Gr. peri, around ; stello, I dispose).— The name
given to the peculiar worm-like wave motion produced in
the intestines and similar bodies by the contraction of Lhe

X04 GLOSSARY.

muscular fibres of their walls, and by which their contents

are urged onwards.
Peristeromor'phsB (Gr. peristera, a pigeon ; morphe^ form). —

The pigeons, a group of carinate birds.
Pe'ristome (Gr. pe^-i, around ; stoma, a mouth). — The rim

which surrounds the opening of the gullet in the Vorti-

cellae. In the Crustacea, the space between the pterygo-

stomial plates and the antennary sternum.
Peristo'mium (Gr. peri, around ; stoma, a mouth). — The somite

of the body which contains the mouth.
Peritone'al sac (Gr. peri, around; teino, I stretch). — The

portion of the vaso-peritoneal vesicle which in the Holo-

thuridea is developed into the peritoneum.
Peritone'uin | (Gr. peri, around ; tei?io, I stretch). — The serous
Perito'neimi ) membrane which lines the abdominal cavity,

and invests its viscera.
Peritri'cha (Gr. peri, around; thrix, truhos, hair). — A group

of the cihated Infusoria, in which the cilia form a belt

round the body.
Peronae'us bre'vis (Gr. perone, the fibula ; L. brevis, short). —

One of the ventral muscles of the fifth digit of the pes.
Peronae'us ter'tius (Gr. perone, fibula; L. tertius, third). — A

muscle passing from the dorsal face of the fibula to the

fifth metatarsal of the foot in man.
Perene'o-calca'neus inter'nus (Gr. perofte, the fibula ; L. calx,

the heel; internus, \nX.Qxn2i\). — A small occasional muscle

arising from the fibula, and inserted into the calcaneum.
Perone'al (Gr. pero?ie, the fibula). — A term sometimes appfied

to the fibula ; therefore also the name given to the arteries,

veins, and nerves supplying this region of the leg.
Perospondy'lia (Gr. spondutos, a vertebra). — Applied to those

Reptilia which have dorsal vertebrae with double tubercles

in lieu of transverse processes.
Pes (L. foot). — The terminal portion of the hind limb which

in man forms the foot. It includes the tarsus, metatarsus,

and digits.
Pes aceesso'rius (L. pes, a foot ; accessw, an addition, increase).

— A smooth eminence in the posterior cornu of each

lateral ventricle of the brain.
Pes hippocam'pi (L. pes, foot; Gr. hippos, a horse; kampto,

I bend). — Another name for the hippocampus major of

the brain— which see.
Pe'tal (Gr. petalon, a leaf). — A leaf of the corolla of a flower.

GLOSSARY. 105

Pe'taloid {Gr.petalon, a leaf; ^/^(?j-, shape). — A term applied
to the ambulacrum of the Echinidea, when it has the ap-
pearance of five petals diverging from the apex.

Pe'tiole (h.petiolus, a stalk). — The leafstalk of a plant.

Petrohy'oid muscle. — A muscle which in the frog passes ftom
the hyoid bone to the occipital region of the skull.

Petro'sal (Gr. petros, a stone). — Applied to two sinuses of the
dura mater which run along the petrous portion of the
temporal bone ; also to branches of the superior maxillary
nerve.

Pg'trous {Gr. petros, a stone). — Hard, stony; applied on account
of its hardness to the basal part of the temporal bone
in which the ear is lodged.

Pe'trous gan'glion (Gr. petros^ a stone). — A ganglion connected
with the glossopharyngeal nerve, and lodged in a hollow in
the petrous part of the temporal bone.

Peyer's glands. — Small ductless glands found in the small intes-
tine, so named from the anatomist who first described them.

Phalan'ges (Gr. phala?ix., a line of soldiers). — The name given
to the bones of the digits, because arranged in rows.
(Singular phalanx^

Phaneroga'mia (Gr. phaneros^ visible; gdi?ios, marriage). — A
division of plants which includes the exogens and endogens,
commonly termed flowering plants.

Pharyngobran'chii (Gr. pharuiix, the throat ;. branchia, a gill).
— An order of fishes containing only Amphioxus, the gills
of which consist of a series of clefts in the pharynx.

Pharyngogna'thi (Gr. pharimx, the throat ; gnathos, a jaw). —
A group of Teleostean fishes.

Pharyngo/neu'sta (Gr. pharunx, the throat : pneuso^ I breathe).
— A division of the Invertebrata comprising the Tunicata
and the Enteropneusta, in which the respiratory apparatus
consists of a series of branchial clefts in the pharynx.

Pha'rynx [Gi. pharunx, the throat).— The region of the throat
behind the nose, mouth, and larynx, and above the
oesophagus.

Pho'cidsB {Gx.phoke^ a seal). — A group of the Pinnipedia which
comprises the ordinary seals.

Phocodon'tia (Gr. phdke, a seal; odous, odontos, a tooth). — A
group of extinct Cetacea having molar teeth resembling
those of the seals.

Phos'phene {Gr. phds, light; phainomai^ I appear).— An appear-
ance of light produced by pressure on the eyeball.

Io6 GLOSSARY.

Phrag'macone {Gr. phragjfta, a partition ; konos, a cone). — The

conical part of the internal shell of a belemnite, which is

divided into chambers by partitions.
Phre'nic (Gr. phren, the diaphragm). — Relating to the dia-
phragm, as the phrenic nerve, which is supplied by the

spinal cord to the diaphragm.
Phylactolae'mata {Gx.phulakieous, guarded; laimos, the throat).

— The division of the Polyzoa, the members of which

possess an epistoma and a horseshoe-shaped lophophore.
Phylo'geny (Gr. phulon, tribe, species; genos^ lineage). — A

branch of Biology which attempts to gather the ancestral

history of an animal from its development.
Physema'ria (Gr. phusema, a bubble ; L. mare, the sea). — A

group of low marine Metazoa.
Physiology (Gr. phusis, nature ; logosy a discourse). — The

science which treats of the various operations which take

place in living beings, and which constitute life.
PhysS'poda (Gr. phusa, wind ; pons, podos, a foot). — A group of

small winged insects which live mostly in plants.
Physo'tomi (Gr. phusiao, I inflate). — A group of Teleostean

fishes in which an air-bladder is nearly always present.
PhytS'phaga {Gr. phuton, a plant; phago, I eat). — A division

of the Edentata which comprises all the vegetable-feeding

forms.
Pi'a ma'ter (L. tender mother). — The delicate, highly vascular

membrane which forms the innermost of the three cover-
ings of the brain and spinal cord.
Pili'dmm (Gr. pllidion, a small felt hat). — A helmet-shaped

body in which the larva of the Nemertidse is developed,

and which is subsequently cast off.
Pine'al gland (L. plnea, a pine). — A glandular body connected

with the roof of the third ventricle of the brain, the

function of which is at present unknown.
Pin'na (L. a fin or pinion). — The expanded portion of the

external ear ; also the primary divisions of a fern frond.
Piimipe'dia (L. pinna, a fin ; pes, pedis, a foot). — A division of

the Camivora which comprises the seals and walruses.
Pin'nule (L. pinnula, a little feather). — The small lobes or

leaflets of the frond of a fern, or of the leaf of any other

plant similarly divided. Also each radiating process of

the arms of a Crinoid.
Pis'ces (L. piscis, a fish). — The class of the Vertebrata which

includes the fishes.

GLOSSARY. 107

Pi'sifonn {"L. pisum, a ^^to. ; forma, shape). — A small bone on
the ulnar side of the carpus in the Mammalia, which is
developed in the tendon of the flexor muscle of that side.

Pis'til (L. ptstiilmn, a pestle). — The central, female organ of a
flower composed of one or more carpels.

Pithe'cus {Gx. ptthekos, an ape). — A genus of the Anthropo-
morpha.

Pitu'itary body (L. pltulta, phlegm). — A small body on the
floor of the skull, and connected with the third ventricle
of the brain by the infundibulum.

Placen'ta (L. a cake). — The structure, commonly known as the
" after-birth," formed in some mammals from the choriou
of the foetus and the decidua of the uterus, and which is
cast off in parturition.

Placoder'mi (Gr. plax, a plate ; derma, skin). — A sub-order of
Ganoid fishes.

Pla'coid (Gr. plax, a plate ; eidos, form). — Applied to such
scales as those of sharks and rays, which consist of
irregular bony plates, sometimes armed with spines.

Plagios'tomi {Gr.plagios, sideways; stoma, stoviatos, an opening).
— A group of Elasmobranch fishes which embraces the
sharks and rays, so named because in the sharks the gill-
clefts are on the sides of the body.

Plana'rida (Gr. plajie, wandering). — A group of Turbellaria.

Pla'niform (L. planum, a level place ; forma, shape). — Applied
to a joint having nearly flat surfaces ; also termed an
arthr'odia.

Plan'tar (L. plantdris, of or relating to the sole of the foot). —
Applied to that surface of the foot which corresponds to
the palm of the hand.

Planta'ris (L. relating to the sole of the foot). — A muscle
passing from the femur to the calcaneum.

Plan'tigrade (L. plania, the sole of the foot ; grddus, a step). —
■ Walking upon the soles of the feet.

Pla'miiii tempora'le (L. temporal plane). — A flat surface in the
skull, forming part of the temporal fossa.

Plas'ma (Gr. plasma, a thing modelled). — Applied to material
from which organic structures are formed, and in which
they float, as the plasma of blood.

Plas'mine {Gx. plasma, a thing modelled). — A coagulable sub-
stance closely allied to fibrin, obtained from blood plasma.

Plas'tron (Gr. plastos, formed, moulded). — The ventral exo-
skeleton of the Chelonia.

108 GLOSSARY.

Platjrno'ta (Gr. plattmotos, broad-backed). — A group of the

Lacertilia.
Platyrrhi'ni (Gr, pldtus^ broad ; rhis^ rhinos, the nose). — A

family of the Simiadae having remarkably wide and flat

noses.
Platys'ma myoi'des (Gr. platusma, a plate ; mus^ a muscle ;

eidos, shape). — A thin flat muscle of the neck.
Plecto'gnatM (Gr. plektos, plaited, twisted ; gnathos, a jaw). —

A group of Teleostean fishes which have the premaxillae, and

usually the hyomandibular, immovably united with the skull,
Plesiosau'ria (Gr. plesios, near ; saurios, a lizard). — A group of

extinct Reptilia.
Pleu'ra {Gx. plmra, a rib). — The serous membrane which lines

the thorax and envelopes the lungs.
Pleu'ra costa'lis (L. casta, a rib). — The layer of the pleura

which lines the thorax.
Pleu'ra pulmona'lis {l^. pulmo, pulmonis, a lung). — The layer of

the pleura which invests the lungs.
Pleu'ral facet'. — The smooth surface on the anterior surface of

the pleuron of each somite in the Crustacea.
Pleu'rodont (Gr. pleuron, a side; odous, odonlos, a. tooth). —

Applied to the dentition of the Lacertilia, when the teeth

are ankylosed by their sides to the parapet of the jaw.
Pleuronec'tidae (Gr. pleuron, a side ; nektos, swimming). — The

flat fishes ; so called because they swim on their side.
Pleuroperitone'al (Gr. pleuron, a side ; peri, around ; teino, I

stretch). — The general cavity of the trunk when undivided

by a diaphragm.
Pleurospondy'lia (Gr. pleuron, a rib; spondulos, a vertebra). —

Applied to the Reptilia in which the ribs are not movable

upon the vertebrae.
Pleuros'teon (Gr. pleuron, a side ; osteon, a bone). — The antero-
lateral piece of the sternum in birds.
Plex'us (L. plexus, woven together). — The name given to the

interlacing networks of nerves or nerve-fibres found in

different parts of the body.
Pli'ca guberna'trix (L. governing or guiding fold). — An elevated

fold which projects into the peritoneal pouch of the foetus

previous to the descent of the testis.
Pli'ca semiluna'ris (L. semilunar fold).— A vertical fold of the

conjunctiva in the inner angle of the human eye.
Pli'cse semiluna'res (L. semilunar folds). — Two folds of the peri-
toneum, behind the bladder.

GLOSSARY. 109

Plu'miilaB (L. little feathers). — The fine feathers or down of

birds.
Plu'mnle (L. plumula, a little feather). — The first bud of the

embryo plant.
Pneumatic (Gr. pneuma, pneumatos^ air). — Containing air, as

some bones of birds and other animals do.
Pneuma'tophore (Gr. pneuma^ pneumatos, air ; phbreo, I bear).

— A kind of float formed in some Hydrozoa by a sac

containing air, which is developed from one extremity of

the hydrosoma.
Pneumogas'tric ") (Gr. pneumon^ the lungs ; gaster, the sto-
Pneiunogas'trici ) mach). — A term applied to the tenth pair

of cerebral nerves, because distributed, amongst other parts,

to the lungs and stomach.
Pneumo'nia (Gr. pneumdn^ the lungs). — Inflammation of the

lungs.
Pd'dlcal (L. podex^ podicis, the fundament). — Applied to two

triangular plates, one situated on each side of the anus, in

some Insecta.
Podophthal'mia (Gr. pons, pddos, a foot ; ophthalmos, an eye). —

A division of the Crustacea in whic^i the eyes are supported

on long foot-stalks.
Podophthal'mite (Gr. pous, pddos, a foot ; ophthalmos, an eye).

— The terminal joint of the eye-stalk in the Podophthalmia.
Podu'ridSB (Gr. pous, pddos, a foot ; oura, a tail). — A group of

insects in which the tail is used as a locomotive organ.
Pd'lian ve'sicles. — Caecal prolongations given off by the circular

ambulacral vessel in the Holothuridea.
Pollen (L. fine flour). — The fine powdery matter contained

within the anther, and which is necessary for the fertiliza-
tion of the ovules.
Pollen tube. — A long process from a pollen grain which ex-
tends itself down through the style till it reaches an ovule.
Pollex (L. thumb). — The first digit of the manus, which in

man is commonly termed the thumb.
Polyclise'ta (Gr. pdlus, many; chaite, long flowing hair). — A

group of the Annelida having the segments of the body

usually abundantly supplied with strong setae.
Polycis'tina (Gr. pdlus, many ; kustts, a bladder). — A group of

Protozoa with minute perforated shells.
Polygas'trica (Gr. polus, many ; gaster, a stomach). — The name

given by Ehrenberg to the Infusoria.
Polyhe'dral {Or. polus, many; hedra, a seat). — Many-sided.

no GLOSSARY.

PSlypary (Gr. pUus, many). — The chitinous covering of the

compound Hydrozoa.
PSlypide (Gr. pUupous, many-footed). — One of the zooids in

the Polyzoa.
Po'lypite (Gr. pdlupous^ many-footed). — One of the zooids in

the Hydrozoa.
Polyplaco'phora (Gr. pdlus, many ; plakous, a flat cake ; phoreo,

I bear). — A group of the Mollusca comprising the chitons.
Polyzo'a {Gr. polus, many; zobn, an animal). — A group of the

Invertebrata, classed by Huxley with the Brachiopoda, under

the name of Malacoscolices.
Polyzoa'rium (Gr. polus, many ; zoon, an animal). — The com-
pound organism of the Polyzoa.
Pons he'patis (L. bridge of the liver). — A process of the left lobe

which sometimes extends across the umbilical fissure of

the liver.
Pons Varolii (L. bridge of Varolus). — The mass of fibrous

and vesicular nerve tissue which, crossing the ventral

surface of the medulla oblongata, connects the hemispheres

of the cerebellum.
Poplitae'us {L.. poples,p(^l/tis, the inner part of the knee). — An

oblique muscle passing from the post-axial condyle of the

femur to the tibia.
Poplite'al (L. poples, poplitis, the inner part of the knee, the

ham). — The name given to the arteries, vems, nerves, and

lymphatics of the region at the back of the knee.
Po're a'reaB. — A term applied to the pores of the Echinidea,

when scattered indiscriminately over the ambulacral

plates.
PS're fas'ciae. — A term applied to the pores of the Echinidea,

when they are arranged in bands ramifying over the

ambulacral and inter-ambulacral plates.
Pori'fera (L. pbrus, a passage; fero, I bear). — A group of the

Invertebrata which comprises the sponges.
Por'tio dn'ra (L. hard portion). — A name applied to the facial

nerve by those anatomists who consider it and the auditory

nerve as branches of the seventh pair of cerebral nerves,

and not as, according to the most usual practice, distinct

nerves {seventh and eighth).
Por'tio mol'lis (L. soft portion). — The name given to the auditory

nerve by those anatomists who reckon it as a branch of

the seventh pair of cerebral nerves, instead of considering

it as a distinct pair {eighth).

GLOSSARY. 1 1 1

Po'rus op'ticus (L. optic pore). — The place where the optic nerve

enters the eye, and which is usually termed the " blind

spot."
Post'axial. — A term applied to that surface of a limb which,

when the limb is at right angles to the spinal column, is

posterior (towards the tail).
Postclavi'cula (L. post^ after; davicula, the collar-bone). — A

bone sometimes formed in connexion with the pectoral

arch in the Teleostean fishes.
Poste'rior (L. following after). — Towards the tail ; behind. In

Human Anatomy sometimes used in the sense of dorsal.
Post-fron'tal (L. post, after). — A bone occurring in some Ver-

tebrata behind the orbit above the alisphenoid.
Postfur'ca (L. post, after ; furca, a fork). — Processes projecting

from the sternal wall of each thoracic somite into the

thorax in some Insecta.
Posto'ral (L. post^ after; os^ oris, the mouth). — Behind the

mouth.
Postsphe'noid {L. post, after).— A separate ossification of the

posterior part of the sphenoid bone of the skull, seen in

infancy.
Praeco'racoid (L. /r<^, before; cor acoid bone).— KhonQ found

in some Vertebrata on the ventral surface of the pectoral

arch.
Prsemo'lar (L. /r«, before; molar tooth).— The name applied

to those double teeth which are situated anteriorly to the

molar teeth. It is usual in Anatomy to apply the term to

those permanent grinders which replace the milk molars

of the first or temporary dentition.
Praena'sal car'tilages. — The anterior processes of the chondro-

cranium of the frog.
Praed'ral (L. prce, before ; os, oris, the mouth). — In front of

the mouth.
PrsBsto'miuin (L. prce, before ; Gr. stojna, a mouth).— A seg-
ment of the body which precedes the mouth.
Preax'ial. — Applied to that surface of a limb which, when the

limb is at right angles to the spinal column, is anterior

(towards the head).
Predicro'tic (L. prce, before; Gr. dikrotos, striking on both

sides). — Applied to the secondary pulse wave which pre-
cedes the dicrotic secondary wave.
Prefron'tal (L. prcR, before ; frontal bone). — A bone developed

in some Vertebrata anteriorly to the frontal bone of the skull.

I 1 2 GLOSSARY.

Prehen'sile {'L. prehendo, I lay hold oQ. — Adapted for catching
hold of objects, as are the tails of some apes.

Prehen'sion (L. /r^/2^«^^, I lay hold of).— The act of laying
hold of objects.

Premaxil'la (L. prce^ before; 7naxilla, the jaw-bone). — A bone
developed on each side of the middle line between the
nose and the anterior boundary of the mouth ; represented
in Human Anatomy by the incisor part of the superior
maxillary bone.

Pre'puce 7 (L. /r^/z^^/?^/^, the foreskin). — The anterior part

Prepu'tium j of the integument of the penis.

Pres'byopy (Gr. presbus^ old; opsis^ sight). — The condition of
" long sight," so called because this defect of vision is
usually an accompaniment of old age.

Pre'sphenoid (L. prcB, before; sphenoid bone). — A bone deve-
loped in some Vertebrata in front of the sphenoid bone of
the skull ; represented in Human Anatomy by the anterior
part of the body of the sphenoid bone.

Prima'tes (L. primus ^ first). — The highest division of the Ver-
tebrata.

Pri'mine (L. primus, first). — The outer coat of the ovule of a
plant.

Primordial (L. prtmordius, original, first in order). — Original,
first -formed.

Primor'dial u'tricle (L. primordius, original ; utriculus, a little
bag, the bud or envelope of a flower). — The outer layer of
the protoplasm of a cell.

Probosci'dea (Gr. proboskis, proboskidos, a snout, trunk).— A
group of mammals which includes the elephants and other
animals provided with trunks.

Procepha'lic lobes (Gr. pro, in front of, before; kephale, the
head). — Two lobes in the embryo of the Podophthalmia
which subsequently develope into the anterior parts of the
head.

Proce'rebrum {Gr. pro, in front of; L. cerebrum, the brain). —
The fore-brain, comprising the cerebral hemispheres, cor-
pora striata, and olfactory lobes.

Pro'cerite (Gr. pro, before ; keras, a horn). — The last segment
of the antennae in the Crustacea.

Pro'cess (L. processus, a going forward). — A term applied to
any outgrowth or projection of bone or other tissue.

Proces'sus a cerebel'lo ad ce'rebrum (L. process from the
cerebellum to the cerebrum). — A white cord passing on

GLOSSARY. 113

each side from the cerebellum to the corpora quadrigemina

and optic thalami.
Proces'sus a cerebel'lo ad testes (L. process from the cerebellum

to the testes).— A process connecting the cerebellum with

the corpora quadrigemina.
Proces'sus arcifor'mis (L. bow-shaped process). — A set of super-
- ficial white fibres which cross the medulla oblongata below

the olivary bodies.
Proces'sus bre'vis vel obtu'sus (L. short or obtuse process). — A

short process on the malleus (hammer-bone) of the

tympanum of the ear.
Proces'sus cochlearifor'mis (L. spoon-shaped process). — A thin

lamina of bone above the Eustachian canal in the petrous

portion of the temporal bone.
Proces'sus cunea'tus (L. wedge-shaped process). — A term applied

to the anterior (upper) part of the posterior column of the

spinal cord, where it passes into the medulla oblongata.
Proces'sus gra'cilis (L. slender process). — The long process of

the malleus (hammer-bone) of the tympanum of the ear.
Proces'sus lenticula'ris (L. lentil-shaped process). — The tubercle

by which the incus of the tympanum of the ear articulates

with the stapes ; called also os orbiadar^.
Proces'sus vagina'lis peritone'i (L. ensheathing process of the

peritoneum). — A pouch of peritoneum which in foetal life

passes into the scrotum, and receives the testicle in its

descent.
Procce'lus {Gr. pro, hefovQ ;. koiVos, hollow). — A term applied

to those vertebrae which have their centra concave in front.
Proctu'cha (Gr. proktos^ the seat or anus). — A group of the

Turbellaria in which the digestive canal is provided with

an anal aperture.
Procyo'nidse (Gr. pro, before, above ; kuon, a dog). — A division

of the Carnivora.
Produc'tidae (L. produco, I prolong). — A family of extinct

Brachiopoda.
Pro-em'bryo {Gr. pro, previous to; embruon, an embryo). — A

cellular structure produced from the spore of some plants,

and from which the embryo arises.
Profun'da (L. pi-ofimdus, deep). — Applied to certain deep

arteries of the arm, penis, and thigh.
Proglot'tis (Gr. pro, before ; glottis, the opening into the wind-
pipe).—The term applied to the detached segments of the

body in the Cestoidea,

I

IT4 GLOSSARY.

Progna'thous (Gr. pro, forward ; gnathos, a jaw). — A term
applied to those skulls in which the craniofacial angle is
large and the upper jaw protruded.

Proliferate (L. proles, offspring ; fero, I bear). — Applied to a
part of a plant or animal produced from an unusual portion
of the body.

Pro'montory (L. promoniortuM, a mountain peak). — A pro-
jection on the sacrum ; also a rounded elevation in the
tympanum of the ear.

Prona'tion (L. pronus, facing downwards). — The turning of
the hand with the palm downwards.

Prona'tor te'res (L. rounded pronator). — A muscle which passes
from the post-axial condyle of the humerus to the radius,
and which is concerned in pronation.

Prona'tor quadra'tus (L. square or four-sided pronator). — A
muscle which passes from the ulna to the radius, and which
is concerned in the act of pronation.

Prono'tum (Gr. pro, before; notos, the back). — The tergal
portion of the prothorax in the Insecta.

Pro-os'tracum {Gx. pro, before; ostrdkon, a shell). — The for-
ward continuation of the guard in the Belemnites.

Pro-6'tic (Gr. pro^ before, in front of; ous, otos, the ear). — A
bone developed in some Vertebrata in front of the ear.

Pro'podite (Gr. pro, before ; pous, podos, a foot). — The sixth
joint of the typical limb of a Crustacean.

Propo'dium {Ox. pro, before ; pous, podos, a foot). — The anterior-
division of the foot in some Gasteropoda and Pteropoda.

Proptery'gial (Gr. pro, before ; pterux, a wing). — The name
given to the anterior basal cartilage of the fins in the
Elasmobranchii.

Prosence'phalon (Gr. pros, before ; enkephalon, the brain). —
The fore-brain, comprising the cerebral hemispheres and
olfactory processes.

Prosobranchia'ta {Ox. pro, forward ; branchia, a gill). — A group
of the Branchiogasteropoda in which the gills occupy a
forward position.

trosopulmona'ta {Ox. pro, forward ; \^. piilmo,puhnoms, a lung).
— A group of the Pulmonata in which the pulmonary sac
occupies a forward position.

Pro'state (L. pro, before ; status, set). — The name of a gland
set in front of the orifice of the male urinary bladder.

Pro'tagon (Gr. protos, first ; ago, I lead). — A nitrogenous sub-
stance obtained from the brain and other tissues.

GLOSSARY. 1 1 5

Protamoe'ba (Gr. protos, first ; amoibe, change). —A low form of

the Monera, which is constantly changing its form by

sending out and withdrawing pseudopodia.
Pro'teid (Gr. protos, first). — Applied to amorphous nitrogenous

substances, as albumen, globulin, &c.
Protei'dea (Gr. protos, first; eidos, shape). — A group of the

Amphibia.
Pro'tein (Gr. protos, first). — A nitrogenous substance analogous

to fibrin, and erroneously supposed by Mulder to form the

substance from which all albuminoids were derived.
Proteoly'tic (Gr. protos, first ; luo, I loose). — Converting food

material into protein.
Proterogly'pMa (Gr. proteros, before; glupho, I carve). — A

group of snakes having the anterior maxillary teeth

grooved.
Prothariium ") (Gr. pro, before ; thallos, a young shoot). — The
Prothal'lus ) green, leaf-like, cellular expansion which grows

from the spore of a fern.
Protho'rax (Gr. pro, before; thorax, the chest).— The first

somite of the thorax in the Insecta.
Protococ'cus (Gr. protos, first ; kokkos, a berry). — A microscopic

vegetable organism which forms the green scum upon

tiles, trunks of trees, &c.
Protogas'tric (Gr. protos, first; gaster, a stomach). — A name

given to two of the subdivisions of the gastric lobe of the

carapace in the Brachyura.
Protoge'nes (Gr. protos, first ; gennao, I produce). — A low form

of the Monera.
Pro'toplasm (Gr. protos, first ; plasma, from plasso, to shape,

mould).— A nitrogenous substance, possessing so-called

'' vital " properties, and which is an essential constituent

of all living beings, the lowest organisms consisting of

simple protoplasm, the tissues of the highest being formed
• of differentiated protoplasm.
Protoplas'ta {Gr. protos, first; plastos, formed, moulded). — A

group of the Protozoa.
Proto'podite (Gr. protos, first ; pous, podos^ a foot). — The basal

division of a typical abdominal segment in the Crustacea.
Protorosau'ria {Gx. proieros, first; sauros, a lizard). — A group

of the LacertiHa,' which comprises the oldest known

Sauropsida.
Protoso'mites (Gr. protos, first ; soma, somaios, a body). — The

rudimentary body-segments in the embryo of the Polychseta.

I 2

T 1 6 GLOSSARY.

Protover'tebrse (Gr. prdtos, first). — The rudimentary segments
formed in the vertebrate embryo from the medullary
plates, and from which the bodies of the vertebrae, spinal
nerve-roots, &c., are developed.

Proventri'culus {1j. pro, before; ventrMlus, the stomach).— A
dilatation of the lower portion of the oesophagus in birds. A
similar enlargement of the alimentary canal in some Insecta.

-f*salte'riiini (L. a psaltery). — The third division of the stomach
of a ruminant, so called because when slit open longi-
tudinally, the folds of its mucous membrane fall apart like
the leaves of a book.

Pseu'd-hae'inal (Gr. pseudos, false ; haima, blood). — Applied to
the circulatory system of canals in the Annelida and other
Invertebrata.

/'seu'do-bran'chia (Gr. pseudos, false ; branchia, a gill). — A rete
mirabile in the Teleostean fishes, which lies on the inner
side of the hyomandibular bone, and sometimes has the
form of a gill.

/'seu'do-ffla'ria (Gr. psetidos, false ; L. fllum, a thread). —A
mobile process similar to a thread-worm produced in the
course of the development of some Infusoria.

Pseu'do-navicella (Gr. pseudos, false ; L. navicella, dim. of
navis, a ship). — Small spindle-shaped cells formed in the
course of development in the Gregarinidse.

-Pseudopo'dia (Gr. pseudos, false; pons, podos, a foot). — The
processes alternately thrust forth and withdrawTi by
amoeboid cells.

^seu'doscope (Gr. psetidos, false; skopeo, I behold). — An in-
strument by means of which hollow objects are made to
appear convex, and convex bodies hollow.

/'seudo'vary (Gr. pseudos, false ; L. ovum, an egg). — In some
insects the organ within which the young are developed.

/^eudo'vum (Gr. pseudos, false; L. ovum, an egg). — A cell
formed in the pseudovary of some insects, and which sub-
sequently developes into the larva.

/^ittacomor'phse {Gr, psittakos, a parrot; inorphe, form). — The
parrots, a group of carinate birds.

/'so'as ma'jor (Gr. psoa, the loins ; L. major, greater). — A
muscle passing from the posterior dorsal or lumbar
vertebrae to the femur.

/'so'as mi'nor (Gr. psoa, the loins ; L. minor, smaller). — A
muscle passing from the under surface of the posterior
dorsal or lumbar vertebrae to the ilium or pubis.

GLOSSARY. 117

/terocax'diac os'sicle (Gr. pteron^ a wing ; kardia, a stomach ;
L. ossiculum^ a little bone). — A small triangular ossicle in
the skeleton of the stomach in some Crustacea.

/teroclomor'phsB (Gr. pf erodes, the generic name of the sand-
grouse ; morphe, form). — A group of carinate birds com-
prising the sand-grouse.

/terodac'tylus (Gr. pteron, a wing ; daktulos, a finger). — An
extinct flying reptile belonging to the Pterosauria.

/*ter6'poda {Or. pteron, SiVf'mg -, pous, podos, a foot). — A division
of the Mollusca which swim by wing-like processes at-
tached to the head.

/"terosan'ria (Gr. pteron, a wing; sauros, a lizard). — A group of
extinct flying reptiles.

FiQro'iia {Gr. pteron, a wing; ous, otos, the ear). — An ossifica-
tion of the skull occurring in some Vertebrata, between
the pro-otic and the epiotic bones.

jPter'ygoid (Gr. pterux, a wing; etdos, form). — The name of a
pair of bones, in the facial apparatus of some Vertebrata,
behind the palatines ; known in Human Anatomy as the
pterygoid plates of the sphenoid bone.

/terygoi'deus pro'prius (L. special pterygoid). — A small muscle
sometimes occurring, and which passes from the great
wing of the sphenoid bone to the palate bone or pterygoid
plate.

i^erygomaxillary fissure. — A fissure which separates the
external pterygoid plate from the superior maxillary
bone.

/terygomaxillary ligament. — A narrow band of tendinous
fibres stretching from the internal pterygoid plates to the
lower jaw.

/^erygopalatine artery. — A small branch of the maxillary
artery.

/^erygopalatine canal. — A small canal between the internal
pterygoid plate and the palate bone which lodges the
pterygopalatine artery.

/^erygosto'mial plates {Gr. pterux, a wing ; stoma, an opening).
— The portions of the carapace in the Brachyura which
run forwards parallel with the axis of the body.

/ter'ylsB {Gr. pterux, a wing). — The bands of contour feathers
in birds.

Pio'sis (Gr. ptoo, I fall). — Inability to raise the upper eyelid.

/'ty'alin {Gt.ptuOj I spit). — The hydrolytic ferment of saliva.

I T 8 GLOSSARY.

Pu'bis {L.pubes, the regipn of the groin). — A bone of the pelvis

which in man forms the anterior portion of the os innomi-

natum.
Pu'bo-fe'moral. — The name given to a ligament entering into

the formation of the capsule of the hip-joint.
Pu'bo-ure'thral. — An occasional muscle of the perinaeum.
Pu'bo-ve'sical. — An occasional muscle of the perinaeum passing

from the back of the symphysis pubis to the neck of the

bladder.
Puden'da(L./z/^(?/2i', modest). — The labia majora; also the vulva.
Puden'daL — A branch of the small sciatic nerve, supplying the

region below the pubis.
Pu'dic {Y,, pudicus, modest). — The name given to the arteries,

nerves, and veins, supplying the generative organs.
Puli'cidae (L. pulex, pulicis, a flea). — A group of insects which

comprises the fleas.
Pul'mo-cuta'neous (L. pulmo, a lung; cutis, skin). — A vein

which supplies blood to the lungs and skin in some

Vertebrata.
Ptil'mo-gastero'poda (L. pulmo, a lung ; Gr. gaster, a stomach ;

pous, podos, a foot). — The division of the Gasteropoda

which includes all those forms which breathe air directly

by means of a pulmonary sac.
Pul'monary (L. pulmo, a lung). — Relating to the lungs, as the

pulmonary artery^ which conveys blood to the lungs.

Also applied to any apparatus which answers the purpose

of a lung, as \hQ pulmonary sac in the Gasteropoda.
Pulmona'ta {L, puhfw, a lung). — A group of the Odontophora

which breathe air directly.
Pulvi'nar (L. a couch covered with cushions). — A prominence

on each thalamus opticus of the brain.
Pun'cta lachryma'lis (L. lachrymal spot).
Punc'tum cae'cum (L. the blind spot). — The point of the retina

from which the optic nerve fibres radiate, so called because

insensible to light.
Pu'pa (L. a doll). — A chrysalis. The stage in the metamor-
phosis of an insect int'ennediate between the larva and the

imago.
Pupi'para ("L. pupa, a doll). — A group of insects, destitute (or

nearly so) of wings.
Pus. — Matter from a sore.
Pycnogo'nida {Gr. pukjios, great, excessive; gonu, a knee).— A

group of the Arthropoda having very long ambulatory limbs.

GLOSSARY, 119

Py'gal (Gr. puge^ the buttocks). — A term applied to the

posterior plates of the dorsal shield of the Chelonia.
Pygi'dium {Gr. puge, the rump). — The terminal segment of the

body in the Polychaeta; also the posterior part of the

carapace of a Trilobite.
Py'gostyle (Gr. puge, the rump; stulos^ a style, pen). — The

ploughshare-shaped bone which supports the tail feathers

in most birds.
Pylan'gium (Gr. /«/<?, gate, inlet ; angeion, a vessel). — The first

or receiving part of the truncus arteriosus of the lower

Vertebrata.
Pylo'ric cae'ca (L. ccecus, blind). — Blind diverticula of the

intestine in Teleostean fishes; also similar diverticula of

the ventriculus in some insects.
Pylo'rus (Gr. pulouros, a. gate-keeper). — The opening of the

stomach which leads into the intestine.
Pyramidalis abdo'minis (L. pyramidal of the abdomen) . — Asmall

muscle arising from the pubis, and inserted in the linea alba.
Pyramidalis na'si (L. pyramidal of the nose). — A muscle of

the nose.
Pyrexia (Gr. pur, fire; ecko, to hold).— Fever.
Py'riform (L. pyrus, a pear ; forma, shape). — Pear-shaped.
Pyrifor'mis (L. pear-shaped). — A muscle passing from the

pelvis to the great trochanter of the femur.

Q.

dnad'rate bone (L. quadrdtus, square, quadrangular). — A bone

by which the lower jaw is articulated to the skull in all

Vertebrata below Mammals.
Q,uad'rato-ju'gal (L. quadrdtus, square ; jugum^ a yoke). — A

bone of the face lying behind the maxillary and jugal bones

in some Vertebrata ; in others a bone formed by the union

of the quadrate and jugal bones.
ftuadra'tus fe'moris (L. square [muscle] of the femur). — A

muscle passing from the ischium to the femur.
Quadra'tus lumbo'rimi (L. square [muscle] of the loins). — A

muscle placed between the last rib and the crest of the

ilium, close to the vertebral column.
Unadra'tus men'ti (L. square [muscle] of the chin). — A muscle

which by its contraction depresses the lower lip.
Quad'riceps exten'sor (L. four-headed extender). — The extensor

muscle of the knee.

120 GLOSSARY.

R.

Ea'cemose (L. rdcemosus, full of berries). — A term applied to
the small glands in which the cells are arranged in clusters
round a central duct.

Ea'chis (Gr. rachis, a spine, ridge). — The stem of a fern frond ;
the shaft of a bird's feather. Also a cellular cord in the
Crinoidea.

Radiale. — A bone of the carpus which articulates with the
radius.

Hadialia (L. radius, a spoke, a ray). — Radial pieces in the
calyx of the Crinoidea. Also the cartilages which radiate
from the basal pieces of the fins of the Elasmobranchii.

Radia'ta (L. radius, a ray). — According to Cuvier's system of
classification, one of the animal sub-kingdoms.

Ra'dicle (L, radix, a root). — The root of an embr)^o plant.

Badiola'ria (L. radius, a ray). — A group of the Protozoa.

Ea'dius (L. a ray, a spoke). — The outer bone of the ante-
brachium or fore-arm of the Vertebrata. A slender rod
articulated to each of the radial pieces of the oral skeleton
in the Echinidea.

Ra'dula (L. a scraper). — A part of the odontophore in the
Mollusca.

Ka'nms (L. a branch).— The name given to each half of the
lower jaw in the Vertebrata, and also to regions of the
ischium and pubis.

Ea'phe (Gr. raphe, a seam). — A term applied to a fine longi-
tudinal band of fibres running in the middle of the medulla
oblongata ; applied also to similar bands of fibres in the
Corpus callosum, and the Pons Varolii ; also to the ridge
separating the scrotum into two halves ; also to the median
furrow which runs along the dorsum of the tongue.

Eapto'res (L. raptor, pi. raptores, one who seizes, a robber). —
According to the old system of classification, an order of
birds which included the birds of prey.

Eatitae (L. rdtis, a ship without a keel). — A division of the
class Aves, destitute of a keel to the sternum.

Eeceptacula se'miuis (L. receptacles of the semen). — Organs
in the earth-worms which receive the male reproductive
fluid.

Eecepta'culum chy'li (L. receptacle or cistern of the chyle). —
The dilated posterior extremity of the thoracic duct.

GLOSSARY. 121

ReceptS'culum gan'glii petro'si (L. receptacle of the petrosal

ganglion). — The hollow in the temporal bone which

contains the petrosal ganglion.
Eec'ti abdo'minis (L. straight muscles of the abdomen). — Two

muscles extending one on each side of the middle line of

the trunk from the pelvis to the sternum.
Rec'ti ca'pitis (L. straight muscles of the head). — Straight

muscles passing from the upper part of the vertebral

column to the head ; there are two sets, anterior {recti

capitis antici), and posterior {recti capitis postici).
Rec'ti fe'moris (L. straight muscles of the femur). — Muscles ex-
tending (one on each side) from the pelvis to the patella.
Rec'ti latera'les (L. lateral straight muscles). — Straight muscles

of the side of the trunk.
Rec'ti postici (L. posterior straight muscles). — Straight muscles

of the posterior region of the trunk.
Rec'to-ve'sical fas'cia (L. rectum and bladder fascia). — A fascia

lying between and connecting the rectum and urinary

bladder).
Rec'tum (L. straight). — The last portion of the large intestine.
Rec'tns (L. straight; pi. recti). — A name given to certain

straight muscles, as those above mentioned, and the

external, internal, superior, and inferior recti muscles of

the eye.
Recur'rent (L. recurro, I run back). — Applied to branches of

arteries and nerves which turn back in their course.
Re'nal (L. renes, the kidneys). — Relating to the kidneys, as the

renal artery, which supplies the kidney with blood.
Re'nes succentnria'ti (L. substituted kidneys). — An old term for

the supra-renal capsules.
Respira'tion (L. resplro, I breathe, respire). — The act of

alternately taking in and giving out air ; breathing.
Res'tiform (L. restis, a cord; forma, shape). — Cord-shaped.

Applied to the columns in the medulla oblongata which

are continuous with the posterior columns of the spinal

cord.
Re'te mira'bile ") (L. wonderful net or wonderful nets). — A
Re'tia mirabi'lia j number of branches, forming a network,

derived from a number of arteries or veins, and uniting

again into larger trunks.
Rete muco'sum (L. mucous net). — The deeper portion of the

epidermis, containing the pigment to which the skin owes

its nnt.

122 GLOSSARY.

Eete vasciil5'suin tes'tis (L. vascular net of the testicle). — The

network of tubes into which the vasa recta of the testicles

are gathered.
Reticular (L. rete, a net). — Net-like ; disposed like the

threads of a net.
Reti'culum (L. a little net). —The name given to the web of

delicate connective tissue between the nervous elements

in the spinal cord and some parts of the brain.
Se'tifonn (L. rete, a net; forina^ shape). — Net-shaped; like

a network.
Re'tina (L. rete, a net). — The delicate expansion of the optic

nerve which forms the inner coat of the eye.
Retina'cula (L. restraining bands). — Bands which serve to hold

the tendons close to the bones in such joints as those of

the wrist, ankle, &c. Also the ridge which extends for

some distance round the ileo-caecal valve.
Retrac'tor (L. retracto, to draw back). — A name given to those

muscles which by their contraction withdraw the parts to

which they are attached, as the retractor muscles which

withdraw the foot in the Lamellibranchiata.
Retrac'tor bul'bi (L. retractor of the bulb). — Another name for

the 7nusculus choanoides of the eye — which see.
Retrahens auri'culam (L. retractor of the auricle). — One of the

muscles of the auricle of the ear.
Rhabdocoela (Gr. rhabdos^ a rod, line; koilia, the bowels). —

Applied to those Turbellaria which have a straight digestive

cavity.
Rha'chis (Gr. a spine, ridge). — A cord of protoplasm formed

in the ovary of the Nematoidea, round which the ova are

developed.
Rhamphorhyn'chus (Gr. rhamphos, a beak ; rhunchos, a snout).

— A genus of the Pterosauria having the jaws produced

into toothless beaks.
Rhe'idaB {Rhea^ the American ostrich). — A group of birds which

comprises the American ostriches.
Rhi'nal pro'cesses (Gr. rhis^ rhinos^ the nose). — Two slender

cartilages in the chondro-cranium of the frog.
Rhinence'phalon (Gr. rhis^ rhinos^ the nose ; enkephalon, the

brain). — A term applied to the olfactory lobes of the brain.
Rhizoce'phala (Gr. rhlza, a root; kephale^ the head). — A group

of small parasitic Crustacea.
Rhi'zoid (Gr. rhlza^ a root ; eidos, shape). — A term applied to

the rootlets of Chara and similar plants.

GLOSSARY. 123

Rbi'zome (Gr. rhlza, a root ; otnos^ the same as). — An under-
ground stem, as that of ferns.
Rhizo'poda (Gr. rhlza, a root ; pous^ podos, a foot). — A group

of the Protozoa having the power of thrusting out root-like

pseudopodia.
Rhizosto'midae (Gr. rhlza^ a root ; stoma ^ an opening) . — A

family of the Discophora having on their arms a number

of small openings through which food is taken.
Ilhoml)oid ligament (Gr. rhombos, an equilateral four-sided

figure with oblique angles ; eidos^ shape). — A ligament

attached to the cartilage of the first rib, and to the under

surface of the clavicle.
Rhomboi'deus ma'jor (Gr. rhombos, sl rhomb; eidos, form;

L. major, greater). — A muscle passing from the anterior

dorsal part of the vertebral column to the scapula.
Bhomboi'deus mi'nor (Gr. rkofnbos, a rhomb ; eidos, shape ;

L. minor, less, smaller). — A muscle passing from the

posterior cervical and anterior dorsal regions of the ver-
tebral column to the scapula.
Rhynchoce'phala (Gr. rhunchos, a snout ; kephale, the head).

— A group of the Lacertilia cpntaining only the genus

Sphenodon or Rhynchocephalus.
Rhynchonel'lidsB (Gr. diminutive of rhunchos, a snout). — A

family of the Brachiopoda.
Bhyth'mical (Gr. rhuthmos, measured time). — Acting at regular

intervals, as the pulsation of the heart.
Ri'gor mor'tis (L. rigidity of death).— The stiffening of the

muscles which takes place shortly after death.
Ri'ma glot'tidis (L. cleft of the glottis).— The aperture of the

glottis.
Riso'rius muscle (L. rideo, I laugh).— One of the muscles of

the cheek.
Roden'tia (L. rodo, I gnaw). — A division of the Mammalia

which embraces the rodents or gnawing animals.
Rose'tte (Fr. a small rose, rosette). — A plate occupying the

space between the first five radials in the Crinoidea.
Ros'trum (L. the snout of an animal or beak of a bird). —

Applied to the frontal spine of the Crustacea ; also to the

guard of the Belemnites.
Ros'trum of cor'pus callo'sum (L. rostrum, the beak of a bird).

— The inferior reflected portion of the corpus callosum.
Ros'trum of sphenoid bone (L. rostrum, the beak of a bird). —

A sharp prominence of the anterior surface of the sphenoid

bone of the skull.

124 GLOSSARY.

Rota'tores spi'nae (L. rotators of the spine). — Eleven pairs of
small muscles, each passing from the transverse processes
of one vertebra to the next vertebra above.

Roti'fera (L. rota^ a wheel ; fero, I carry). — A group of micro-
scopic animals belonging to the division of the Tricho-
scolices.

Ro'tula (L. a little wheel). — Another name for the patella or
knee-pan. Also the nam^ given to each of the radial pieces
connected with the mouth apparatus of the Echinidea.

Ru'gse (L. wrinkles). — A name given to certain temporary folds
of mucous membrane, as the rugae of the stomach and of
the vagina.

Rngo'sa (L. rugosus^ wrinkled). — A group of extinct corals.

Ru'men (L. rumino, to chew the cud). — The first stomach or
" paunch " of a ruminant.

Ruminaii'tia (L. rumino, to chew the cud). — A division of the
Artiodactyla which comprises those animals which ru-
minate or " chew the cud."

Saccharomy'ces (Gr. sakcharon, sugar; mukes^ a fungus). — The
yeast-plant.

Sac'culus (L. a small bag). — The small division of the mem-
branous vestibule of the internal ear. An abnormal pro-
trusion of the mucous membrane of the bladder through
its muscular coat

Sa'craL— Relating to the region of the sacrum.

Sa'cro-coccyge'us posticus. — A small occasional bundle of
muscular fibres extending from the lower end of the
sacrum to the coccyx.

Sa'cro-i'liae. — The articulation of the sacrum with the ilium.

Sa'cro-lumbalis. — A large muscle passing from the ilium to the
lower (posterior) ribs.

Sa'cro-scia'tic. — Applied to certain ligaments of the pelvis;
also to two foramina left between these ligaments and the
OS innominatum of each side.

Sa'crum (L. sacred). — The name given to the ankylosed
vertebrae of that region of the vertebral column which
immediately succeeds the lumbar region, and to which
the pelvic arch is articulated ; so named on account of its
being formerly in man an object of superstitious regard.

GLOSSARY. 125

Sagit'ta (L. an arrow). — The name given to the larger and

anterior of the two otoliths of the ear in some fishes.
Sagit'tal su'ture (L. sdgitta^ an arrow ; sutura, a seam). — The

suture which connects the parietal bones of the skull.
Salamandri'dea (Gr. sdldmandra^ a salamander). — A group of

the Amphibia.
Sali'va (L. saliva, spitde). — The spittle ; the secretion of the

salivary glands of the mouth.
Salivary (L. saliva, spittle). — Relating to the saliva, as the

salivary glands by which it is secreted.
Salpin'go-pharyng^'us (Gr. salpinx, a trumpet; pharunx, the

pharynx). — An occasional muscle passing from the Eu-
stachian tube to the pharynx.
Saphe'na \ (Gr. saphenes, manifest). — Applied to a nerve and
Saphe'nous ) a vein, both near the surface of the skin, and

passing from the knee to the ankle.
Sarcolem'ma(Gr.^«ra:, flesh; /^ww^, a husk). — The sheath of con-
nective tissue which surrounds eachfibreof a striated muscle.
Sar'cous (Gr. sarx, flesh). — Fleshy; applied to the contractile

elements of which a striated muscular fibre is composed.
Sarto'rius (I., sartor, a tailor).— A muscle passing along the

front of the thigh from the ilium to the tibia.
Saurobatra'chia (Gr. sauros, a lizard ; batrachos, a frog). — A

group of the Amphibia, also named Urodela.
Sauropsi'da (Gr. sauros, a lizard ; opsis, appearance). — One of

the three primary groups or provinces of the Vertebrata ;

it includes the classes Aves and Reptilia.
Sauru'rae (Gr. sauros, a hzard ; oura, a tail). — A division of the

class Aves, including the extmct bird Archseopteryx, which

possessed a tail longer than its body.
Sca'la me'dia (L. middle staircase). — The name given to the

canal in the lamina spiralis of the cochlea of the ear.
Scala tym'pani (L. staircase of the drum). — The name given to

the canal in the cochlea of the ear which commences

opposite the fenestra rotunda of the tympanum.
Sca'la vestib'uli (L. staircase of the vestibule). — The name given

to the canal in the cochlea of the ear which communicates

with the vestibule.
Scala'riform (L. scalaria, stairs ; forma, shape). — Ladder-like.

The name given to a form of vegetable tissue having

transverse markings like the steps of a ladder.

126 GLOSSARY.

Scale'nns (Gr. skalenos, with unequal sides).— Applied to each

of a group of muscles in the neck.
Scanso'res (L. scansorius, adapted for climbing). —According

to the old system of classification, an order of birds; it

included the parrots and cuckoos.
Scans5'rius (L. adapted for cHmbing). — A muscle which in

some Vertebrata passes from the ilium to the femur.
Scapho'cerite (Gr. skaphe^ a bowl; keras, a horn). — The

flattened plate which is attached to the second joint of

the antennae in the Crustacea.
Scaphog'nathite (Gr. skaphe, a bowl ; gnathos, a jaw). — A wide

oval plate attached to the second maxilla in the Crustacea,

and used for baling the water out from the gill chamber.
Sca'phoid ) (Gr. skaphe^ a boat ; eidos, shape). — The name of
Scaphoi'des ) one of the bones of the carpus, and also one

of the tarsus.
Scapho'poda (Gr. skaphe, a boat; pons, podos, a foot). — A

group of the Odontophora.
Sca'pula (Latin).— The shoulder-blade, or its representative in

the lower Vertebrata.
Sca'pula accesso'ria (L. additional scapula). — A small bone

developed in some birds on the outer side of the shoulder-
joint.
Sca'pus (L. a stalk). — The main stem of a bird's feather.
Schindylesis (Gr. schinduleo, I split). — A term applied to a

joint where one bone is received into a groove in another,

as in the case of the sphenoid bone and the vomer.
ScM'zocoele (Gr. schists, a splitting ; kotle, a cavity). — A term

applied to the perivisceral cavity of the Invertebrata, when

formed by a splitting of the mesoblast of the embryo.
Schizo'gnathae (Gr. schisis, a splitting; gnathos, a jaw). — A

subdivision of the carinate birds.
ScMzo'poda (Gr. schisis, a splitting ; pous^ podosy a foot). —

A group of the Podophthalmia.
Scia'tic (an abbreviation of ischiatic). — Relating to the region

of the hip.
Scincoi'dea (L. scincus, a species of lizard ; Gr. eidos, shape). —

A group of the Lacertilia.
Sciuromor'pha (L. sciTinis, a squirrel ; morphe, form). — A group

of Rodents which comprises the squirrels.
Scleren'chyma (Gr. skleros, dry ; enchuma, tissue). — Hard

woody fibre in plants; also the calcareous part of a

growing coral.

GLOSSARY 127

Scle'robase (Gr. sklerds, hard ; basis^ a foundation). — The hard
chitinous or calcareous material which forms the central
portion of the common stem in some compound Actinozoa.

Scleroder'mite (Gr. sklerds, hard; derma, skin). — The hard
calcareous skeleton in the Crustacea j also applied to the
coral which is formed within the tissues of the reef-
building polypes.

Sclero'tic (Gr. sklerds^ hard). — The thick outer tunic of the
eyeball.

Scle'rotome (Gr. sklerds, hard ; temno, I cut). — Partitions which
in some Vertebrata, especially fishes, separate the muscles
into zones.

Scrobi'culus cor'dis (L. scrohiculus, a small pit; cordis, of the
stomach). — The pit of the stomach, a depression in the
upper part of the epigastric region.

Scro'tum (L. a hide). — The bag which in the higher Vertebrata
contains the testes.

Scu'ta (L. a shield). — The lower or proximal pieces of the
valves in the Cirripedia, by which the cirri pass out from
the body.

Scu'ta buccalia (L. scuta, a shield ; bucca, the cheek). — A
series of five plates situated near the mouth in the
Ophiuridea.

Scute (L. scuta, a shield). — The dermal defences or scales of
some Vertebrata.

Seba'ceous (L. sebum, suet). — The name given to certain glands
of the skin which secrete an oily material for the lubrica-
tion of the hairs.

Secre'tion (L. secemo, I separate, set apart). — The process of
separation of materials from the blood, together with the
formation of fresh substances from those materials for
further use in the economy ; also used to signify any
substance secreted.

Secto'rial teeth (L. sector, sectoris, a cutter). — The fourth
praemolar teeth of the dog; so called because the prse-
molars of the lower jaw bite like scissor-blades against
those of the upper jaw.

Secun'dine (L. secundus, second). — The inner coat of the ovule
of a plant.

Sela'chii (Gr. seldchos, a sort of cartilaginous fish). — ^A sub-
division of the cartilaginous Plagiostome fishes which
comprises the sharks.

Se'meii (L. seed).— The reproductive fluid of the male.

128 GLOSSARY.

Semilu'nar (L. half-moon-shaped). — Applied (amongst other
things) to the valves of the veins and of the pulmonary
artery and aorta.

Semimembrano'sus (L. half-membranous). — One of the dorsal
muscles of the femur.

Semipen'niform (L. half-feather-shaped).— A term applied to
some muscles which bear a partial resemblance to the plume
of a feather.

Semi&pina'lis (L. half-spinal). — One of the dorsal muscles of the
trunk.

Se'mita CL. a narrow path). — Bands of modified spines found
in the Echinidea.

Semitendino'sus (L. half-tendinous). — One of the dorsal muscles
of the thigh.

Senso'riimi (L. sentio^ I perceive by the senses). — The seat of
sensation. The nervous centre or centres to which sensory
impressions must be conveyed before they can be per-
ceived.

Sen'sory (L. sentio, I perceive by the senses).— Capable of
sensation. Applied to those nerves and nerve-fibres which
convey impulses resulting in sensation to a nerve-centre.
Also sometimes somewhat loosely employed in the sense
of afferent, to indicate nerve-fibres which convey impres-
sions of any kind to a nerve-centre.

Se'pal. — One of the leaflets forming the calyx of a flower.

Se'piostare (L. sepia, the cuttle-fish). — The " cuttle-bone," the
only representative of an endoskeleton in the cuttle-fishes.

Sep'tula re'num (L. little partitions of the kidneys). — The in-
ward prolongations of the cortical portion of the kidney.

Sep'tum (L. sepio, I hedge in). — A partition, as the septum
between the right and left sides of the heart.

Sep'tum lu'cidum (L. clear, bright partition). — The partition
which separates from each other the lateral ventricles
of the brain.

Sep'tum na'si ") (L. partition of the nose or nostrils). — The

Sep'tum na'rium ) partition which separates the nostrils.

Sep'tum pectinifor'me (L. comb-like partition). — The partition
between the corpora cavernosa of the penis.

Sep'tum posti'cum (L. posterior partition). — A partition which
divides the subarachnoid space on the dorsal surface of
the cord.

Sep'tum scro'ti (L. partition of the scrotum). — A partition in the
scrotum which separates the two testes.

GLOSSARY. 129

Sep'tum transver'snm (L. transverse partition). — An incom-
plete partition in the ampullae of the semicircular canals
of the ear.

Seques'trum (L. sequestra, I set aside). — A dead portion of
bone separated, or destined to separate, from the living
parts.

Se'rous (L. serum, the watery part of curdled milk). — A term
applied to those membranes which, forming shut sacs,
secrete a water)' fluid similar to the serum of blood.

Serra'ted su'ture (L. serra, a saw ; sutura, a seam). — A term
applied to the fixed joints, where the margins of the con-
nected bones are notched and saw-like.

Serra'tus mag'nus (L. great saw-like muscle). — A large muscle
of the thorax, stretching from the lateral surface of the ribs
to the scapula.

Serra'tus posti'cus infe'rior (L. inferior posterior saw-like mus-
cle).—A muscle which passes from the lumbar region to
the ribs.

Serra'tus posti'cus supe'rior(L. superior posterior saw-like mus-
cle). — A muscle passing from the spines of the last cervical
and upper dorsal vertebrae to the ribs.

Se'rum (L. the watery part of curdled milk). — The fluid part of
blood, /. e. blood minus its corpuscles and fibrin-factors.

Se'samoid (Gr. sesamo7i^ a kind of small grain ; eidos, shape). —
A term applied to those small bones, such as the patella,
which are formed in tendons.

Ses'sile (L. sedeo, I sit).. — Not supported upon stalks; the
opposite of pedunculated.

Se'tae (L. seta, a bristle). — Bristle-like processes from the body
segments of the worms.

Se'tose (L. seta, a bristle). — Bristly.

Sig'moid (Gr. the letter 2 \sigmd\ ; eidos, shape). — Applied to
the flexure of the intestine, which is something like the
letter sigma ; also sometimes applied to the semilunar
valves of the aorta and pulmonary artery.

Sili'ceous (L. silex, flint). — Composed of flint.

Siluroi'dei (Gr. silouros, the shad; eidos, shape). — -A family of
the Physotomi, a group of Teleostean fishes.

Si'miadae (L. slmia, an ape). — A division of the Primates which
includes the apes and monkeys.

Sinupal'liate (L. sinus, a bending, curve ; pallium, a mantle).
— A term applied to those Lamellibranchs in which the
pallial line is notched.

130 GLOSSARY.

Si'niLS (L. a hollow, a depression). — A depression or cavity.
Osseous stTiuses are cavities in bones which contain air.
The venous sinuses in the dura mater of the brain are
hollows in that membrane which contain blood, and thus
serve the purpose of veins. Similar venous sinuses play
the part of veins in some of the Invertebrata.

Si'mis pocula'ris (L. cup-like sinus). — A depression in the male
urethra which leads into the prostatic vesicle.

Si'mtsrhomboidalis (L. rhomb-shaped sinus). — A lozenge-shaped
depression left by the medullary folds of the embryo at
the hinder extremity of the medullary canal Also a small
sinus found in the lumbar region of the spinal cord in
birds, which is the ]5ersistent sinus rhomboidalis of the
foetus.

Si'ims t^rminalis (L. terminal sinus).— The bounding line en-
circling the extreme margin of the vascular area in the
embryo.

Si'nns nrog^eiiitiiialis (L. uro-genital sinus). — The ventral portion
of the cloacal chamber in the embryo, when shut off from
the intestinal portion by the development of a partition.

Si'nus veno'sus (L. venous sinus). — A term applied to the main
portion of the auricles of the heart to distinguish them
from the auricular appendages. In the lower Vertebrata
the sinus venosus is a distinct portion of the heart formed
by the junction of the large venous trunks, and is rhyth-
mically contractile.

Si'phon (Gr. a tube). — One of the breathing tubes in the
MoUusca. Applied also to any similar tube.

Sipho'niiun (Gr. siphon, a tube). — A bony tube which in some
birds conducts the air from the tympanum to the air cavity
in the articular piece of the mandible.

Siphono'pliora (Gr. siphon^ a tube ; phdreo, I bear). — A group
of the Hydrozoa, comprising the marine forms.

Siphun'cle (L. siphunciilus, a small pipe). — The tube which
connects the chambers of the shells in the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopoda.

Sire'nia. — A group of the Mammalia which comprises the
Manatees and Dugongs.

Siiieg''ma (L. soap).— The white soapy substance frequently
found adherent to the skins of new- bom infants.

Solenogly'phia (Gr. solen, a channel; glupho^ I sculpture,
engrave). — A group of the Ophidia in which the maxillary
teeth are channelled-

GLOSSARY. 131

Soleus (L. solea, a sole). — A muscle of the calf of the leg

shaped much Hke a sole.
So'matomes (Gr. soma^ a body; temno^ I cut). — The ideal

segments of which the human body is supposed to be

formed.
So'matopleure (Gr. sbma^ body; pleura, side). — The portion of

the blastoderm from which the walls of the body are

developed.
So'mite (Gr. soma, a body).— The name given to each segment

of the body in the Arthropoda.
So'rices (L. sorex, soricis, a shrew-mouse). —The shrews, a

family of the Insedivora.
So'rus (Gr. soros, a heap). — The name given to the patches of

sporangia on the under side of the fronds of ferns.
Spa'dix (Gr. spadix, a date-tree).— A glandular organ in the

Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda produced by the modification

of the posterior tentacles.
Sperma'riuin (Gr. spenna, seed). — The organ in which the

sperm corpuscles are produced
Spermathe'ca (Gr. sperma, seed ; theke, a repository). — A sac

in connexion with the female genital aperture of the

Pulmonata for the reception of semen.
Spenna'toblast ( Gr. sperma, seed ; blasfos, a germ). — The name

given to certain stalk-like filaments in the seminal ducis

upon which the spermatozoa are developed.
Spenna'tophore (Gr. spenna, SQtd; phoreo, I bear). — A case

which in some Invertebrata encloses the spermatozoa.
Spennatozo'on (Gr. spenna, seed; zoon, an animal). -The

name given to the minute filaments which in animals

constitute the essential male reproductive elements.
Spha'celus (Gr. sphakeios). — Gangrene.
Sphene thmoid ^^Gr. sp/iin, a wedge ; ethmos, a sieve ; eidos,

shape). — A bone of the frog's skull, situate in front of

the parasphenoid.
Spheniscomorphae (Gr. sphen, a wedge ; ischion, the hip ;

morphe, form). — A group of birds which comprises the

Penguins.
Sphe 'co-palatine. — The name given to a foramen formed by

the palate and sphenoid bone, through which pass the

internal nerves from the spheno-palatiru, or Meckel's

ganglion, and the nasal or sphcno-maxUlary artery.
Sphe'noid (Gr. spJien, a wedge; eidos, shape).— One of the

bones of the skull.

K 2

132 GLOSSARY.

Sphinc'ter (Gr. sphingo, I bind). — The name given to certain
circular muscles which keep the orifices which they sur-
round habitually shut, as the sphincter am at the distal end
of the rectum, the sphincter vesicce (sphincter of the bladder)
at the mouth of the bladder, and the sphincter oris (sphincter
of the mouth) or orbicular muscle of the mouth.

Sphyg'mograph (Gr. sphugmos, the pulse; grapho, I write). —
An instrument for recording graphically the movements of
the pulse.

Spi'cula (L. spictdum, a point). — The needle-shaped siliceous
bodies found in sponges, &c.

Spi'culum amo'ris (L. sting of love). — A hard pointed body con-
tained in a sac connected with the penis in some Odonto-
phora, and which is discharged in the act of copulation.

Spigelian. — A name applied to one of the lobes of the liver,
so called from the name of an anatomist.

Spi'na bi'fida (L. spina, a thorn; hifidus, split into two parts'.
— An abnormal condition of the sacral part of the vertebral
column in which the neural canal is unclosed.

Spi'nae menta'les (L. spines of the chin).— Two prominent tuber-
cles on the lower jaw-bone to which muscles are attached.

Spi'nal acces'sory. — The eleventh pair of cerebral nerves in the
higher Vertebrata, so called because they arise from the
sides of the spinal cord.

Spinalis cervi'cis (L. spinal of the neck). — A small muscle pass-
ing from the spines of the posterior cervical vertebrae to
the axis,

Spina'lis dor'si (L. spinal of the back). — A long narrow muscle
passing from the lumbar to the upper dorsal region of the
spinal column.

Spi'nous (L. spina, a thorn). — Applied to the neural spines or
spinous processes of the vertebrae ; also to a process of each
great wing of the sphenoid bone.

Spi'racle (L. spiro, I breathe). — An aperture which in some
Elasmobranch fishes leads into the cavity of the mouth.

Spiro'meter (L. splro, I breathe ; metron, a measure). — An
instrument for testing the capacity of the chest.

Splan'chnic (Gr. splanchna, entrails). — The name given- to
three (great, small, and smallest) sympathetic nerves
which supply some of the viscera.

Splanch'nopleure (Gr. splanchna, entrails ; pleura, side). — The
layer of the blastoderm from which the viscera are deve-
loped.

GLOSSARY. 133

Spleen (Gr. splen, the spleen, milt).— The largest of the
ductless glands, situate in the abdomen behind the
stomach.

Splen'culi (L. little spleens). — Detached nodules sometimes
found in the neighbourhood of the spleen.

Sple'nial (L. splenium, a splint).— A bone of the skull in some
Vertebrata.

Sple'nic. — Relating to the spleen, as the splenic artery which
supplies the spleen.

Sple'nius ca'p tis (L. splenium, a pad ; cdptit, capitis, the head).
— A muscle passing from the posterior cervical and ante-
rior dorsal regions to the back of the head.

Sple'nius col'li (L. splenium, a pad; collum, the neck). — A
muscle passing from the upper dorsal to the cervical
vertebrae.

Spon'gida. — A group of the Metazoa comprising the sponges.

Spora'dic (Gr. sporas, sporados, scattered). —A term applied to
those ganglia, such as the cardiac, which are not directly
connected with either the cerebro-spinal or sympathetic
systems.

Sporan'gium (Gr. spora, a seed ; angeion, a vessel). — The
receptacle in which the spores are in some plants contained.

Spore ((jr. spora, a seed).— The name given to the cellular
germinating body in Cryptogamic plants, as fungi, mosses,
ferns, &c.

Spo'rocysts (Gr. spora^ a. seed ; kustis^ a bladder). — Tubes
formed from the caudal appendages of Bucephalus poly-
morphus, a. parasite upon the fresh-water mussel, from
which tubes new Bucephali are developed by internal gem-
mation.

Squa'li (L. squdli, a kind of fish). — A group of the Plagiostome
fishes which comprises the sharks ; also termed Selachii.

Sqna'ma occi'pitis (L. squama, a scale ; occiput, the back of the
head). — A region of the occipital bone.

Squama'ta (L. squama, a scale). — A group of the insectivorous
edentates, the only genus of which has the body covered
with overlapping scales.

Sqnamo'sal (L. squama, a scale). — One of the bones of the
skull in the lower Vertebrata, represented in Human Ana-
tomy by the squamous part of the temporal bone, with the
zygoma and the articular surface of the lower jaw.

Squa'mous (L. squd?na, a scale).— Scaly ; applied to a portion
of the temporal bone.

1 34 GLOSSARY.

Squa'mo-zygoma'tic (L. squama, a scale ; Gr. zugniimi^ I yoke
together). — A centre of ossification in the foetal skull.

Sta'liien (L. a thread). — The male element of a flower, con-
sisting of a stalk or filament, and an anther containing
pollen.

Stape'dius (L. stapes^ a stirrup). — A muscle connected with the
stapes (stirrup-bone) of the ear.

Sta'pes (L. a stirrup). — The small bone of the auditory ossicles
which fits into the fenestra ovalis of the ear.

Sta'sis (Gr. istemi, to set in a place or settle). — A settling in
one place, as the blood settles in particular situations after
death.

Sta'toblast (Gr. stdtos, resting; blastos, a germ). — ^A name given
to the gemmule produced in the agamogenetic development
of some Polyzoa.

Ste'arin (Gr. stear, tallow). — One of the neutral fats.

Steganophthal'mata (Gr. stegdnos^ roofed, covered ; ophthalmos^
an eye). — A group of the Discophora in which the lithocysts
are covered by hood-like processes of the umbrella.

Stellate (L. stella, a star). — Star-like ; applied to a large nerve
ganglion in the Dibranchiate Cephalopoda.

Stellulae (L. little stars).— Small veins, having a stellate arrange-
ment, in the kidney.

Sterna'lis bruto'rum (L. sternal of the brutes). — A muscle of the
thorax (also named rectus sternalis\ which is occasionally
present in man, but is constant in some lower animals.

Ster'no-clei'do-mas'toid 1 (Gr. sternon, the breast ; kleis, the

Ster'no-mas'toid j clavicle ; 7?tastos, a nipple ; eidos,

shape). — One of the muscles of the neck, passing from the
sternum and clavicle to the mastoid process of the tem-
poral bone.

Ster'no-facia'les. — Two broad muscles which, in the hedgehog,
arise from the sternum, and are inserted in the sides of the
lower jaw, and the integument of the face and ears.

Ster'no-glos'si (Gr. sternon, the breast ; glossa^ the* tongue).—
The name given to the long muscles which, in the ant-
eaters, are attached to the sternum and to the tongue.

Ster'no-hy'oid.— A muscle passing from the sternum to the
hyoid bone.

Ster'no-thy'roid. — A muscle passing from the sternum to the
thyroid cartilage.

Ster'num (Gr. sternon^ the breast). — The breast-bone in man,
and its representative in the other Vertebrata.

GLOSSARY. 135

Stetho'meter (Gr. stethos^ the breast ; metron, a measure).—

An instrument for recording the movements of the chest-
walls.
Stig'ma, pi. Stig'mata (Gr. stigme, a puncture).— An opening

leading into the respiratory tracheae of an insect; the part

of the pistil of a flower to which the pollen is applied, and

which leads to the ovary.
Sti'pes (L. a log, post). — A part of the maxilla in the Insecta.
Sti'pule (L. stipula^ a stalk, straw). — Little leaflets of a plant

which are generally found in pairs at the point where an

ordinary leaf joins the stem.
Sto'mata (Gr. stoma, sthfiatos, a mouth, entrance). — Openings
. in the epidermis of the leaves and other parts of plants by

which air enters. Also applied to small openings in

serous membranes.
Stomatogas'tric (Gr. stoma, stdmatos, a mouth, an opening ;

gaster^ the stomach). — A term appHed to the nerves which

supply the viscera in the Crustacea.
Stomato'poda (Gr. sthna, stdmatos, a mouth, entrance ; pous,

podos, a foot). — A group of the Crustacea.
Strepsip'tera (Gr. strepso, I twist, turn ; pteron, a wing). — A

group of the Insecta, parasitic upon bees.
Stri'a terminalis (L. terminal stripe). — A narrow whitish band

which runs along the inner border of each corpus striatum

of the brain.
Stri'ae longitudinales (L. longitudinal stripes). — Two white

tracts in the corpus callosum of the brain.
Stri'ae medulla'res (L. medullary stripes). — Several transverse

white lines in the floor of the fourth ventricle of the brain.
Stri'ated (L. stridre, to make stripes ; or stria, the fluting

of a column). — Striped; applied to voluntary muscular

fibres.
Stro'ma (Gr. stroma, a thing spread out for lying on). — The

. groundwork of a tissue or organ in which the other parts

are embedded.
Struthio'nidse (Gr. strouthos, an ostrich). — A group of birds

which comprises the Ostriches.
Style (Gr. stulos, a pen, style). — Applied to any stalk or style-
like body. The stalk interposed between the ovary and

the stigma of a plant.
Stylo- glos'sus (Gr. glossa, a tongue). — A muscle passing from

the styloid process of the temporal bone to the side and

under part of the tongue.

136 GLOSSARY.

Sty'lo-hy'aL — An ossification which in some Vertebrata con-
nects the hyoidean arch with the skull ; represented in

Human An atomy by the styloid processof the temporal bone.
Stylo-hy'oid. — The name of a muscle passing from the styloid

process of the temporal bone to the hyoid bone ; also of a

ligament passing from the styloid process of the temporal

bone to the lesser cornu of the hyoid bone ; also of a small

branch of the facial nerve.
Sty'lo-mas'toid. — The name of a foramen in the temporal bone

between the styloid and mastoid processes ; also of an

artery which passes through this foramen.
Sty'lo-pharynge'us. — A muscle passing from the styloid process

of the temporal bone to the side of the pharynx.
Styloid (Gr. stulos, a style ; eidos, shape).— Style-like. Applied

to certain processes, as the styloid process of the ulna and

of the temporal bone.
Subacro'mial bur'sa (L. sub, under ; acromion, the process of

the scapula forming the summit of the shoulder ; bursa, a

pouch).— A synovial bursa superficial to the muscles

forming the shoulder.
Subanco'neus (L. sub, under ; Gr. ankon, the elbow). — A name

sometimes given to a few muscular fibres passing from the

humerus to the elbow.
Subcau'dal(L.5z//^, under; cauda,2i\.dc^. — Under the tail; applied

to the chevron bones which are found in some Vertebrata.
Subcla'vian (L. sub, under ; clavicula, collar-bone). — Under

the collar-bone, as the subclavian artery and vein, which

pass under the collar-bone.
Subcla'vius (L. sub, under; davicula, the collar-bone). — A

muscle passing from the first rib to the under surface of

the collar-bone.
Subcra'nial arches. — A name sometimes given to the facial

arches in the foetus.
Subcru'reus (L. sub, under ; crUs, crUris, the leg). — A small

muscle extending from the lower part of the femur to the

knee-joint.
Subhy'oid arch. — The fourth facial arch of the foetus.
Sublin'gual (L. sub, under ; lingua, the tongue). — Under the

tongue, as the sublingual salivary glands, which are in that

position.
Sublo'bular veins. — The name given to the small veinlets in

the liver into which the intralobular veins pour their

blood, and by which that blood is taken to the hepatic vein.

GLOSSARY. 137

Submaxillary (L. sub^ under; maxilla^ a jaw). — Under the

jaw, as the submaxillary salivary glands, which are thus

situated.
Submen'tal (L. sub^ under; mentum, the chin). — The name of

an artery and of a vein running beneath the chin.
Submen'tum (L. sub, under; mentum, the chin). — One of the

plates of the labium in the Insecta.
Subocci'pital (L. sub, under; occiput, the hinder part of the

head). — A branch of the first spinal nerve which runs

below the back of the head.
Subcesophage'al (L. under the oesophagus). — The name given

to a large nerve-ganglion in the Crustacea, which underlies

the gullet.
Suboper'culum (L. sub, under; operculum, a. lid). — A bone

which in some fishes forms part of the skeleton of the gill

cover or operculum.
Subperitone'al arte'rial plex'us.— A plexus of small arteries

formed froiji the branches of the abdominal aorta in the

subperitoneal tissue of the abdomen.
Subpu'bic arch. — An arch or angle formed by the tuberosities

of the ischia of the pelvis.
Subpu'bic fas'cia.— A fascia stretched across the subpubic

arch.
Subpu'bic li'gament. — A ligament attached to the rami of the

pubic bones.
Subra'dular membrane (L. sub, under ; rddula, a scraper).— A

membrane forming part of the odontophore of the Odonto-

phora.
Subsca'pular. — The name given to a vein, an artery, and a

nerve which run beneath the scapula. Also of a muscle

passing from the inner face of the scapula to the humerus.
Subscapula'ris. — The name of a muscle passing from the

scapula to the humerus.
Subscapularis fos'sa (L. sub, under; scapula, the shoulder-
blade; fossa, a ditch). — A shallow depression on the

anterior surface of the scapula.
Subscap'ulo-capsula'ris. — A muscle occasionally occurring,

which passes over the subscapularis.
Subse'rous. — The term applied to the connective tissue found

beneath the serous membranes.
Substan'tia cme'rea gelatino'sa (L. grey gelatinous substance).

— The name applied by Rolando to the grey matter at

the back part of the posterior cornu of the spinal cord.

138 GLOSSARY.

Snbstan'tiae perfora'tse (L. perforated substances). — The tracts

of the brain which connect the olfactory lobes with the

uncinate gyri,
Suc'cus ent^'ricus (L. intestinal juice). — The secretion poured

out by the glands of the mucous membrane of the small

intestine.
Suchospondy'lia (Gr. suchnos, long; spondulos, a vertebra). —

Applied to those Reptilia which have dorsal vertebrae with

elongated and divided transverse processes.
Sudori'ferous ") (L. sudor, sweat ; paro, I prepare -, fero, I bear).
Sudori'parous ) — The name applied to the sweat glands

of the skin.
Su'idae (L. sus, suis, a sow, hog\ — A family of the Non-Rumi-

nantia which embraces the hogs.
Sul'cus (L. a furrow). — The name given to the depressions

which separate the convolutions of the brain ; also to

similar furrows in bone and other tissues, as the sulcus

frontalis of the frontal bone. «

Sul'cus auri'culo-ventri'cular. —A deep transverse groove which

divides the heart into auricular and ventricular portions.
Superciliary ridge (L. super, above ; ciliuniy an eyelash). — A

curved elevation in the frontal bone above the margin of

the orbit.
Supina'tion (L. sup-nus, lying on the back). — The act of

turning the hands palm upwards.
Supina'tor brevis (L. short supinator). — One of the muscles of

the antebrachium.
Supina'tor lon'gus (L. long supinator). — One of the muscles of

the brachium passing from the humerus to the radius.
Su'pra-acro'mial (L. supra, above ; Gr. akron, a summit ; omos,

a shoulder). — The name given to an artery and to a nerve

lying above the acromion of the scapula.
Su'pra-an'gular (L. supra, above).— A bone of the mandible

above the angular in some Vertebrata.
Su'pra-bran'chial (L. supra, above; Gr. branchia, a gill). —

Applied to the dorsal division of the pallial chamber in the

Lamellibranchiata, it being above the gills, which separate

it from the infra-branchial chamber.
Supraci'liary lobe (L. supra, above ; cilium, an eyelash). — The

outer angles of the rostrum in the Brachyura.
Supracla'vicle (L. supra, above; clavicula, the collar-bone). —

A bone developed in some fishes at the dorsal end of the

clavicle.

GLOSSARY. 139

Supraclavi'cular nerves.— Nerves made up of branches of the
third and fourth cervical spinal nerves which run above
the clavicles.

Supracon'dyloid (L. supra\ above ; condyle). — The name of a
small process sometimes found upon the humerus.

Supramaxillary (L. supra, above ; maxilla, a jaw). —The name
given to a branch of the facial nerve which passes over the
side of the maxilla to the angle of the mouth.

Su'pra-oeci'pital (L. supra, above ; occiput, the back of the
head). — A bone developed in some Vertebrata above the
foramen magnum of the skull, and represented in Human
Anatomy by the tabular portion of the occipital bone.

Su'pra-cesophage'al (L. above the oesophagus). — The name
given to a large ganglion in the Crustacea which lies
above the gullet.

Su'pra-orT)ital (L, above the orbit). — A name given to an ossifi-
cation in the skull of some Vertebrata ; also of a notch or
foramen in the temporal bone above the orbit, and also to
the nerve and artery which pass through it.

Su'pra-re'nal cap'sules (L. capsules above the kidneys).— Bodies
of unknown function situated in early life above the
kidneys, but which usually waste away as age advances.

Su'pra-sca'pular. — The name given to a notch in the superior
border of the scapula, and to the nerve which traverses it ;
also to the ligament attached to the notch, and which
converts it into 2i foramen.

Su'pra-spina'tus (L. above the spine). — The name of a muscle
which arises from the supra-spinous fossa of the scapula, and
is inserted into the tuberosity of the humerus.

Su'pra-spi'nous (L. above the spine).— The name given to the
superior and smaller division of the posterior surface of
the scapula; also tlie name given to the ligaments which
connect the spines of the vertebrae.

Su'pra-ster'nal (L. above the sternum).— One of the branches of
the cervical nervous plexus.

Su'pra- trochlear (L. stipra, above; trochlea, a pulley).— A
branch of the ophthalmic division of the fifth pair of
nerves, which passes close to the point at which the pulley
of the upper oblique muscle is attached to the orbit.

Suspenso'rium (L. suspendo, I hang, suspend). — The apparatus
by which the lower jaw is suspended to the skull.

Sustenta'culum lie'nis (L. support of the spleen). — A fold of
peritoneum stretching from the diaphragm to the colon.

I40 GLOSSARY.

Sustenta'culum tali (L. support of the ankle-bone). — A flat-
tened process of the calcaneum.
Su'tura ") (L. sutura, a seam). —The name given to immovable
Su'ture 3 articulations of bone, as those of the bones of

the skull. In Surgery the term is applied to any seam for

closing a wound.
Swim'merets.— The abdominal appendages which in the lobster

and other Crustacea are used in swimming.
Sympathe'tic (Gr. sun^ together ; pathos, suffering). — The

name given to the ganglionic nervous system on account

of its connexion with the cerebro-spinal system.
Sym'physis (Gr. ^z/;?, together ; //^z/^/^, growth;. — A name given

to certain junctions of bones, where there is not a complete

articulation, but rather a growing together of adjacent

bones, as the symphysis pubis and symphysis of the lower jaw.
Symplec'tic (Gr. sympleko, to entwine together). — A bone in

the Teleostean fishes which forms the lower ossification of

the suspensorium, and which articulates below with the

quadrate bone by which it is firmly held.
Synan'gium (Gr. sunago, to bring together, collect).— The

terminal part of the truncus arteriosus of the lower Verte-

brata, from which the arteries diverge.
Synapti'culae (Gr. sunaptos, joined together). — Processes of

calcareous material which grow towards each other from

the sides of the septa of the Actinozoa.
Synarthro'sis (Gr. sun, together; arthron, a joint). — A term

applied to a joint which allows of little or no motion.
Sjnichoiidro'sis (Gr. sun, together; chondros, gristle). — The

term applied to an articulation formed by the addition of

a plate of cartilage, as in the sacro-iliac synchondrosis.
Syn'chronous (Gr. sun, together; chronos, time). — Occurring

at the same time.
Syn'cope (Gr. sunkope, a swoon). — Unconsciousness from

failure of the heart's action.
Syncy'tium (Gr. stmchusis, a mixing together). — A term applied

by Haeckel to the ectoderm of the Calcispongae, a family

of the Porifera.
Syndac'tylus (Gr. sun, together ; daktulos, a finger). — Having

the digits connected by a web.
Syndes'mo-pharynge'us (Gr. sundesmos, a band). — An occasional

muscle of the pharynx in man. '

Synos'tosis (Gr. sun, together; osteon, a bone). —A term applied

to the premature obliteration of the sutures of the skull.

GLOSSARY. 141

Sjmo'via (Gr. sun, together; don, an egg). — The fluid secreted
for the lubrication of the joints by the synovial mem-
branes, so called because resembling the white of an egg.

Synovial (Gr. sun, together; don, an egg). — Applied to the
burscB or membranous sacs secreting the synovia, and
which line the movable joints ; also to the synovia itself,
under the name of the synovial fluid. .

Sy'rinx (Gr. surinx, a pipe, flute). — The lower larynx in birds
by which the voice is produced.

Systemic. — Relating to the system as a whole. Applied to
that portion of the circulation by which the blood is con-
veyed from the left ventricle of the heart, over the system
and back to the right auricle. A " systemic " heart in the
Invertebrata is one which propels blood over the systiem
after receiving it from the gills.

Sys'tole (Gr. sustello, to draw together, contract). —A contrac-
tion. Applied to the contraction of the heart

T.

Tac'tile (L. tactus, touching).— Relating to touch, as the
tactile corpuscles, which are concerned in the sense of touch.
Tactile nervous impressions are those which, when con-
veyed to the brain, result in the perception of touch.

Tae'nia hippocam'pi (Gr. tainia, a band or ribbon; hippos, a
horse; kampto, I bend). — A narrow white band which
runs along the hippocampus major of the lateral ventricles
of the brain.

Tae'nia semicircula'ris (Gr. tainia, a band or ribbon). — A
narrow flat band between the corpus striatum and optic
thalami of the brain. ,

Tse'niada (Gr. tainia, a ribbon). — The tape- worms,

Ta'lo-scaph'oid (L. talus, the astragalus; scaphoid bone). — The
name given to a ligament on the dorsum of the foot, which
extends from the astragalus to the scaphoid bone.

Tarpinae (L. talpa^ a mole).— The moles, a family of the
Insectivora.

Talus (L. a die). — Another name for the astragalus - which
see.

142 GLOSSARY.

Tape'tum (L. drapery, carpet). — The shining layer existing in

the choroid coat of the eye in some animals. Also a layer

of fibres upon the surface of the lateral ventricles of the

brain.
Tar'digrada (L. tarde, slowly; grddus, a step). — A group of

the Phytophagous Edentata which comprises the sloths.
Tar'sal cartilages (L. tarsus, the cartilage supporting the eye).

— Cartilages placed one in each eyelid to give firmness to

those parts.
Tarsa'lia (Gr. tarsos^ the flat of the foot). — The bones of the

tarsus.
Tar'so-me'tatarsus.— The ankylosed tarsus and metatarsus in

birds.
Tar'sus (Gr. tarsos, the flat of the foot). — That part of the

posterior extremity in the Vertebrata which intervenes

between the crus and the metatarsus, and which in man

forms the ankle. Also the fifth segment of the leg in the

Insecta.
Taurocholic acid (Gr. tauros, a bull; ckoie, bile). — An acid

found in the bile of the ox, and also largely in that of man.
Taxo'nomy (Gr. taxis, arrangement, order). — That division of

the science of Biology which treats of the classification

of animals and plants according to their structural charac-
teristics.
Tecto'rial mem'brane (L. tectdrius, used for covering). — A

membrane connected with the organ of Corti in the

internal ear.
Tegmen'tum of cru'ra ce'rebri (L. tegme?itum, z-covtrmg). — The

fibres forming the upper part of the peduncle of the brain.
Tela choroi'dea (L. choroid web). — Another name for the

velum interpositum which connects the choroid plexuses

of the two sides of the cerebrum together.
Teleology (Gr. telos, an end accomplished ; logos, a discourse).

— The study of function.
Teleos'tei (Gr. teleos, complete, whole). — A division of the class

Pisces, comprising the so-called osseous (bony) fishes.
Telosau'ridae (Gr. telos, the end, limit; sauros, a lizard). —

A group of the Crocodilia, extinct and of pre-cretaceous age.
Telotro'cha (Gr. telos, the end, limit; trochos, anything round).

— A name given to certain Annelidan larvae.
Tem'poral (L. tetnpora, the temples). — The name of each of a

pair of bones in the skull ; also of the arteries^ nerves, and

veins supplying that portion of the skull.

GLOSSARY. 143

Tem'poro-fa'ciaL — The name of a division of the facial nerve.

Tem'poro-ma'lar. — A small branch of the second, (superior
maxillary,) division of the fifth pair of cerebral nerves.

Tem'poro-inaxiriary. — The name of one of the veins of the
head, also termed common facial ; also the name of the
articulation of each ramus of the lower jaw with the skull.

Tem'poro-pari'etal. — The name given to the suture which joins
the temporal and parietal bones of the skull.

Ten'do Achil'lis (L. the tendon oi Achilles). — The thickest and
strongest tendon in the body, formed by the union of the
tendons of the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles, and
attached to the heel-bone ; so named because the Grecian
hero Achilles was only vulnerable in the heel.

Ten'do palpebra'ruin (L. tendon of the eyelids). — A small ten-
don of the orbicularis muscle of the eyelids.

Ten'don (L. tendo^ I stretch). — The name given to the bands
of connective tissue by which muscles are attached to
bones, &c.

Ten'dril (L. tendo, I stretch out, extend). — The filaments by
which climbing plants attach themselves to their supports.

Ten'sor pa'lati (L. tightener of the palate). — One of the muscles
of the palate.

Ten'sor tar'si (L. tightener of the tarsal cartilage of the eye). —
One of the small muscles of the eyelids.

Ten'sor troch'leae (L. tightener of the pulley). — A small occa-
sional muscle of the eyelids.

Ten'sor vagi'nae fe'moris (L. tightener of the sheath of the
femur). — A muscle passing from the ilium to the femur.

Ten'tacle (L. tentdre^ to touch, feel). — The name given to the
long finger-like processes which surround the mouth in some
Invertebrata, and which are used in feeling and touch,^

Tentaculi'fera (L. fero, I bear, and tentacle). — A group of the
Infusoria possessing tentacles.

Tentaculi'ferous lobes (L. fero, I bear, and tentacle).— The
lobes which bear the tentacles in the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopoda.

Tento'rium cerebelli (L. tent of the cerebellum). — The name
given to the process of dura mater which separates the
cerebellum from the cerebral hemispheres.

Terebra'tulidae (L. terebrdtio^ a boring). — A family of the
Brachiopoda.

Te'res ma'jor (L. teres, rounded; ^/zq/'^r, greater). — A muscle
passing from the scapula to the humerus.

144 GLOSSARY.

Td'res mi'nor (L. teres^ rounded ; minor, smaller). — A muscle

passing from the scapula to the humerus.
Ter'gal facet' (L. tergitm, the back).— The dorsal, smooth,

anterior surface of each somite in the Crustacea, on which

the posterior part of each previous somite moves in flexion

and extension of the abdomen.
Ter'gum (L. the back). — The dorsal part of the carapace in the

Crustacea.
Test ") (L. testa, a shell). — A term applied to the calcareous
Tes'ta 3 covering of sea urchins, &c. The outer coat of the

seed of a plant.
Tes'tis (L. atesticle). — Thegland which secretes the spermatozoa.
Testudi'nea (L. testudo, testudinis, a tortoise). — A group of the

Chelonia which comprises the land tortoises.
Tetrabranchia'ta (Or. tetj-as, four ; branchia, a gill). — A group

of the Cephalopoda having four gills.
Tetradac'tyle (Gr. tetras^ four; daktulos, a finger or toe). —

Having four digits.
Tetra'merous (Gr. tetras, four; meros, a part).— Consisting of

four portions.
Thalamence'ph.alon (Gr. thalamos, a bed, couch ; enkephalon,

the brain). — The "inter-brain," comprising the thalami

optici, pineal gland, pituitary body, and third ventricle.
thalamus op'ticus (L. optic couch). — The name of each of two
» structures in the side-walls of the third ventricle of the

brain, from which the fibres of the optic tract partly arise.
Thalas'sa-col'lida (Gr. thalassa, the sea; kolla, glue). — A group

of Protozoa.
Thau'motrope (Gr. thauma, a wonder ; treJ)o, I turn).— An

instrument in which figures in series of different positions
.are painted near the circumference of a disc, and the

reflections of these, being looked at in a mirror through

openings in a card revolving with them, are seen in the

form of figures, each of which appears to perform the whole
' movement represented in stages on the disc.
The'ca (Gr. a sheath, envelope). — Applied to the synovial

sheath of a tendon. Also the name given to the calcareous

cup in some of the Actinozoa.
The'codont (Gr. theke, a sheath ; odous, odontos, a tooth). —

Having the teeth lodged in alveoli ; applied to the extinct

Protorosauria, a group of the Lacertilia.

GLOSSARY. 145

Thely'tokous (Gr. thelutokos, producing females). — A term

applied to those females in the Insecta which produce only

female young.
The'nar (Gr. thenar, the palm of the hand). — The name given

to the fleshy eminence which forms the ball of the

thumb.
Therapeu'tics (Gr. therapeuo, I cure). — The branch of medical

science which treats of the application of remedies and

the curing of diseases.
Thora'cic (Gr. thorax, a breastplate). — Relating to the thorax

or chest. The ventral fins of Teleostean fishes are said to

be thoracic in position when they are placed immediately

behind the pectoral fins.
Thora'cica (Gr. thorax, 3. breastplate). — A group of Cirripede

Crustacea having limbs attached to the thoracic somites,

while those of the abdomen are only rudimentary.
Tho'rax (Gr. thorax, a breastplate). — The chest The upper

division of the trunk in the Vertebrata; the second

division of the body in the Arthropoda.
Thy'miis (Gr. thumos, heart or soul). — The name given to a

gland situate in early life above the base of the heart in

man and other mammalia, but which wastes with advancing

age.
Thy'ro-hy'al (Gr. thureos, a shield; hyoid bone).— i:\iQ name

given to two ossifications of the hyoid apparatus in the

lower Vertebrata, which correspond with the great cornua

of the hyoid bone in man.
Thy'ro-hy'oid arch. — The third facial arch in the foetus; it

corresponds with the first true branchial arch of fishes and

amphibia.
Thy'ro-hy'oid membrane. — A membrane passing from the

thyroid cartilage of the larynx to the hyoid bone.
Thy'ro-hy'oid muscles. — The name given to a pair of muscles

passing from the thyroid cartilage to the hyoid bone,
Thy'roid (Gr. thureos, a shield; eidos, shape).— The name

given to the largest cartilage of the larynx ; also to a

ductless gland situated upon the front and sides of the

upper part of the trachea.
Thysanop'tera (Gr. thusanos, a tassel ; pteron, a wing). — A

group of small winged insects living chiefly in flowers ;

called also Physopoda.
Thysanu'ra (Gr. thusanos, a tassel; oura, a tail). — A family of

Ametabolous insects.

146 GLOSSARY.

li'bia (L. a flute). — The large inner bone of the crus, which in

man forms the shin-bone. Also the fourth joint of the

leg in the Insecta.
Tibia'le. — A bone of the tarsus which articulates with the tibia.
Tibialis anti'cns (L. anterior tibial). — A muscle passing from

the tibia to the metatarsus.
Tibialis posti'cus (L. posterior tibial). — A muscle passing from

the tibia and fibula to the tarsus.
Tibialis secun'dus (L. tibia, a flute, the shin-bone ; secundus,

following the first). — An occasional muscle passing from

the back of the tibia to the capsule of the ankle-joint.
Ti'bio-fascia'lis anti'cus (L. tibia, the shin-bone ; fasddtim, in

bundles ; antlciis, anterior). — A small occasional muscle

of the lower part of the tibia.
Tinamomor'phae {tinamon, the native South-American word for

these birds). — A group of birds which comprises the

Tinamous birds.
Tomen'tum ce'rebri (L. tojnentum, a flock of wool, hair, &c). —

The name given to the inner flocculent surface of the pia

mater.
Tone ) (Gr. tonos, tightening).— A term applied to the
Toni'city ) state of continuous partial contraction of muscles,

as the tone or tonicity of the small arteries, maintained by

the influence of the vaso motor nerves.
Ton'sillar. — The name given to a small branch of the facial

artery which supplies the tonsil.
Tonsilli'tic. — The name given to certain small branches of the

glossopharyngeal nerve which supply the tonsils.
Ton'sils (L. tonsillse). — Two glandular bodies, one on each side

of the fauces.
Tor'cular Hero'phili (L. toradar, a wine or oil press). — The

name given to the confluence of the venous sinuses of the

dura mater of the brain.
Tor'ula (L. diminutive oi torus, a bed or bolster). — The yeast-
plant.
Torus angiila'ris (L. angular knot). — A long narrow plate .to

which the interambulacral pieces are attached in the

Ophiuridea.
Toxodon'tia (Gr. toxoii, a bow; odous, odontos, a tooth).— An

order of mammals containing only the extinct Toxodon^

which has the grinder teeth greatly bowed.
Trabe'cula (L. a little rafter). — Applied to the processes which

radiate inwards from the fibrous coat of the spleen and

GLOSSARY. 147

lymphatic glands, and form the framework for the stroma
of those organs. Also to two pairs of plates in the foetus
from which the parts of the skull above and in front of the
mouth are developed.

Trabs cerebri (L. beam or rafter of the cerebrum). — Another
name for the corpus callosum of the brain.

Trache'a (Gr. trachus, rough). — The windpipe in theVertebrata.
Also applied to the respiratory tubes which are distributed
through the body in some insects.

Trache'lo-acromialis (Gr. trachelos, the neck ; akro?i, the sum-
mit; omos, the shoulder). — A muscle which in some
Vertebrata passes from the cervical vertebrae to the scapula.

Trache'lo-mas'toid (Gr. trachelos^ the neck).— A muscle passing
from the neck to the mastoid process of the skull.

Tracheobran'chise (Gr. ^r^<r/^^, the windpipe ; branchia,2.^!CC).
— The name given to the respiratory organs of some aquatic
insect larvae, which consist of tubes similar to the trachece
of some insects.

Trac'tus interme'dio-latera'lis (L. intermediate lateral tract). —
The name given to a small group of cells in the spinal cord.

Trac'tus spiralis foraminulen'tus (L. tradus^ a tract ; spiralis^
spiral; foramen, an opening, window; lentus, tough). —
A furrow in the cochlea in which the cochlear branches of
the auditory nerve lie.

Tragu'li'dse (Gr. tragos, a goat). — A group of the Ruminantia.

'Tra'gus (Gr. tragos, a goat). — The eminence in front of the
opening of the external auditory canal ; so named because
sometimes possessing hairs like a goat's beard.

Transversa'lis abdo'miiiis (L. transverse of the abdomen).— A
muscle passing from the lower ribs to the pubis.

Transversa'lis cervi'cis (L. transverse of the neck). — A muscle
passmg from the anterior dorsal vertebrae to the transverse
processes of the cervical vertebrae.

Transversa'lis men'ti(L. transverse of the chin).— A small occa-
sional muscle passing below the chin to the neck.

Transversa'lis pe'dis i (L. transverse of the foot).— A muscle

Transver'sus pe'dis \ which in man and the apes is inserted
in the hallux and in the metatarsals of the foot.

^ransver'sus nu'chae (L. transverse of the neck). — An occasional
pair of muscles found in the region of the neck in man.

Transver'sus or'bitae (L. transverse of the orbit). — A muscle
occasionally found in man, which passes across the upper
surface of the eyeball.

L 2

148 GLOSSARY.

Transver'sus perinsB'i (L. transverse of the perinaeum).- A

muscle which arises from the inner surface of the pubic

arch, and unites with its fellow of the opposite side.
Trape'ziiun (Gr. trapezio?i, a geometrical figure, from trapeza^ a

table or board). — The name of one of the bones of the

carpus.
Trape'zius (Gr. /r^/m*?;^, a geometrical figure). — A large muscle

passing from the back of the head, the neck, and dorsal

vertebras to the scapula and clavicle.
Tra'pezoid (Gr. trdpeza^ a table; eidos^ shape). — The name of

one of the carpal bones.
Trema'toda (Gr. trema, trematos, a pore). — A group of the

Invertebrata placed by Huxley in the division named by

him Trichoscolices.
Triangula'ris o'ris (L. triangular of the mouth).— A muscle, of

the mouth, also named depressor anguli oris.
Triangula'ris ster'ni (L. triangular of the sternum). — One of the

muscles of the sternum which is a continuation of the

traiisversalis abdominis.
Tri'ceps bra'chii ^ (L. three-headed muscle of the arm). "

Tri'ceps exten'sor cu'biti ) — A large muscle of the dorsal

aspect of the fore limb.
Triche'cidae (Gr. trichecus, a walrus). — A group of the Pinnipedia

which coiiiprises the Walruses.
Tri'chocysts (Gr. thrix, tnchos^ hair; kustis^ a bladder).—

Minute rod-like bodies from which cilia proceed in some

Infusoria.
Tri'chophores (Gr. thrix^ tnchos^ hair; phoreo, I bear). — Sacs

in the integument of the Polychseta from which stiff hair-
like appendages spring.
Trichop'tera (Gr. thrix, trUhos, hair; pteron, a wing). — A

group of the Insecta comprising the caddis-flies.
Trichoscolices (Gr. thrix^ trichos^ hair; skolex, a worm). — A

division of the Invertebrata proposed by Huxley to include

the Trematoda, Turbellaria, Rotifera, Cestoidea, and

Hirudinea, all of which possess ciUa.
Tricus'pid (L. tnaj three ; cuspis^ a pointed extremity). —

Having three cusps, as the tricuspid valve between the

right auricle and right ventricle of the heart.
Tridac'tyle (L. tria, three; Gr. daktulos, a finger or toe).—

Having three digits.
Trifa'ciaL — The name sometimes given to the fifth pair of

nerves because they arise by three pairs of roots.

GLOSSARY. 149

Trige'minal ") (L. three at a birth). — The name of the fifth pair
Trige'mmi j of nerves ; so called because they arise by three

pairs of roots.
Trigo'ne (Gr. a triangle). — A small triangular surface in the

bladder which is devoid of rugae.
Tri'lobita (Gr. treis, three; lobos^ a lobe). — A group of extinct

Crustacea, the bodies of which were composed of threelobes.
Trionychoi'dea (Gr. trtonux, a tortoise ; eidos, shape). — A

group of the Chelonia which comprises the soft or mtid

tortoises.
Triploblas'tic (Gr. triploos, triple ; blasfos, a germ). — A term

applied to those ova in which the blastoderm spHts into

three layers.
Tri'vium (L. a place where three roads meet). — The name

given to the three anterior ambulacra of the Echinidea.
Tro'chal disc (Gr. trochos, anything round, a hoop). — The oral

disc in the Rotifera which is fringed with long cilia.
Trochan'ter (Gr. trochanter, a word signifying turning). — The

name given to two processes {major and minor) of the

upper part of the femur. Also the second joint of the leg

in the Insecta.
Tro'chlea (Gr. trochilia, a pulley). — The name given to that

part of the humerus which articulates with the ulna, be-
cause shaped like a pulley. Also to the fibro-cartilaginous

ring which is attached to the frontal bone, and through

which the tendon of the superior oblique muscle of the

eye passes.
Tro'chlear.— The name given to the fourth pair of cerebral

nerves which supply the upper oblique {trochleares) muscles

of the eyes.
Troglody'tes (Gr. troglodutes, one who lives in holes). — A

genus of the Anthropomorpha.
Tro'phic (Gr. trepho, I nourish). — Connected with nutrition.
Trun'cus arterid'sus (L, arterial trunk). — The part of the heart

from which in some Vertebrata the arteries spring.
Tu'ber annula're (L. annular swelling). — Another name for the

Pons Varolii — which see.
Tu'ber cal'cis (L. swelling of the ankle). — The posterior extre-
mity of the calcaneum.
Tu'ber cine'reum (L.grey swelling).— A layer of grey matter in

the base of the cerebrum.
Tu'ber coch'leaB (L. swelling of the cochlea). —The projection of

the first turn of the cochlea into the tympanum of the ear.

ISO GLOSSARY.

Tu'ber olfacto'rium (I., olfactory swelling). — The middle root of
the olfactory nerves.

Tuber'cula quadrige'mina (L. tuberculum^ a small swelling ;
quadrigemi7ius. four at a birth). — Another name for the
corpora quadrigevii?ia of the brain.

Tuber'culum.— A small eminence or swelling, as the tuberculum
pharyngeum, which is the tubercle from which the median
muscular band attaching the pharynx to the skull springs.

Tubero'sity (L. tuber, a lump, swelling). —A thick prominence
of bone, usually giving attachment to muscles.

Tii'buli rec'ti (L. straight tubules). — The straight portion of the
uriniferous tubules of the kidneys.

Tu'buli semeni'feri (L. semen-bearing tubules). — The small con-
voluted tubules in which the seminal fluid is secreted.

Tu'buli urini'feri (L. urine-bearing tubules). — The small tubes
of the kidney which collect the urine.

Tubulidenta'ta (L. tubidus, dim. of tubus, a pipe, tube ; dens^
dentis, a tooth). — A group of the insectivorous Edentata,
the single genus of which has teeth which are traversed by
a number of canals.

Tu'nica abdomina'lis (L. abdominal tunic). — A strong mem-
brane which in some Mammalia contributes to the support
of the viscera.

Tu'nica adventi'tia (L. foreign or outside tunic).— A name
applied to the external coat of the arteries.

Tu'nica albugi'nea (L. white tunic). — The outer capsule of the
testicle.

Tu'nica -cho'rio-capilla'ris (L. capillary choroid coat). — The
inner layer of the choroid coat of the eye.

Tu'nica choroi'dea (L. choroid tunic),— Choroid coat of the eye.

Tu'nica granulo'sa (L. granular tunic). — The granular Hning of
the Graafian follicles of the ovary.

Tu'nica pr5'pria (L. special tunic). — The membranous lining of
the semicircular canals.

Tu'nica vagina'lis (L. ensheathing tunic). — A serous sac en-
closing the testicle.

Tu'nica vagina'lis 6'culi (L. ensheathing tunic of the eye). — A
sheath of fascia surrounding the eyeball.

Tu'nica vasculo'sa tes'tis (L. vascular tunic of the testicle). — A
layer of delicate and highly vascular areolar tissue which
surrounds the testicle.

Tunica'ta (L. tunica, a tunic). — Another name for the Ascidi-
oida — which see.

GLOSSARY. 151

Tu'payae {tupaia^ the name given by the natives of Sumatra,
where and in India these animals are found). — A genus. of
the Insectivora which approach the Lemurs.

Turbella'ria (L. turbo ^ I disturb). — A group of free-swimming
organisms belonging to the division Trichoscolices, and so
named because of the currents they cause in the water in
which they live by means of their cilia.

Tur'binated (L. turbo, a turning round). — The name given to
certain twisted bones entering into the formation of the
nasal and olfactory chambers.

Turnicimor'phsB. — A group of birds.

Tiita'mina o'ciili (L. defences of the eye). — A name sometimes
applied to the eyelids.

Tylo'poda (Gr. tulos^ a swelling, pad ; pous^podos^ a foot). — The
Camels.

Tym'panum (L. a drum). — The middle ear. Also a chamber
in the syrinx of birds.

Typhlo'pidae (Gr. tuphlos, unseen; pous^ podos^ a foot). — A
group of the Ophidia.

Typhlosole (Gr. tuphlos, unseen). — A thick fold of the wall of
the intestine, which in the Lamellibranchiata and in the
earth-worms projects into the interior of the intestinal
cavity, and which is not seen from the exterior.

Ty'rosin (Gr. tiiros, cheese). — A nitrogenous compound result-
ing from the decomposition of proteid substances.

U.

TTl'na (Gr. dlene^ the elbow). — The bone of the antebrachium,

the proximal end of which forms the elbow in man.
Xll'nar. — Relating to the ulna, as the uhiar artery.
TJlna're. — A bone of the carpus which articulates with the

ulna.
TJlotri'chi (Gr. oulos, woolly ; thrix^ trkhos, hair). — The division

of the human race which embraces all those varieties which

have crisp, woolly hair.
Umbili'cal cord (I^. umbilicus, the navel).— The navel string.

The cord which connects the foetus with the placenta.
Umbili'cal ve'sicle (L. umbilicus, the navel). — The vesicle

which contains that portion of the vitellus which serves as

nutriment for the embrvo.

15 2 GLOSSARY.

Umbilicus (L. the navel).— The point in the middle line of the

abdomen at which the somatopleures of the foetus unite.

Also the name given to two apertures {superior and inferior^

in the calamus of a bird's feather.
Um'bo (pi. umbones^ L. a boss). — The beak of a bivalve shell.

Also a depression in the integument of the larva of an

Echinoderm.
Un'ciform (L. uncus, a hook ; formis, shape). — One of the

bones of the carpus, also termed uncinatum and hamatum.
ITn'cinate (L. uncus, a hook). — Hooked. Applied to a process

of the ethmoid bone.
ITn'gual phalan'ges (L. u?tguis, a nail). —The terminal phalanges

of the digits, so called because provided with nails or claws.
TTn'gues (L. unguis, a nail). — Applied to the pointed claws

which terminate the legs in the Insecta.
TTn'guis (L. a nail). — The narrow stalk by which the alae of a

papilionaceous flower are attached to the corolla.
Un'gulata (L. ungula, a hoof). — A group of the Non-deciduate

Mammalia.
TTnguligrade (L. ungula, a hoof; gradus, a step). — Applied to

those animals which walk upon hoofs, which consist of the

ungual phalanges encased in thick horny sheaths.
Unipo'lar (L. U7ius, one.-, poius, the pole). — Having a single

pole. Applied to those ganglionic nerve cells which have

but one radiating process.
TJ'nivalve {Y,. U7tusy one; valves, folding doors). — Applied to

those MoUusca which have shells composed of a single

piece.
U'rachus (Gr. ouron, urine ; echo, I hold). — One of the liga-
ments of the bladder formed by the remaining constricted

portion of the allantois of the foetus.
TIre'a (Gr. ouron, urine). — A nitrogenous substance found

abundantly in the urine, and produced by the waste oi

nitrogenous material both in the food and in the tissues.
Ure'ter (Gr. oureter, the urinary duct). — A duct leading from

the kidney to the urinary bladder.
TTre'thra (Gr. ourethra). — The canal leading from the urinary

bladder to the exterior.
TTri'iia ci'bi (L. urine of food). — The name given to the urine

passed immediately after food has been taken.
TJri'na po'tus (L. urine of drink). — The name given to the urine

passed immediately after a quantity of fluid has been

drunk.

GLOSSARY. 153

TJri'na san'guinis (L. urine of the blood). — A term applied to

the urine evacuated at times when neither food nor drink

has been recently taken, as, for instance, that evacuated

upon rising in the morning.
TTrini'ferous tubes (L. urine-bearing tubes). — The tubules in

which the urine is secreted, and by which it is poured

into the calyces of the ureters.
Uro-car'diac process (Gr. oura^ the stem ; kardta, the stomach).

— A process of the cardiac piece of the stomach in some

Crustacea.
TJro-car'diac tooth (Gr. oura^ the stern ; kardia, the stomach).

— A process of the pre-pyloric ossicle in the stomach of

some Crustacea.
TJ'ro-chord (Gr. oura, the stern, tail; chorde, a string). — The

central axis in the Ascidioida,
TIro'dela (Gr. oura, the tail ; delos, distinct). — A group of the

Amphibia having a distinct and often long tail.
Urogas'tric (Gr. oura, the stern, tail ; gaster, the stomach). —

The name given to two lobes of the carapace in the

Brachyura.
ITrohy'al (Gr. oura, the stern; hyotd bone). — The posterior

ossification of the hyoidean arch in fishes.
Uropoie'tic (Gr. ouron^ urine ; poietikos, making). — A system

of organs in the Invertebrata which are concerned in

eliminating the nitrogenous waste from the blood.
Uropy'gial (Gr. oura, the tail ; pugaios, the buttocks). — The

name given to a gland which in many birds secretes an

oily fluid spread by the bird over its feathers, the gland

being situated in the integument which covers the coccyx.
Urosa'cral (Gr. oura, the tail ; L. sacrus, sacred, the sacrum). —

A term applied to the ankylosed caudal vertebrae in

birds.
TJ'rostyle (Gr. ouj-a^ a tail ; stulos^ a style, pen).— A bony

prolongation of the vertebral column in some fishes and

amphibia.
U'tero-gesta'tion (L. uterus, womb ; gestatio, the being carried

in a litter). — The development of the embryo within the

womb.
U'terus (L. the womb). — The cavity in which the embryo

remains during development
U'terus masculi'nus (L. male womb).— A portion of the male

genital organs which in some Vertebrata represents the

aborted uterus.

154 GLOSSARY.

U'tricle ") (L. utriculiis. a small bag). — The larger of the two

Utri'culus ) sacs of the vestibule of the ear.

U'tricle of male urethra (L. utriculus, a small bag). — Another

name for t\iQ prostatic vesicle.
TJ'vula (L. a little grape). — The pendent body at the back of

the soft palate ; also a small projection in the cerebellum.

Va'cuole (L. vacuo, I make empty). — A small clear space in a

protoplasmic cell, and in the protoplasm of some Protozoa.
Vagi'na (L. .a sheath). — The passage by which the uterus

communicates with the exterior. Applied also to the

lower sheathing portion of the leaves of some plants.
Vagi'na cellulo'sa (L. cellular sheath). — A name sometimes

applied to the general external covering of nerve trunks.
Vagi'nal arteries (L. vagina, a sheath). — The branches of the

hepatic artery which supply the walls of the ducts, vessels,

and Glisson's capsule of the liver.
Vagi'nal plex'us (L. vagina, a sheath ; plecto, I twine). — The

nerves supplied to the vagina.
Vagi'nal pro'cess (L. vagina, a sheath).— A process of the

temporal bone.
Vagi'nal syno'vial mem'branes (L. vagina, a sheath). — A term

applied to those synovial membranes which form sheaths

for the tendons.
Vagi'nal veins (L. vagina, a sheath). — Small veinlets in the

liver which return the blood from the fibrous coat of the

liver to the branches of the portal vein.
Va'gus (L. wandering). — The tenth cerebral nerve, so called

because of its wide distribution.
Valle'cula (L. a little valley). — A fossa of the cerebellum.

Also the fold of the derma in which the root of the nail is

implanted.
Val'vulae conniven'tes (L. little winking valves). — The trans-
verse permanent folds of the mucous membrane of the

small intestine.
Vas §,'berrans (L. wandering vessel). — A long narrow tube lead-
ing from the lower part of the epididymis, and terminating

blindly.
Vas de'ferens (L. bearing-to vessel). —The excretory duct of the

testis.

GLOSSARY. 155

Vas spirale (L. spiral vessel). — A small blood-vessel of the
internal ear.

Va'sa afferen'tia (L. afferent vessels). — The lymphatic vessels
which enter the lymphatic glands.

Va'sa ambulacra'lia ca'vi (L. hollow ambulacral vessels). — Di-
verticula of the circular ambulacral vessel in the Ophiuridea.

Va'sa bre'via (L. short vessels). — Small blood-vessels suppHed
to the stomach.

Va'sa efferen'tia (L. efferent or carrying-out vessels).— Small
vessels passing from the vascular network of the testicle to
the epididymis. Also applied to the lymphatic vessels
which pass out of the lymphatic glands.

Va'sa lac'tea or chyli'fera (L. lacteal or chyle-bearing vessels).
— The absorbent vessels of the small intestine.

Va'sa rec'ta (L. straight vessels). — The straight vessels of the
testicle which pass from the seminiferous tubules to the
vascular network. Also small straight blood-vessels which
lie between the uriniferous tubes of the kidney.

Va'sa vaso'rum (L. vessels of the vessels). — The system of small
blood-vessels which supply the coats of the arteries, veins,
and lymphatics.

Va'sa vortico'sa (L. vortex-like vessels). — Small veins of the
choroid coat of the eye.

Vas'cular (L. vasculum^ a little vessel). — Having or belonging
to vessels ; full of vessels.

Va'so-mo'tor nerves (L. vessel-moving nerves). — Nerves derived
from the sympathetic system, and governed by a vaso-
motor nerve-centre in the medulla oblongata, which are
supphed to the muscular coat of the small blood-vessels.

Va'so-peritone'al ve'sicle. — A sac developed in the Holothuridea
from the archenteron, and which subsequently gives rise to
the ambulacral vessels and the peritoneum.

Vas'tus exter'nus (L. vastus, enormous ; extermis, external). —
A large muscle of the thigh.

Vas'tus inter'nus (L. vastus, enormous ; internus, internal). —
A large muscle of the thigh.

Vein (L. vena, a vessel containing blood). — A vessel which
returns blood to the heart.

Ve'liger (L. velum, a sail; gero, I bear). — A term applied to
the embryo of some Mollusca, which is provided with a
richly ciliated disc-like body.

Ve'lum (L. a sail).— The ciliated disc-like fold of the inte-
gument with which some embryo Molluscs are provided.

156 GLOSSARY.

Ve'lum interpo'situm (L. the interposed veil).— A term applied
to the choroid membrane of the brain which is situated
between the fornix and optic thalami.

Ve'lum meduUa're ante'rius (L. anterior medullary veil). —
Another name for the valve of Vieussens of the brain.

Ve'lum pen'dulum pa'lati (L. the pendulous veil of the palate).
— The posterior part of the soft palate.

Ve'lum, poste'rior medullary (L. velum, a curtain).— A lami-
nated structure in the cerebellum comparable to the valve
of Vieussens.

Ve'na a'zygos ma'jor (L. the great unyoked vein).— A vein on
the right side of the body, commencing in the lumbar
region, and emptying itself into the superior vena cava.

Ve'na ca'va (L. hollow vein). — The name of each of the two
large veins which bring t.he blood back to the right side of
the heart ; the vena cava superior bringing the blood from
the head and upper extremities, the vefia cava inferior
returning blood from the trunk and lower extremities.

Ve'na cor'dis mag'na (L. the large vein of the heart). — The large
vein which returns the blood from the substance of the
heart to the right auricle.

Ve'na hemia'zygos (L. half-unyoked vein). — The smaller azygos
vein ; a vein which, commencing on the left side of the
trunk, answers to the large azygos vein on the right side,
into the upper part of which it opens.

Ve'na. par umbilica'lis (L. equal umbilical vein). — A small vein
which sometimes opens a connexion between the external
iliac and the portal vein.

Ve'na por'tae (L. the vein of the gate, or portal vein). — The
large vein which carries venous blood, (derived from the
stomach, intestines, spleen, and pancreas,) to the liver ; so
called because it enters t\iQ porta or gate of the liver.

Ve'na salvatel'la.— A name formerly given to a small vein by
which the posterior ulnar vein commences.

Ve'nse abdomina'les anterio'res (L. anterior abdominal veins).
— Large branches of the iliac veins which in the Reptilia
run along the anterior wall of the abdominal cavity.

Ve'nae advehen'tes (L. vena, a vein ; adveho, to carry to a
place). — Small veins which in the foetus carry blood into
the liver from the ductus" venosus.

Ve'nse ba'sis vertebra'rum (L. veins of the bodies of the verte-
brae).— The veins contained in the canals within the
bodies of the vertebrae.

GLOSSARY. 157

Ve'nsB co'mites (L. companion veins). — A term applied to two
or more veins running in company with an artery.

Ve'nsB cor'dis mi'nimaB (L. small veins of the heart).— The small
veins which return the blood from the substance of the
heart.

Ve'nae Ga'leni (L. veins of Galen). — Two veins formed by the
union of branches from the choroid plexus of the brain.

Ve'nse par'vae (L. small veins). — A number of small veins, com-
mencing upon the anterior surface of the right ventricle,
and passing separately into the right auricle of the heart.

Ve'nse revehen'tes (L. vena^ a vein ; reveho, to carry back). —
Small veins which in the foetus return blood from the liver
to the ductus venosus.

Venesec'tion (L. vena^ a vein ; seco^ I cut). — The process of
bleeding or blood-letting by opening a vein.

Ve'nter of scapula (L. venter^ the belly ; scapula^ the shoulder-
blade). — The fossa on the anterior surface of the scapula.

Ven'tral (L. venter^ the belly). — Towards the belly; opposite
to dorsal.

Ven'tricle (L. ventriculus^ a little belly). — The name given to
the chambers in the heart which discharge the blood into
the arteries, and also to certain cavities in the brain.

Ventri'culus (L. a little stomach or belly). — The cavity of the
"cup" in the Porifera. A part of the alimentary canal in
insects.

Venni'cular (I., vermis^ a worm). — Worm-like. Movement in
waves, such as are seen in the movement of a worm.

Ver'mis (L. a worm).— The median division of the cerebellum.

Ver'tebra (L. verto, to turn). — The name of each of the bony
segments of which the spinal column is made up.

Ver'tebra denta'ta (L. toothed vertebra). — Another name for
the second cervical vertebra or axis which possesses the
odontoid process.

Ver'tebra pro'miiiens (L. prominent vertebra). — A name some-
times given to the seventh cervical vertebra in man, on
account of its prominent neural spine.

Ver'tebrata (L. vertebra, a bone of the spinal column). — The
great division of the animal kingdom, comprising all those
animals possessing a vertebral column.

Verumon'tanein (L. vh-us, true; mons, a mountain). — -The
prominent fold of the mucous membrane in the prostatic
portion of the urethra.

Vesi'ca urina'ria (Latin).— The urinary bladder.

IS8 GLOSSARY.

Ve'sicle (L. vesicula, a little bladder). — Applied to any small

bladder-like body, as the umbilical vesicle which contains

the food yolk.
Ve'sico-u'terine folds. — Folds of peritoneum extending from

the uterus to the urinary bladder.
Vesi'cula prosta'tica (L. the prostatic vesicle). — A small body in

the prostate gland considered to be a rudimentary uterus ;

called also sinus ^ocularis.
Vesi'cTilsB semina'les (L. seminal vesicles). — The receptacles of

the semen, in which it lies for a longer or shorter period

before being discharged.
Ves'tibule of the aorta (L. vestibulu?n,2Ln entrance).— A small

cavity in the ventricle of the heart adjoining the root of

the aorta.
Ves'tibule of the ear (L. vestibuhun^ an entrance). — The part

of the labyrinth of the ear into which the semicircular

canals open.
Ves'tibule of the vul'va (L. vestibulum, an entrance). — The

angular interval between the nymphge.
Vesti'bulum (L. an entrance). — The chamber in the Polyzoa

into which the gullet and anus open.
Vexil'lum (L. a vane). — The shaft of a bird's feather ; also the

large uppermost petal at the back of a papilionaceous

flower.
Vibra'cula (L. vibrare^ to quiver). — Whip-like appendages with

which the cells of some Polyzoa are provided.
Vibris'sae (L. vibro^ I shake). — The hairs growing inside the

nostrils ; so named because they vibrate when we breathe.
Vi'dian artery. — A small branch of the inferior maxillary artery

which occupies the Vidian canal.
Vi'dian canal. — A small canal in the internal pterygoid plate of

the sphenoid bone.
Vi'dian nerve. — A small nerve occupying the Vidian canal.
Vil'lus (L. villus^ shaggy hair). — A conical projection of the

mucous membrane of the small intestine, containing blood-
vessels and lacteals.
Vin'cula accesso'ria ten'dinum (L. vi?tculuj?i, a fetter ; accessio,

an increase). — Accessory fibres of the sheath of the flexor

tendon of the fingers.
Vis a fron'te (L. force in front). — A pulling force by which the

flow of a fluid is assisted, as in the ascent of the sap in

plants, where evaporation from the leaves acts as a vis

a f route.

GLOSSARY. 159

Vis a ter'go (L. force behind). — A pushing force by which the

flow of a fluid is assisted, as in the ascent of the sap in

plants, where the absorption of moisture by the spongioles

of the rootlets assists in pushing on the sap in its upward

course.
Visnervo'sa (L. nervous force). — A term applied to signify the

property of nerves whereby they conduct impressions.
Vis'cera (L. the entrails). — AppHed to all the organs contained

within the body.
Vis'cus (L. viscus, the inside of the body). — Any internal organ

of the body.
Vitella'rium (L. vitellus, yolk of an egg). — A gland which in

some Turbellaria is connected with the female generative

organs, and secretes a special yolk-like material.
Vitelli'genous cells (L. v/tellus, yolk ; Gr. gennao, I produce).

— Cells, secreted by the ovarioles of some insects, which

probably supply nutriment to the growing ova.
Vi'telline duct (L. vitellus, yolk).— The duct by which in early

foetal life the yolk sac communicates with the embryonic

sac of the ovum.
Vi'telliniB mem'brane (L. vitellus, yolk). — The membrane which

encloses the yolk of the ovum.
Vitellus (L. yolk of an egg). — The general contents of the

ovum.
Vit'reous (L. vitrum, glass). — The name given to the humour

which occupies the posterior chamber of the eye, on

account of its glassy appearance.
Vivi'parous (L. vivo, I live ; pario, I bring forth). — Applied to

those animals which bring forth their young alive.
Volar artery (L. vola, the palm of the hand). — A branch of

the radial artery distributed to the hand.
Vo'mer (L. a ploughshare). — A bone of the skull, so named

because of its fancied resemblance to a ploughshare.
VulVa. — A general term for all the external parts of the female

generative organs.

W.

Willis, circle of. — Anastomosis of the branches of the
vertebral and internal carotid arteries in the skull.

Wolffian bodies. — Temporary organs in the foetus from which
the urinary and reproductive organs are developed.

l6o GLOSSARY.

Wormian bones. — Bones frequently found in the sutures of the
skull.

X.

Xan'thocroi (Gr. xanthos, yellow, auburn ; chroma, colour). —
A group of the human race which includes the Slavonians,
Teutons, Scandinavians, and fair Celts.

XipMplas'tron (Gr. xiphos, a sword ; plastos, moulded, formed).
— The fourth lateral piece of the plastron in the Chelonia.

Xi'phistemum (Gr. xiphos, a sword ; sternon, the breast). — The
posterior portion of the sternum, also termed in man the
ensiform cartilage.

Xi'phoid cartilage (Gr. xiphos, a sword ; eidos, shape).— Sword-
like. Applied to the xiphisternum.

Xiphosu'ra (Gr. xiphos, a sword; oura, a tail).— An order of
the Crustacea only represented at the present day by the
king-crabs, which have long sword-like tails.

Zoan'thodeme (Gr. zoon, an animal ; anthos, a flower). — The

whole group of zooids in the Actinozoa produced by the

budding of a single polype.
Zo'ea (Gr. zoe, life). — The larval form of some Crustacea.
Zo'na denti'culata.— Toothed belt.
Zo'na glomerulo'sa (L. zona, a girdle ; glmnerosus, to make into

a ball). — The outer layer of the cortical part of the supra

renal bodies.
Zo'na orbicula'ris (L. orbicular zone). — A thick broad band of

circular fibres in the capsular membrane of the hip-joint.
Zo'na pectina'ta. — Comb-like belt.
Zo'na pellu'cida (L. bright transparent belt). — The membrane

enclosing the yolk of the unimpregnated ovum.
Zo'na reticula'ris (L. net-like belt). — The inner layer of the

cortical part of the supra-renal bodies.
Zona'ria (L. zona, a maiden's girdle, belt). — A division of the

Mammalia, so called from the shape of the placenta,
Zo'nula of Zinn (L. little belt of Zinn). — The folded zone formed

by the suspensory ligament of the lens of the eye.
Zooglae'a (Gr. zom, an animal; glia, glue). — The term applied

to the resting, motionless stage of the Bacteria, in which

they are embedded in gelatinous material.

GLOSSARY. l6l

Zo'oid (Gr. zodn, an animal ; eidos^ shape). — A term applied to

each of the individuals which make up a compound

organism.
Zo'ology (Gr. zoon^ an animal ; logos ^ a discourse). — The branch

of Biology which treats of animal life.
Zo'ophyte (Gr. zoon^ an animal 5 phuton, a plant). — A term

sometimes applied to animals which resemble plants, such

as corals, sea-anemones, sponges, &c.
Zo'ospores (Gr. zoos, alive; spora, a seed). — The name given

to spores which are provided with cilia, and are therefore

capable of spontaneous movement.
Zo'otomy (Gr. zoon, an animal ; temno, I cut). — The art of

dissecting animals.
Zygan'trum (Gr. ziigos, a yoke ; an iron, a cave). — A fossa on

the posterior face of the arches of each of the vertebrae of

the Lacertilia, into which the zygosphene of the succeeding

vertebra fits.
Zygapo'physis (Gr. ziigos, a yoke; apophuo^ I grow). — The

yoke-pieces or articulations of the vertebrae.
Zygocar'diac os'sicle (Gr. zugos, a yoke ; kardia, the stomach).

— The name of each of a pair of pieces in the skeleton of

the stomach of some Crustacea.
Zy'goma ") (Gr. zugos, a yoke). — The arch formed by

Zygoma'tic arch j the malar bone and the zygomatic process

of the temporal bone of the skull.
Zygoma'tic fos'sa.—The lower part of the fossa bridged over

by the zygomatic arch.
Zygoma'tici muscles. — Two muscles {major 2,nA minor) arising

from the zygomatic arch.
Zy'gosphene (Gr. ziigos^ a yoke; sphen, a wedge). — A process

on the anterior face of each of the vertebral arches in the

Lacertilia, which articulates with the zygantrum of the

preceding arch.
Zy'gospore (Gr. zugos, a yoke; spora, a seed). — A spore pro-
duced by the union of buds from two adjacent hyphae in

the process of conjugation by which some fungi multiply.

APPENDIX,

Abscis'sa (L. db^ off; scindere, to cut). — A line forming basis of
measurement of graphic records.

Accel'erans nerve (L. ac- {=ad)\ celerare, to hasten). — A
nerve passing from spinal cord to heart, which conveys
accelerating impulses (reflex) ; also called " Augmentor."

Accommoda'tion (L. ac- {=ad); comjiiodare, to fit).— The ad-
justment of the optic mechanism to rays of light from
different distances.

Aceton (acet(ic) + Gr. one, female descendant). — A material
found in diabetic urine.

Ach'romatic (Gr. a, not; chroma, colour), — Applied to a
lens in which the prismatic aberration of refraction is
corrected.

Achromatop'sy (Gr. achrdmatos, colourless ; opsomai {horao)
to see). — Complete colour-blindness. Inability to appre-
ciate any colours but black and white.

Achro'o'dextrin (Gr. a, not ; chromay colour ; dexios, on the
right). — A variety of dextrin, occurring during the con-
version of starch and sugar ; it gives no colour reaction
with iodine.

A'cinous glands (L. acmosus^ resembling a cluster of grapes). —
Also called " Acino-tubular, or compound racemose."

Adelomorphous cells (Gr. adelos, not seen ; morphos, shape).
— The central or principal cells found in glands at car-
diac end of stomach.

Ad'equate stimulus (L. ad, to ; ceqttdre, to equal). — The
particular form of stimulus which excites the endings of
a nerve of special sense.

Ad'ipocere (L. adip-em, fat -j- Fr. cire, L. cera, wax). — A fatty
material formed by decomposition of proteid matter.

Adventi'tia, Tunica (L. adventicius, a covering). — The ex-
ternal coat of an artery or vein.

1 64 GLOSSARY.

iEsthe'siom'eter (Gr. aisthesis, perception ; metron^ a measure).

— A graduated instrument for estimating the sensibility

of a surface.
Ag'oraphdbia (Gr. agora^ an assembly ; phobia, fear). — A

variety of giddiness associated with disturbance of semi-
circular canals.
A'graphia (Gr. a, not ; graphein, to write). — Inability to

execute the movements necessary for writing.
Albu'menoids (L. albus, white ; whence albu-men, lit. whiteness).

— A group of nitrogenous substances allied to albumins,

but possessing important points of difference.
Albumo'ses (L. albiis, white). — The first products in the split-
ting up of proteids by ferment, from which peptones are

formed.
AUox'an (der. allanioin — cf. Gr. allantoid, from alianf,

sausage + -eides, shaped— and oxallic, from Gr. oxalisy

sorrel). — A nitrogenous substance obtained when uric acid

is acted upon by nitric acid.
Almen's test. — For blood by means of guaiacum and ozonic

ether.
Amaurosis (Gr. amauros, obscure). — Blindness.
Amblyopia (Gr. amblus, blunt^ weak; ops, the eye).— A

nervous weakness of vision.
Amne'sia (Gr. a, without; mnesis, memory). — A variety of

aphasia in which there is loss of memory for words.
Amor'phous (Gr. a, without ; morphe, form or shape). — Without

definite or regular shape.
Ampere's rule. — A rule for determining the direction of

galvanic currents.
Ampho'peptone (Gr. amphi, on both sides; pepto, I digest). —

A mixture of hemi and antipeptone.
Am'yloid substance (Gr. aiimlon ; L. amylum, starch). — A

proteid substance found deposited in the tissues, resulting

from a pathological process. Gives a red colour with

methyl violet. Also called " Lardacein."
Am'yl opsin (Gr. amnion, starch). — A ferment of the pancreatic

juice which converts starch into maltose.
Anabolic (Gr. a7ia, up ; ballo, I throw). — An exciting influence,

exerted by certain nerves, which increases metabolism.
Anab'olism (Gr. ana, up; ballo, I throw). — Synthetic or

constructive metabolism.
Anacrotic (Gr. ana, up ; krotos, a striking). — Applied to a

pulse tracing in which interruptions occur in the ascent.

GLOSSARY. 165

Analg^e'sia (Gr. a, privative ; algesis, sense of pain). — A con-
dition of the nervous system in which there is insensibility

to pain, but pressure and tactile sense remain.
Anal'ogy (Gr. ana, similar to ; logos^ ratio, proportion). — That

kind of resemblance among the organs ot animals which

depends upon similarity of function, although structurally

differing.
Anal'ysis (Gr. ana-lusis,z. loosing, releasing). — A splitting up of

any compound substance into its elementary constituents.
Anelectrot'onus (Gr. ana, up; electron^ amber). — An electrical

condition of a nerve, during the passage of a constant

current,
An'giograph (Gr. anggeion, a vessel ; grapho, t write). — A

form of sphygmograph.
Anidro'sis (Gr. an {■= a), priv.; idros, sweat). — Diminution or

absence of sweat.
An'isotro'pous (Gr. anisos^ unequal ; trepOy I turn). — Doubly

refractive.
An'dde (Gr. ana^ up; odos^ way). — The positive pole: the

point at which electric current enters a nerve or muscle.
Anos'mia (Gr. an^ priv. ; os7ne^ smell). — Loss of smell.
Antagonistic muscles (Gr. «;///, against ; agonistes^ a rival). —

Those muscles which are opposite in function.
Antipep'tone (Gr. anti, against ; pepto^ I digest). — A product

of proteid digestion.
Aortic notch (Gr. aorto^ was suspended — from aeiro^ I raise

up). — That portion of a sphygmogram which precedes the

dicrotic wave.
Apha'sia (Gr. aphasia, inability to speak — from ^, not, and

phdo, I speak). — Loss of the power of speech; associated

with lesion of Broca's convolution.
Apho'nia (Gr. aphdm'a, want of voice — from «, without, and

phone, voice). — Absence of voice.
Apse'laphesia (Gr. apsis, a fastening ; aphesis, a letting go). —

Paralysis of tactile sensation.
Archiblas'tic (Gr. arche, beginning ; blasto, a bud). — Certain

embryonic cells which are said to be developed from all

three layers of blastoderm.
Argyll Robertson pupil. — A condition in which the pupil

will react to accommodation, but not to light caused by

interference with the connection between optic and oculo-
motor centres.
Arnold's nerve. — The auricular branch of vagus.

1 66 GLOSSARY.

Arrecto'res pili (L. arrectus, upright ; pilus, • a hair) —
Nonstriated muscle fibres which are attached to hair
foUicles.

Arteriole (L. dim. of arfen'a, an artery). — A small artery which
immediately opens into a capillary.

Assimilation (L. assimilare, from as {=■ ad\ to ; i'/V/z/Z/i', like).
— The taking in of nutritive material by living cells.

Associated movements. — A term applied to the simultaneous
movements of both eyes, or of separate groups of
muscles.

Aste'rion (Gr. asteo, a star). — The junction of parietal, mastoid,
and occipital JDones.

Astig'matism (Gr. «, priv.; stig7?ia, a mark made with a sharp-
pointed instrument). — Irregularity in the refracting surfaces
of cornea or lens, causing blurred vision.

At'avism (L. atavus, an ancestor— from avus, a grandfather). —
Reversion to a primitive type, shown by the persistence
of structures which should normally undergo suppression ;
e.g. moles.

Ataxia (Gr. a, priv. j taxis, order — from tasso, I put in order).
— Disturbance of co-ordination.

Atelec'tasis (Gr. ateles, imperfect — from a, priv., and ielos,
completion ; extasis^ extension). — Unexpanded or col-
lapsed state of lungs.

Auerbach's plexus. — A plexus of nerves in muscular layers of
digestive canal.

Augmentor nerve (L. augmentum^ an increase). — The
accelerator fibres of the sympathetic supplying the
heart.

Automatic (Gr. auto77iatos {autos — mad), acting of one's own
will). — As applied to a nerve centre. The origination of
an impulse and its conduction therefrom independently
of a previously received nerve stimulus ; e.g. respiratory
centre in medulla.

Axis cylinder (L. axis, Gr. axon, an axle-tree, a pole). — The
central mass of fine fibres which constitute the conduct-
ing part of a nerve.

Eacte'ria (Gr. hakterion, a rod, a walking-stick). — Microscopic

fungi occurring in decomposing organic matter.
Ba'sion (L. basis j a pedestal). — A point of the skull which

GLOSSARY. 167

corresponds with the centre of anterior margin of foramen

magnum.
Bell's law. — Ascribed to the definite functions of spinal nerve

roots, Sir Chas. Bell.
Bell's paralysis. — Unilateral paralysis of facial nerve.
Bidder's ganglia. — Ganglia of the heart, situated in the

auriculo- ventricular groove.
Biot's respiration. — " Periodic " breathing without any

variation in the size of the individual movements. Occurs

during sleep and is normal.
Bi'uret reaction. — The pink coloration which peptones

give with copper sulphate and liquor potassag.
Blandin, Glands of.— Muco- serous glands found near tip of

tongue.
Blastomyce'tes (Gr. blastos^ a bud ; mukes (gen. muketos),

a mushroom, or any round body shaped like a mushroom).

■ — Microscopic fungi or yeasts.
Blood islands of Pander. — Masses of mesoblastic cells (vaso-.

formative) from which blood-vessels are developed.
Blood plate. — Platelets. — A variety of blood-corpuscles

variable in size and shape. Intimately associated with

process of coagulation.
Blood pressure. — The force exercised by the blood against

the vessels ; is the balance between the pumping power of

the heart and peripheral resistance.
Bowman's glands.— Tubular glands found in mucous mem-
brane of olfactory region.
Bowman's tubes. — Spaces formed artificially in cornea

between the lamellae.
Bregma (Gr. bi-egma, the forepart of the head — from brecho, I

moisten or wet). — The anterior fontanelle.
Bremer's formula. — Applied to the phenomena observed on

electrical stimulation of the ear ; i.e. a loud sensation on

. closure at cathode, and a feeble sensation on opening at

anode.
Broca's convolution. — The posterior lobe of left inferior

frontal convolution. Associated with speech.
Briich, Membrane of. — A delicate membrane separating

choroid from retina.

Canal of Nuck. — Formed by a process of peritoneum passin<
to the inguinal canal in female.

1 68 GLOSSARY.

Canal of Petit. — A space formed by separation of suspensory

ligament of lens.
Canal of Stilling. — A fine canal in vitreous humour connect-
ing optic papilla with posterior surface of lens. Originally

contained an artery.
Carbohydrates (a hybrid from L. carho, coal ; and Gr. hudor,

water). — Compounds of carbon, oxygen, and hydrogen, in

which H. and O. exist in the proportions to form water.
Carot'id gland (Gr. kara, the head ; oios^ the ear). — A small

vascular mass found at upper end of common carotid

artery.
Catacrofic pulse (Gr. kata^ down; krotos, a striking). — That

variety of pulse tracing which presents secondary waves

in the descent.
Cataphoric action (Gr. kata, down ; phora, a carrying or

bringing). — The phenomena of direct transference of

fluids from one compartment to another, through a porous

medium, during passage of galvanic current.
Catelectrot onus (Gr. kata, down ; elektron, amber). — The

electrical condition of a nerve in the region of negative

pole during the passage of a current.
Cathode (Gr. kata, down; hodos^ a way or path). — The nega-
tive electrode or pole, i.e. where the current leaves

nerve.
Cellulo'se (L. cella, a store-room). — The covering of starch

granules.
Centrifugal nerve {\.2X. centrum, \)ciQ centre ; fiigw, I flee) —

One which conveys impulses from a nerve centre.

Efl'erent.
Centrip'etal nerve (L. centrum, the centre; peto, I seek). —

One which conveys impulses to a nerve centre. Aflerent.
Cerebral vesicles (L. cerebrum, the brain). — Primitive

swellings on the neural tube of embryo from which brain

is developed.
Cerebrin (L. cerebrum, the brain). — A glucoside obtained

from brain substance.
Cheyne- Stokes respiration. — A peculiar variety of breathing,

characterized by an alternation of pauses and groups of

modified respiratory movements ; caused by variations in

quantity, quality and pressure of blood-supply to brain.
Chordae Willisii (Gr. chorde, L. chorda, a gut, a string, a

chord). — Fibrous bands which stretch across the superior

longitudinal sinus.

GLOSSARY. 169

Cho'rion frondo'sum (Gr. chorion, skin or leather). — The
chorionic villi which are embedded in decidua vera, and
enter into the formation of placenta.

Cho'rion lae've (Gr. chorion, skin or leather). — The chorionic
villi which are embedded in decidua reflexa and disap-
pear early.

Cliristison's formula. — A method of approximately estimat-
ing the amount of solids in urine. The last two figures of
specific gravity are multiplied by 2 '33, which gives the
■quantity in 1000 parts.

Chroma'tic aberra'tion (Gr. chroma, colour; L. aberro, I
wander). — The splitting up of white light into prismatic
colours during its passage through a lens.

Cilio spinal centres. — Situated in medulla oblongata and
lower cervical region of spinal cord, and which are con-
cerned in the dilating mechanism of pupil.

Clarke, Column of.— A collection of nerve cells, situated in .
posterior horn of grey matter of spinal cord.

Clarke-Maxwell's experiment.— A method of demonstrating
the yellow spot of retina by looking through a solution of
chrome alum.

Climacteric (Gr. klimax, gen. klimakos, a ladder or staircase).
— That period of life when the menstrual flow ceases.

Coccygeal gland (Gr. kokkux, the cuckoo, imitation of its cry,
a crest, kokkugos, of the cuckoo ; L. coccyx, the cuckoo ;
coccygis, of the cuckoo). — A vascular mass found' in front
of coccyx, shown to be remains of neurenteric canal. Also
called " Luschka's gland."

Colobd'ma (Gr. kolohos, docked, stunted, curtal). — A cleft in
the iris or choroid due to defective development.

Columns of Morgagni. — Vertical folds of mucous membrane
in rectum.

Complemental air (L. complementuiu, that which completes or

• fills up). — The additional air which can be taken in after

tidal air has entered, and which completely fills the lungs.

Complementary colours (L. co7tipleme7ttum, that which com-
pletes or fills up). — Any two colours which together give
the sensation of white.

Conjugal ligaments (L. conjugo, I bind together).— Bands of
fibrous tissue which surround the intervertebral discs and
connect the heads of corresponding ribs.

Coraco-humeral ligament (Gr. korak, a crow, because of its
resemblance to a crow's beak ; L. humerus, the arm).^

lyo GLOSSARY.

A fibrous band connecting coracoid process with neck of

humerus. Situated ^7^/^/^^ capsule of joint. Represents

humeral end of pectoralis minor. (Sutton.)
Cor'aco-scapular foramen (Gr. korax^ a crow; scapula^ the

shoulder-blade). — Formed by scapular and coracoid

process. In man is represented by supra-scapular notch

and transverse ligament.
Cortical blindness (L. cortex^ bark; corticis, of bark). — Absolute

and permanent blindness following removal of visual area

of occipital lobes.
Costo-co'racoid ligament (L. costa, a rib, a side ; Gr. corax,

a crow). — A slip of fibrous tissue which connects the first

costal cartilage and sternum with coracoid process.
Crescents of Gianuzzi. — The parietal cells found in mucous

part of submaxillary gland. Also called ^' Semilunes of

Heidenhain."
Crusta (L. crusta, skin, bark). — The motor portion of crus

cerebri.
Crusta phlogis'tica (L. crusta, skin, bark). — The " bufiy " coat

or upper layer of blood-clot.
Cura'ra (an American-Indian word). — A West-Indian poison,

which paralyzes the motor endings of nerves.

Daltonism. — A variety of colour-blindness in which bright red

and dark green are confused.
Debove's membrane. — A layer of flattened cells beneath

the ciliated columnar epithelium lining trachea and

bronchi.
Delomor'phous cells (Gr. delos, seen, apparent; morphos^

shape). — The parietal, oxyntic, or ovoid cells found in glands

at cardiac end of stomach.
Depressor nerve (L. depressum, to press or weigh down). —

An afferent nerve connected with the vagus which is con-
cerned in regulating blood pressure through its influence

upon abdominal blood-vessels.
Desquama'tion (L. de, down ; squama, scale). — The shedding

of epidermal cells.
Deutero-albumose (Gr. deuteros, second ; L. albus, white).—

An albumose which is precipitated by acetic acid ;

unaffected by either nitric acid or sodic chloride.

GLOSSARY. 171

Diapede'sis (Gr. dia^ through ; pipto, I fall). — The passing of
leucocytes from the blood into surrounding structures
through the coats of vessel.

Diastat'ic action (Gr. diastasis^ a standing apart, separation
— from dia^ throuojh, asunder ; histemi^ I cause to stand).
— The process of converting starch in glucose by a hydro-
lytic ferment ; e.g. ptyalin.

Dichrdic (Gr. dis^ twice, double; chroma^ colour). — Applied
to hsemoglobin crystals which are bluisli-red by trans-
mitted and scarlet by reflected light. In solution — red
by reflected, green by transmitted light.

Diffusion circles (L. diffimdo, I pour out on all sides). —
A blurring of the retinal image due to imperfect accom-
modation.

Diop'ter (Gr. dis, twice ; ops, vision). — The standard by which
lenses are measured. Represented by a lens having
a focal length of one metre.

Diplo'pia (Gr. diplods, double; ops^ vision). — Double vision.
A condition in which images do not fall upon correspond-
ing points of the retina.

Dissociation (L. dissociation a separation). — The process by
which a gaseous interchange is maintained between the
air in lungs and the blood.

Distal (L. disto, I stand apart). — A part which is relatively far
from the centre. Peripheral.

Douglas, Poach of. — A space formed by recto-vaginal fold of
peritoneum.

Dys-albumose (Gr. duo, to make one's way into ; alba, white).
— A proteid substance probably identical with hetero-
albumose.

Ebner's gland.— Serous glands of the tongue found near

circumvallate papillae.
Elec'trode (Gr. elektron, amber). — The terminal or pole ot a

wire connected with a battery.
Electrolysis (Gr. elektron, amber; luo, io loose, to release). —

The electrical decomposition of a fluid, into anions at

positive pole and kations at negative.
Elei'dine. — A substance found in the cells of stratum granu-

losum of skin^ supposed to become keratin.

172 GLOSSARY.

Emmetro'pia. — The passive, normal, or healthy condition of
eye, in which images of objects are focussed upon the
retina without any special effort of accommodation.

Emursion (L. emulus, milked out, drained out — from e, out
of; niulgeo^ I milk). — A minute division and suspension
of a fatty substance in water, from which it can be
recovered without any appreciable loss or change.

Endomys'lum (Gr. endon^ within ; 7nusy a muscle). — The
connective tissue sheath immediately surrounding a
muscle fibre.

Endone'urium (Gr. en don, within ; neuron^ a nerve). — The
connective tissue sheath immediately surrounding a
nerve fibre.

Eneure'sis. — Involuntary discharge of urine.

Ento'tical phenomena (Gr. entos, within ; ous^ the ear). —
Abnormal sounds produced in the auditory apparatus ;
e.g. tinnitus.

Epicar'dium (Gr. e_pi, upon ; kardia^ the heart). — The visceral
reflection of the pericardium.

Epidu'ral space (Gr. epi, upon; durus^ hard). — The lymph
space outside dura mater of spinal cord.

Epitro'chleo-anconeus. — A muscle extending from internal
condyle of humerus to olecranon process of ulna.

Epony'chium (Gr. epi, upon ; onux, a talon or claw). — A
layer of horny epithelium which precedes and covers the
nail.

Erythro'dextrin. — A variety of dextrin which gives a red
reaction with iodine. Occurs during the process of
conversion of starch into maltose by action of saliva.

Eseri'ne. — The active principle of Calabar bean : produces
contraction of pupil and ciliary muscle; is therefore a
myotic. Also called " Plysostigmine."

EupnaB'a (Gr. eu^ well; pneuma, air or breath). — Normal
respiration.

Eusta'ehian bar. — The embryonic predecessor of internal
pterygoid plate, eustachian tube, and tensor tympani.

Exci 'to-motor. — Impulses which reflexly give rise to move-
ments.

Exci'to-secretory. — Impulses which reflexly give rise to se-
cretion.

External capsule. — A band of white matter of brain which
separates the lenticular nucleus from claustrum.

GLOSSARY. 173

Farad 'ic current. — The induced or interrupted electric

current.
Far point. — Indicates the distance to which an object may

be removed from the eye and remain distinct.
Fechner's law. — There is ahvays a constant ratio between

the strength of the stimuUis and the intensity of

sensation.
Fibrin ferment. — An influence or ferment obtained from

blood or serum by alcohol, and which has the power of

converting soluble fibrinogen into insoluble fibrin.
Fibrin'ogen (a hybrid from 'L. fibra^ a fibre; and Gr. gen-

nab, I produce). — A globulin occurring in solution in

blood which is converted in fibrin by action of fibrirT

ferment.
Filtra'tion.— The passage of a fluid through a porous medium

dependent upon pressure.
Fleuren's doctrine. — That the whole of the cerebrum is

concerned in ei'eyy psychical process ; hence if the greater

portion of cortex be removed the remaining part can

carry on the functions of the whole.
Floc'cular fossa. — A depression in temporal bone which

lodges the flocculus.
Fontana, Spaces of. — Small canals situated at junction of

cornea and sclerotic ; concerned in regulating the tension

of the eye.
Fora'men csscum (Ij. foramen, dJi aperture — ixom foro, I bore ;

ccecus, blind). — The opening of the thyroid duct at back

of tongue.
Fora'men of Majendie. — An opening situated at posterior

and inferior part of fourth ventricle. Said to connect this

cavity with subarachnoid space. Its existence is doubted

by many anatomists.
Fora'men trio'ssenm. — An opening formed by coracoid and

arcomion processes and body of scapula. Transmits the

levator humeri.
Forced movements. — Certain phenomena resulting from

division or disturbance of corpus striatum, optic thalamus,

&c. Circus movements.
Fore gut. — That portion of embryonic digestive canal from

which is formed stomach, aesophagus, upper half of

duodenum, lungs, liver, and pancreas.
Fro 'man's lines. — Transverse markings on a nerve axis

cylinder when stained with silver nitrate.

174 GLOSSARY.

Gaertner, Ducts of.— Two short tubes which open into vagina
close to cervix uteri. Are the remains of third portion
of Wolffian duct. Also called "Skene's tubes."

Gala'ctose. — A carbo-hydrate obtained by heating lactose
with dilute mineral acids.

Galvano'meter. — An instrument for indicating the strength
and direction of electric currents.

Gerlach's plexus. — A fine network which connects posterior
spinal roots with nerve cells.

Giraldes, Organ of. — A structure found in testis ; remains of
Wolffian tubes.

Gleno-humeral ligament. — A band of fibrous tissue found
inside capsule of shoulder-joint. It extends from root of
coracoid process to lesser tuberosity of humerus. Pro-
bably represents the tendon of subclavius of man ; or the
levator humeri of birds. (Sutton.)

Glisson's capsule. — The interlobular connective tissue of
liver, which surrounds divisions of hepatic artery, portal
vein, and hepatic duct.

Globule 'ses. — The intermediate products between globulin
and peptone, occurring during peptic digestion.

Glucosi'de (Gr. glukus^ sweet). — A substance occurring in
plants. A compound of ether and glucose ; e.g. tannin.

GoU, Column of. — The post-median tract of white substance
in posterior column of spinal cord.

Grandry's corpuscle. — A special variety of nerve termination
(sensory) found in skin. Also called " Tactile corpuscle."

Granule 'se (dim. from L. grdnum^ a grain). — The central
portion of a starch granule.

Haemacy to 'meter (Gr. haima^ blood; kutos^ a cell; metron,

a measure). — An instrument for estimating the number

of corpuscles in blood.
Haema'toblasts (Gr. haima^ blood ; blastos, a sprout). — Cells

from which red corpuscles are supposed to be formed.
Hse'mato'idin (Gr. hai??ta^ blood; eides, resembling). — A

derivative of haemoglobin which contains no iron.

Supposed to be identical with hydrobilirubin. Is found

in old blood-clots.
Haemato'ln (Gr. hai7natod, to turn into blood). — Hsematin free

from iron. Also called '* Hsematoporphyrin."

GLOSSARY, 175

Haemauto'graphy (Gr. haima^ blood; autos, oneself; grapho,
I write). — A method of taking a pulse curve directly from
an opening in an artery, the blood spurting on to a
moving surface.

Hae'miii (Gr. haiina^ blood). — Hydrochlorate of hsematin.

HaBmochro'mogen (Gr. haij?ia, blood ; chrojnos, colour ; ge?mad,
I produce). — Unoxidized hsematin, the first product in
the decomposition of haemoglobin.

Ha9'iiioglo'binometer (a hybrid— Gr. /^^m^;, blood ; "L. globus,
a round body ; metron, a measure). — An instrument for
estimating the amount of haemoglobin,

Haidinger's brushes. — Phenomena observed on looking
through a Nicol's prism at a white cloud: due to in-
fluence of yellow spot.

Hassall, Corpuscles cf — Large cells found in thymus gland.

Hay's test. — Demonstrates the influence of bile in diminish-
ing surface tension of fluids.

Heat unit. — The amount of heat required to raise one gramme
of water 1° centigrade. Also called " Caloric."

Hemialbumose. — A stage in the conversion of a proteid into
peptone.

Hemipeptone (Gr. hemisus, the half; pepto, I digest). — A
variety of peptone which is converted into leucin and
tyrosin by trypsin.

Henle's loop. — Part of uriniferous tube.

Henle's membrane. — The fenestrated elastic inner coat of
artery.

Kesselbach's triangle. — A region of abdominal wall, con-
cerned in inguinal hernia.

Heterologous stimuli (Gr. heteros^ different; logos, dis-
course).— Stimuli which will excite a sensory nerve
when applied either to its termination or in its
continuity.

Hippu'ric acid. — An 'acid found in urine derived from
nitrogenous food. Formed by union of benzoic acid
and glycin.

Holobla'stic (Gr. holos^ the whole ; blastana, to mould). — That
variety of ova in which the whole of yolk shares the
segmentation process.

Homoeother'mic (Gr. homoios, like ; tJierme, heat). — Of even
temperature : applied to warm-blooded animals which
maintain the same temperature, irrespective of that of the
surrounding medium.

176 GLOSSARY.

Homol'ogotis stimuli. — Stimuli for whose action or influence
the sense organs are specifically adapted, and which act
only upon the special nerve termination.

Horop'ter (Gr. horos^ a boundary ; opter^ one who sees). — A
method of showing that rays of light which pass into both
eyes, fall upon identical points of retina ; the eyes being
fixed in a definite position.

Houston, Folds of. — Transverse rugae of mucous membrane
of rectum.

Hydrobiliru'bin. — A substance obtained by treating bili-
rubin with sodium amalgam ; is identical with urobilin.

Hydrocar'bons (Gr. hudor, water ; carbonas, a carbonate). —
Compounds of carbon and hydrogen. The simplest of
organic compounds.

Hyoi'dean bar. — A mass of embryonic cartilage from which
the following are developed: — Part of hyoid bone, styloid
process and ligament, and incus.

Ilyperidro'sis (Gr. huper, beyond; /^roj-, sweat) .— Excessive
secretion of sweat.

Kypermetro'pia (Gr. huper, beyond ; 77ietron, a measure ;
ops, the eye). — Long sight. That condition in which
parallel rays of light are focussed behind the retina ;
due to shortening of eye-ball, or flattening of lens and
cornea.

Hyphomyce'tes (Gr. ftiukes, a fungus). — Microscopic fungi or
moulds.

Hypnoti'sm (Gr. hupms, sleep ; ismos, a state). —That con-
dition in which volition is temporarily absent. Animal
magnetism.

Hypnotic (Gr. hupnos^ sleep). — A drug which will produce
sleep ; e.g. morphia, chloral.

Ilio-tibial band. — The thickened portion of fascia lata of thigh,
connecting crest of ilium with tibfia.

Inhibi'tion (L. inhibeo, not to have). — A checking or con-
trolling influence, exercised by a nerve centre over some
subordinate organ or process.

In'ion (Gr. inion, the nape of the neck). — The external
occipital protuberance.

I'nogen (Gr. is, inos (gen.), a fibre; gennao, to produce). —
The hypothetical explosive material of muscle.

I'nosit (Gr. is, inos (gen.), a fibre). — A peculiar kind of sugar
found especially in heart muscle.

GLOSSARY. 177

Internal capsule. — A portion of white brain matter which
separates the corpus striatum and optic thalamus from
the lenticular nucleus.

Invert sugar. — Produced by the action of inversive ferment,
''invertin," upon cane sugar.

Irra'diation (L. irradio^ to shine upon). — A phenomenon in
which bright objects appear larger than actually.

Isotro'pous (Gr. isos^ equal; trope^ a turning). — Singly re-
fractive.

Jaeobson's nerve. — The tympanic branch of glossopharyn-
geal.

Karyokine'sis (Gr. karuon^ the kernel of a nut ; kineo, I
move). — A variety of cell divisions in which the nucleus
undergoes skein, rosette, and asteroid changes.

Katabo'lic (Gr. kata^ down, ballo^ to throw). — Destructive or
analytical metabolism. An inhibitory or lowering in-
fluence exerted by certain nerves upon metabolism.

Katacro'tic (Gr. kata^ down; krotos^ a striking). — Applied to
pulse tracings in which the interruptions occur in the
descent.

Kine'tic energy (Gr. kineo, I move). — The energy of motion.

Ky'mograph (Gr. kumo^ wavy ; grapho^ I write). — An instru-
ment for graphically recording blood pressure.

Kypho'sis (Gr. kuphosis, humpbacked). — Backward angular
curvature of spine.

Laky blood. — A term, applied to blood in which the red

corpuscles have been broken up.
Lambda (Gr. lamda, the letter L). — A point of the skull

corresponding to posterior fontanelle.
Larda'cein. — A pathological proteid substance, which stains

red with methyl violet. Also called " Amyloid substance."
Latent period. — That period which intervenes between the

application of a stimulus and the manifest response given

by the irritated matter.

N

178 GLOSSARY.

Le'citMn. — A hydrocarbon found in blood corpuscles, nerve

tissue, &c. Is a glycero-phosphate of neurin.
Legu'min. — A proteid substance found in peas, beans, &c.
Leu'cin. — A nitrogenous waste material resulting from the

splitting up of hemipeptone.
Leu'comaines. — Alkaloids formed by the decomposition of

albuminous bodies during normal metabolism ; allied to

kreatin.
Lieberktihn's jelly. — A gelatinous substance obtained by

treating egg albumin with liquor potassje.
Lieberkiihn's glands. — Simple tubular glands occurring in

small and large intestines.
Liquor Cotunnii. — A fluid separating the osseous from the

membranous labyrinth of ear. Also called " Perilymph."
Lordo'sis. — Forward curvature of spine.
Lu'men. — The central tube or space surrounded by epithe-
lium in which the secretion of a gland collects; the central

part of any tube.
Luschka's gland. — Vide ^'Coccygeal gland."
Lus'citas (L. lusciis^ blind of one eye). — Outward fixation of

the eyeball.
Lux'us consumption (L. luxos, excess).— The direct oxidation

of superfluous food stuff's absorbed into the blood.

Mac'ula acustica (Heb. machala^ blemish ; Gr. akoustes, a
hearer). — Special terminations of auditory nerve in the
utricule and saccule.

Mal'tose. — A sugar formed by the action of saliva or pancreatic
juice upon starch. Contains one molecule less water
than glucose.

Manom'eter (Gr. manos, ra-re ; mefron, measure). — An instru-
ment for measuring pressure of blood and other fluids.

Meckelian bar. — A mass of embryonic cartilage from
which the following structures are developed : — Part of
lower jaw, internal lateral ligament of jaw, and the
malleus.

Meckel's diverti'culum. — A pouch in the ileum, sometimes
connected with umbiUcus. It is the remnant of vitelline
duct.

Medullary rays. — Striations in kidney due to bundles of
collecting tubes radiating from pyramid of Malpighi.

GLOSSARY. I7v9

Medul'lary sheath. — That portion of a white nerve which
surrounds the axis cyUnder. Also called " White sub
stance of Schwann."

Meranin. — A pigment occurring in iris, choroid, skin, &c.

Membrane of Briich. — A delicate layer of connective tissue
separating choroid from retina.

Merkel's cells.— Tactile corpuscles or Grandry's cells.

Mesone'phros (Gr. mesos, the middle; ne/>/i?'Os, a kidney). —
The central portion of Wolffian mass which becomes the
Wolffian body and subsequently ovary or testis.

Metab'olism (Gr. meiaballo^ I change). — The processes where-
by living organisms take up nutritive matter and convert
it into potential energy, which in turn is transformed into
kinetic energy.

Metane'phros (Gr. 77ieta, beyond ; nephros, a kidney).— That
portion of Wolffian mass which becomes the kidney.

Met'hsemog^lo'bin (Gr. ?//^/«, beyond; haima, blood; globus,
around body). — A variety of haemoglobin which contains
more oxygen than oxyhaemoglobin, and is more stable.

Metop'ic suture (Gr. meta, beyond; dps, the eye).— The
frontal suture.

Micrococ'cus ureae (Gr. micros, smaW ; kokkus, a kernel). —
A ferment which is concerned in the decomposition of
urea, in ammoniacal urine.

Molecule (dim. L. moles, a mass = a little mass). — The
smallest particle of matter which can exist separately.

MuUe'rian duct. — The duct of the pronephros, which becomes
Fallopian tube and uterus in female. In male is represented
by hydatid of Morgagin, verumontanum, and prostatic
portion of urethra.

Mure'xide test {murex, a genus of gasteropodous mulluscs
which yields a fine purple colour). — For uric acid, which
gives with nitric acid and ammonia a purple colour.

Mus'carin. — An alkaloid of agaricus muscarinus. Has a power-
ful inhibitory action upon heart : stops it in diastole.

Mydriasis (Gr. mudriasis). — Dilated condition of pupil.

Myoglo'bulin (Gr. mus, muscle ; globulus, a small round
body). — A proteid substance occurring in muscle
serum.

Myo'gram (Gr. nius, a muscle ; gramma, a letter). — A muscle
tracing.

My'ohaematin (Gr. mus, muscle; haima^ blood). — Muscle
pigment.

l8o GLOSSARY.

Myosin 'ogen (Gr. 7nus^ muscle; gejinao^ I produce). — A
proteid substance occurring in muscle plasma and con-
cerned in the formation of myosin.

Myo'sis (Gr. wwo, to close). — Contracted condition of pupil.

Na'sion (L. nasus, the nose). — The nasal point of skull. .

Natural currents. — Certain electrical currents which are
supposed to exist in muscle or nerve tissue when at rest.

Negative variation. — Changes in the natural nerve or muscle
currents which occur during contraction.

Neu'ral met'amere. — Term applied to a spinal segment.

Nodes of Ranvier. — Constrictions in a nerve due to interrup-
tions in the white substance of Schwann.

Non-polarizable electrode. — An electric terminal which is
incapable of setting up secondary currents on application
to living structures.

Nucleus of Pander. — A mass of white yolk seen in fowl's

egg-
Nystag'mus (Gr. nustazo^ to be sleepy). — Involuntary lateral
movements of the eyeballs.

Obelion (Gr. obelata, an arrow). — A point in the skull opposite

parietal foramen.
Oncome'ter (Gr. ^^^^^, a tumour ; metro n, a measure). — An

apparatus for estimating the variations m bulk of any

organ.
Onto'geny (Gr. on, gen.ontos, existence ; genesis, creation). —

The history of the development of single beings.
Oph'rion (Gr. ophrus, the eye-brow). — The supraorbital point

of skull.
Opi'sthion (Gr. opisiheuy behind). — The centre of posterior

margin of foramen magnum.
Ooph'eron (Gr. don, ^gg; pkoro, I bear). — The ovarian

parenchyma.
Or'thopnaea (Gr. orthos, force ; pneuma, air). — Breathing in

scmirecumbent posture.
Os centra'le. — A carpal bone of the lower Vertebrates, but

in man is generally fused with scaphoid, or suppressed.
Os interme'dium. — A carpal bone, represented in man by the

semilunar.

GLOSSARY. l8l

Osmazo'me (Gr. os7ne^ odour; zomeno, to give savour to). —

An extractive of meat, which gives it its characteristic

flavour.
Ox'yhsemoglo'bin. — Haemoglobin as found in arterial blood.
Oxyn'tic cells (Gr. oxus, sharp or acid). — The parietal,

delomorphous, marginal or acid secreting cells, found in

cardiac glands of stomach.

Pacini's corpuscles. — A special variety of sensory nerve
endings occurring in pulp of finger-tips, &c.

Paroo'phoron {Gr.para^ beside ; don, egg ; pherd, I bear). —
Tubular portion of Wolffian body. That portion of ovary
known as the tissue of the hilum.

Periodon'tal membrane (Gr. peri, around ; odons, a tooth).
— The periosteum of the alveolus or socket in which
tooth is embedded.

Phag'ocyte (Gr. phagas, a glutton ; kuios, a cell). — A form of
leucocyte which is present during active tissue absorp-
tion.

Pha'koscope (Gr. phakos, a lentil ; skopeo, I see). — An instru-
ment for demonstrating variation in curvature of the
refracting surfaces of eye during accommodation.

Photophobia (Gr. phds, light ; phobeo, I dread).— Intolerance
of light.

Physostig'min. — Eserine, the alkaloid of Calabar bean.

Pine'al eye. — A third eye, corresponding with the interocular
spot in lizards; which consists of vestigial ocular
elements, connected with pineal gland.

Plethys'mograph (Gr. pletho, to be full ; grapho, I write). —
An instrument for recording variations in the blood-
supply to a structure.

Poikilother'mal (Gr. poikilos, varied; pons, a foot). — Cold-
blooded animals, whose temperature varies with that of
the surrounding media.

Polar globules. — Bodies in the ovum which indicate the
point at which yolk cleavage commences.

Porret's phenomenon. — During passage of galvanic cunent
fresh muscle fibre swells at negative pole.

Pouch of Rathke. — A space found in vault of pharynx.

Pressor nerves (L. primo, to press). — Those nerves which
when stimulated, refiexly excite vaso-motor centres,
causing contraction of arteries. Excito-vaso-motor.

152 GLOSSARY.

Prdglot'tis (Gr./w;^/<?///i-, the tongue).— Segment of a taenia,

or tapeworm.
Pronephros {Gr.pro ; nephros, the kidney). — The upper part

of Wolffian mass which leaves no representative organ.

Duct represented by Miiller's tube.
Propep'tone {Gx, pro ; pepto, I digest). — Identical with hemi-

albumose.
Prota'gon (Gr. protagon). — A glucoside which occurs in

nerves.
Proteo'ses. — Identical with albumoses.

Psychical blindness (Gr. psiiche, the mind). — A loss of con-
scious visual sensation after removal of central portion of

visual area of cortex cerebri.
Pte'rion (Gr. pteron, a wing; pteris^ the tern). — The

junction of sphenoid, squamous temp., and' parietal

bones.
Pulse (L. pello^ I strike). — An expansive wave of the arteries

caused by variations in the mean blood pressure.
Pulsus alternans. — A pulse which presents regular alter-
nations of high and low beats.
Pulsus bigem'inus {L.. pello, I strike; bigeviinus^ twin). — A

pulse in which the beats occur in pairs, with a long pause

after every second beat,
Purkinje's muscle fibres. — Semi-striated transitional fibres

found in heart of sheep, ox, &c.
Purkinje-Sanson's images. — Reflections of light from cornea,

anterior and posterior surfaces of lens, as seen in Helm-

holtz's accommodation experiment.
Pyramid of Ferrein. — The continuation of a medullary ray

into cortex of kidney.

Eamus commu'nicans (L. ranius^ a branch ; communicans,
communication). — The visceral or splanchnic division of
spinal root.

Reaction of degeneration. — That condition of a paralyzed
muscle in which it responds more readily to a continuous,
than to an interrupted current.

Eecur'rent sensibility (L. recurro, I run back). — Indica-
tions of sensation shown upon division of anterior spinal
root ; due to sensory fibres running back to cord.

GLOSSARY. 183

Reflex action. — The phenomena caused by a ganglion cell

reflecting an afferent or centripetal impulse along an

efferent or centrifugal nerve.
Refrac'tion (L. re, again ; frango, I break). — The bending or

alteration of direction which rays of light undergo when

passing obliquely from one medium to another of differing

density.
Reisner's membrane. — A structure of the cochlea which

separates scala vestibuli from canal of cochlea.
Remak's ganglion. — The ganglion of sinus venosus.
Rennet.— Milk curdling ferment. An extract of the fourth

stomach of calf.
Reserve air. — Also called supplemental. That air which can

be forcibly expired after tidal air has left the chest.
Residual air. — The air which remains in the lungs after the

fullest expiratory effort.
Rhe'ocord (Gr. rhed, I flow; corda, a cord). — An instrument

for graduating the intensity of an electric current.
Rhe'ophore (Gr. rhed, I flow). — The terminal of an electrical

conductor.
Rheoscop'ic frog (Gr. rhed, I flow; scopeo, I look into). — An

arrangement whereby the variations in the electrical

currents of one muscle of a frog excite the nerve of another.
Rhodop'sin (Gr. \hodon^ a rose; ops, visual). — The visual

purple, or pigment found in outer limbs of retinal rods in

most Vertebrates.
Ri'gor calo'ris (Gr. riged, to be cold; calor, ealoris, heat). —

A condition of muscle induced by exposure to high

temperature, in which plasma coagulates and myosin is

formed.
Ritter-Valli law. — On disconnecting a nerve from its centre,

irritability is increased at central end and proceeds

towards periphery ; it afterwards diminishes in the same
' direction.
Rivini, Notch of — A space in the tympanic ring or groove

which is filled in by the membrana flaccida or Shrapnell's

membrane.
Rosenmnller's fossa. — A depression close to pharyngeal

orifice of Eustachian tube.

Santorini, Cartilages of. — Small nodules of elastic cartilage
situated in aryteno- epiglottic folds.

1 84 GLOSSARY.

Sapon'ification (L. sapo^ soap ; facio^ I make). — The splitting
up of a fat into fatty acid and glycerine, by means of
alkalies.

Sarcogli'a (Gr. sarx, flesh; gloia^ glue).— The protoplasmic
mass of which a motor nerve ending is chiefly composed.
(Kuhne.)

Sarcolac'tic acid (Gr. sarx, flesh ; Lat. lac^ milk). — An acid
formed during contraction of muscle.

Scarpa, Membrane of.— A delicate membrane which fills up
the fenestra rotunda, so closing the tympanic end of scala
tympani.

Schemer's experiment. — A method of demonstrating the act
of accommodation for light.

ScMzomyce'tes (Gr. schizo^ I cleave ; 7?iukes, a fungus). — Patho-
logical fungi or bacteria.

Schreger's lines. — Curved wavy lines in dentine.

Schwann, Sheath of. — The medullary or white covering of a
nerve.

Scolid'sis (Gr. scoliosis), — Lateral curvature of the vertebral
column.

Scoto'ma (Gr. ^/^^/5;/^^, dizziness).— Blindness limited to certain
portions of field of vision.

Serum globulin. — Another term for paraglobulin.

Sharpey, Fibres of. — Calcified connective tissue fibres, which
bind together the lamellae of bone.

Shrapnell, Membrane of. — A loose portion of tympanic mem-
brane which fills up the notch of Rivini.

Ska'tol (Gr. skdr^ gen. skatos, dung). — A fetid decomposition
product resulting from the continued action of pancreatic
juice upon proteids.

Skele'tal nerve (Gr. skeleton, from skelloy I dry). — Also
called " Somatic." Applied to nerves which supply skeletal
structures as distinguished from splanchnic or visceral
nerves.

Spasm centre. — A supposed centre in medulla oblongata,
stimulation of which produces general spasms or convul-
sions.

Specific energy, Law of. — So named by Miiller, as showing
that each sense organ has a specific form of stimulus best
adapted to act upon it.

Spher'ical aberra'tion (Gr. sphaira, a globe; L. ah, from;
erro, I wander). — A blurring of the image, due to central
and peripheral parts of lens refracting unequally.

GLOSSARY. 185

Spliyg'moscop5 (Gr. sphiigmos^ the pulse ; skopeo^ I look into).

— An instrument for indicating by means of a flame,

variations in arterial pressure.
Staircase beats. — A peculiar feature in heart-beats in which a

succeeding beat is higher than the preceding; due to

summation of impulses during artificial stimulation.
Stannius, Experiment of. — The application of a ligature to

frog's heart at sino-auricular junction.
Steap'sin. — A ferment of pancreatic juice which is concerned

in saponification.
Stepha'nion (Gr. Stephanos , a crown). — A point of skull where

coronal suture crosses temporal line.
Summation of stimuli. — Occurs when a single weak stimulus

(which is incapable of producing contraction) may, if

repeated sufficiently often, excite the muscle.
Supplemental air. — The air which can by a special effort be

expelled from lungs after tidal air has leit. Also called

" Reserve air."
Supra- condyloid foramen. — A bony tunnel, situated above

internal condyle of humerus ; transmits median nerve and

brachial artery.
Suspei'sory ligament. — Connects odontoid process of axis

with basi-occipital bone. Represents vestige of notochord.

(Rathke.)
Synerget'ic muscles (Gr. sun, together; ergon, work). — Are

those which together subserve a certam kind of move

ment.
Syn'thesis (Gr. suntithenii, to place together). — The formation

of a compound substance from simpler matter, or from

distinct elements.
Syn'tonin(Gr.j'z7«, together; teino,\ stretch). — Acid albumen,

a stage in the conversion of proteid into peptone by

gastric juice.

Telolem'ma (L. tela, a w^eb ; lem7?ia, bark of plants). — The

sheath of a motor end plate, divided into epilemma and

endolemma.
Tenon, Capsule of. — A thin membrane covering the posterior

and greater portion of eye-ball.
Tet'anus (Gr. teinb, I stretch). — The fusion of a series of

simple spasms into one apparently continuous contraction.

1 86 GLOSSARY.

Thrombo'sis (Gr. thromlos, a clot of blood). — The coagulation

of blood within a blood-vessel.
Tidal air. — The air which enters and leaves the lungs with

each quiet respiratory movement.
Tidal wave. — The elevation in a pulse tracing which precedes

the dicrotic wave. The predicrotic.
Tomes, Fibres of. — Processes of odontoblasts which are con-
tained in the dentine tubules.
Traube-Hering curves. — Rhythmical variations in a bloods

pressure tracing, due to vaso-motor influences.
Tris'mus (Gr. trizd^ I gnash).— Spasm of the muscles of

mastication. Lock-jaw.
Trommer's test. — For glucose and its allies : reduction of

copper sulphate in presence of liquor potassae.
Troph'ic (Gr. /;-^//^^, nourishment). — Applied to certain nerves

and centres which are concerned in nutritive processes.
Trophoneuro'ses {Gx.trophe, nourishment ; neuron, a nerve). —

Degenerative phenomena, due to disturbance of nutritive

or trophic influences ; e.g. Gangrene in spinal disease.
Tryp'sin (Gr. truo, I rub off).— The proteolytic ferment of

pancreatic juice, which converts proteids into peptones

or tryptones.
Turck, Column of. — The antero-median or direct pyramidal

path of spinal cord.
Tyr'osin (Gr. turos, cheese). — A nitrogenous derivative, from

the action of trypsin upon hemipeptone.

live 'a. — Pigment cells occurring on posterior surface of iris.
Urobilin (Gr. ouron, bile). — A pigment occurring in urine,

identical with hydrobilirubin.
TTrochr5me (Gr. our on, bile ; chroma, colour). — The chief

pigment of urine, becomes converted into uroerythrin

upon exposure to air.
Uterus, Involution of. — The return of uterus to its previous

size, after parturition.

Vaso constric'tor (L. vas, a vessel ; constrictor, a narrower). —
Applied to those nerves or impulses which are concerned
in the contraction of arteries.

GLOSSARY. 187

Vaso-dila'tor (L. vas, a vessel ; dilator, a widener). — Applied
to those nerves or impulses which reflexly produce dilata-
tion of arteries.

Verti'go (L. z/^r/^, I turn; ago, to act). — Giddiness. A dis-
turbance of equilibrium.

Vital capacity. — The greatest amount ' of air which can be
expired after the deepest inspiration. Extreme differential
capacity. Extreme respiratory capacity.

Vitel'lin. — A globulin occurring in yolk of egg.

Waller's method or law. — When a nerve is isolated from its

centre or ganglion, it degenerates.
Weber, glands of. — Mucous glands situated near roof of

tongue.
Wharton's jelly. — Mucoid tissue of umbilical cord.
Wood's muscle. — Often represented only by fibrous tissue. Is

attached to external tuberosity of os calcis and base of

fifth metatarsus. Abductor ossis metatarsi quinti.
Wrisberg, Cartilage of. — A small elastic cartilage in aryteno-

epiglottic fold.

Xan'thin (Gr. xanthos, yellow). — A nitrogenous waste material
intermediate between uric acid and sarkin.

Zymogen (Gr. zume, ferment ; gennao, I produce). — The
" mother substance " which precedes the ferment.

LON-DOTT :
PRINTED BY GILBERT AND EIVINGTON, LD.,
ST. -JOHlf'S HOUSE, CLEBKENWELL EOAD, B.C.

fC

::3-f-